Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 2, 2021.

Registration No. 333-257980

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   83-2273741

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125

Redmond, WA 98053

(425) 276-2300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert Azelby

Chief Executive Officer

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125

Redmond, WA 98053

(425) 276-2300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan Hambelton

Sonya Erickson

Julia Stark

Cooley LLP

1700 Seventh Avenue

Seattle, WA 98101

(206) 452-8756

 

James B. Bucher

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125

Redmond, WA 98053

(425) 276-2300

 

Brian J. Cuneo

Phillip S. Stoup

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, CA

(650) 328-4600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities being Registered
  Amount to be
Registered(1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share(2)
 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  5,175,000   $19.00   $98,325,000   $10,728

 

 

(1)

Includes 675,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $8,728 in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated August 2, 2021.

4,500,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. We are offering 4,500,000 shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ELYM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us.

   $        $    

 

  (1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 675,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                , 2021 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

SVB Leerink   Evercore ISI   Stifel       Guggenheim Securities

 

 

Prospectus Dated                 , 2021.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     9  

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     11  

RISK FACTORS

     13  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     67  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     69  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     70  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     71  

CAPITALIZATION

     72  

DILUTION

     74  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     77  

BUSINESS

     94  

MANAGEMENT

     147  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     156  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     170  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     173  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     176  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     182  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     185  

UNDERWRITING

     189  

LEGAL MATTERS

     194  

EXPERTS

     194  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     194  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

“Eliem,” “Eliem Therapeutics,” the Eliem Therapeutics logo and other trademarks, trade names or service marks of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Eliem Therapeutics,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for neuronal excitability disorders to address unmet needs in chronic pain, psychiatry, epilepsy and other disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems. These disorders often occur when neurons are overly excited or inhibited, leading to an imbalance, and our focus is on restoring homeostasis. We are developing a pipeline of clinically differentiated product candidates focused on validated mechanisms of action with broad therapeutic potential to deliver improved therapeutics for patients with these disorders.

Our two lead clinical-stage candidates are ETX-810 and ETX-155. ETX-810 is a novel palmitoylethanolamide (PEA) prodrug initially being developed for the treatment of diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain (DPNP) and pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy (LSR, commonly referred to as sciatica). ETX-810 is being evaluated in two Phase 2a clinical trials that are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2022. ETX-155 is a neurosteroid GABAA receptor positive allosteric modulator (PAM) initially being developed for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD), perimenopausal depression (PMD) and focal onset seizures (FOS), the most common type of seizure in people with epilepsy. We plan to initiate two Phase 2a clinical trials for ETX-155 in patients with MDD and PMD which are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2023, and a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with photosensitive epilepsy that is expected to report topline data by the first half of 2022.

We focus on the development of product candidates whose mechanisms of action have been clinically validated. By clinically validated we mean there are product candidates with these mechanisms of action that have demonstrated statistical significance on efficacy endpoints in published randomized, controlled clinical trials. We leverage the deep expertise of our team to generate new chemical entities (NCEs) based on these clinically validated mechanisms of action that we believe can be clinically differentiated and enhance patient outcomes. Through this approach, we have established a robust pipeline with two clinical product candidates and two preclinical programs, each with the potential to address multiple disorders. Our product candidates are focused on addressing neuronal excitability disorders with large, well-defined markets, where clinical and regulatory endpoints are clearly established and development pathways are precedented, yet current therapies leave patients with efficacy, safety or tolerability challenges. Our strategy is to initially pursue indications for each of our product candidates where the clinical translatability of the mechanism of action has been well established and, upon demonstrating clinical proof of concept, evaluate additional indications to maximize the value of each program. We believe these principles favorably position us to bring novel therapeutics to patients living with challenging disorders while maximizing our probability of clinical development, regulatory and commercial success.


 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

Below is a summary of our wholly owned pipeline.

 

LOGO

We own the rights to our product candidates through both acquisitions and internal research and development efforts. With respect to ETX-810, in February 2019 we acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) related to the ETX-810 program from Carnot, LLC. With respect to ETX-155, in October 2020, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc., which included IPR&D related to the ETX-155 program. Following these acquisitions, we have continued the in-house clinical-stage development of the ETX-155 and ETX-810 programs. Our preclinical Kv7 and GAD programs have been developed by us.

ETX-810

Our lead investigational program, ETX-810, is a novel, oral, NCE prodrug of PEA in clinical development for chronic pain conditions. Despite a large global prescription drug market for chronic pain therapeutics that is expected to reach approximately $27 billion in the next decade, it has been shown that less than half of patients achieve a 50 percent reduction in their pain intensity with current first line therapies. In addition to suboptimal efficacy, current therapies are often hindered by dose-limiting side effects such as dizziness, sedation, cognitive impairments, gastrointestinal disturbances and concerns over abuse liability. Despite these issues, drugs to treat chronic pain, such as Lyrica and Cymbalta, have achieved significant commercial success and have been among the top-selling pharmaceutical products globally, with both achieving annual sales greater than $5 billion before losing patent exclusivity.

The PEA pathway, which is believed to play an important role in the regulation of neuroinflammation and pain signaling, represents a promising potential mechanism to treat multiple conditions of chronic pain. PEA is an endogenous bioactive lipid that has been evaluated for various pain conditions in more than 30 clinical studies, with over 2,500 patients, including patients with pain related to LSR and DPNP, treated with dietary supplement PEA in these studies. Fifteen of these studies were randomized, controlled trials (RCTs) in a total of approximately 1,500 patients, with thirteen of these RCTs demonstrating a statistically significant improvement in pain reduction endpoints. A peer-reviewed meta-analysis of eight RCTs conducted with PEA demonstrated a weighted mean reduction in pain intensity score (based on Visual Analog Scale, (VAS)) of approximately two points compared to control, which compares favorably to the reductions in pain intensity reported from clinical


 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

trials with currently approved chronic pain medications. In addition, few adverse events related to PEA treatment have been reported in these published clinical studies. Despite this promising precedent clinical data supporting the exploration of the potential utility of PEA in chronic pain treatment, there are no PEA-based therapeutics approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), European Medicines Agency (EMA) or similar foreign regulatory authorities. Rather, PEA is only currently available as a dietary supplement (nutraceutical), which has shown low bioavailability and overall poor drug-like properties.

As a prodrug of PEA, ETX-810 was designed to significantly improve the absorption and systemic exposure of PEA beyond what is achievable with currently available formulations, potentially maximizing the therapeutic effect. While to date there have been no PEA-based therapeutics, we believe that the precedent favorable clinical activity of PEA makes a compelling case for the development of a PEA-based prodrug, and we believe that ETX-810 offers several key differentiating features compared to currently available therapies for chronic pain.

 

   

Novel approach to chronic pain with demonstrated clinical proof of concept. ETX-810, which we believe is the only PEA prodrug in clinical development, is being developed based on a precedent body of data for PEA demonstrating clinically meaningful statistically significant reductions in pain intensity across multiple clinical studies and pain conditions, with over 3,000 patients evaluated in published clinical studies of PEA. In one randomized, placebo-controlled study in over 600 chronic low back pain patients, PEA demonstrated statistically significant reductions in pain versus placebo. A published post-hoc analysis of this study further showed a greater than 50% reduction in pain intensity in 82% of patients treated with PEA. We believe this and other clinical studies with PEA provide clinical proof of concept of PEA’s potential in the treatment of chronic pain, however, data from precedent studies of dietary supplement PEA may not be a reliable predictor of the efficacy or other benefits of ETX-810 and we will not use such data to support an application for marketing approval by any regulatory body.

 

   

Designed for desirable pharmacokinetics. In clinical studies in a small number (80) of healthy volunteers, ETX-810 has demonstrated rapid absorption and efficient release of biologically active PEA, resulting in approximately three times higher PEA exposure on a matched dose basis compared to a commercially available dietary supplement formulation of PEA. Precedent clinical data has demonstrated a clear dose response with respect to PEA’s ability to reduce pain intensity in chronic pain settings, supporting our approach to optimize the pharmacokinetic exposure of PEA with ETX-810.

 

   

Well tolerated and no known abuse liability in clinical studies. Phase 1 single- and multiple-ascending dose (MAD) clinical trials with ETX-810 have resulted in no serious adverse events (SAEs), no discontinuations and no clinically meaningful differences from placebo. The tolerability data of ETX-810 observed in these trials appears to be consistent with the precedent clinical studies of PEA. In addition, as an endogenous bioactive lipid, the potential for abuse is considered to be low and precedent clinical studies of PEA have no reported adverse events related to abuse.

 

   

Potential to be used as a monotherapy or in combination with other analgesics. In multiple precedent clinical trials, PEA demonstrated reductions in pain intensity both as a monotherapy and in combination with other pain therapies such as antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and opioids. To date, we have not observed any clinically relevant drug-drug interactions with ETX-810. We believe the favorable tolerability data in clinical trials and endogenous nature of PEA make ETX-810 unlikely to have drug-to-drug interactions and position it for the potential to be used in combination with other chronic pain medications, if approved, which is critical as clinicians commonly resort to polypharmacy as a treatment strategy for chronic pain.

We believe that the optimized pharmacokinetics and favorable tolerability demonstrated to date for ETX-810, combined with our development and manufacturing expertise, put us in position to progress a robust clinical development program for ETX-810. Based on the results of our clinical development of ETX-810, our goal is to ultimately bring ETX-810 through registrational studies as the first PEA-based therapeutic approved for the treatment of chronic pain, potentially addressing the critical unmet need in chronic pain treatment for novel,


 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

effective, non-opioid, and non-addictive therapeutic options. Our research suggests that a multi-billion dollar commercial opportunity is available for a new chronic pain agent with proven efficacy and a favorable safety and tolerability profile.

We have initiated two separate Phase 2a clinical trials of ETX-810 in the United States, one in patients with pain associated with DPN and another in patients with pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy (lumbosacral radicular pain (LSRP)), to evaluate the efficacy and safety of ETX-810 in these indications. We expect to report topline data from both trials in the first half of 2022. If these trials are successful, we plan to conduct further studies with a view to broaden ETX-810’s clinical applications in peripheral neuropathic and other chronic pain conditions.

ETX-155

Our second clinical program, ETX-155, is an investigational, oral neuroactive steroid NCE that is designed to act as a positive allosteric modulator of the GABAA receptor (GABAAR) and that we are planning to evaluate in patients with depression and epilepsy. MDD affects approximately 35 million adults globally and approximately 19 million adults in the United States, and causes significant impairment to daily life. While there are effective therapies available for individuals suffering from MDD, there is considerable variability in patient responsiveness resulting in only approximately one-third of patients benefiting from their first line therapy. There is a pressing need for safe, well-tolerated and rapidly acting antidepressants that reliably provide clinical improvement faster than the up to six weeks associated with standard of care selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs). Epilepsy affects approximately 4.7 million people in the major markets of the United States, Europe, and Japan, with approximately 1 million of these patients experiencing uncontrolled FOS that are refractory to multiple anti-seizure medications (ASMs). Despite the existence of over 30 approved ASMs, approximately 30% of epilepsy patients fail to achieve adequate seizure control. FOS has a high prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities like depression, which can be exacerbated by many of the currently prescribed ASMs. There is a pressing need for new ASMs to not only reduce the number of seizures but to also provide a positive effect on mood. The GABAA PAM therapeutic class has been clinically validated in certain depression and epilepsy indications, and we believe there is a clear opportunity for clinical differentiation.

ETX-155 was designed to have dual potency at both synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors. ETX-155 has also shown differentiated pharmacokinetic properties, including no clinically meaningful food effect and an approximate 24-hour half-life to enable once-a-day dosing. Results from our Phase 1 MAD clinical trial demonstrated favorable tolerability data at exposure levels that are consistent with dosing levels that achieved robust activity in preclinical models of depression, anxiety and epilepsy. We believe ETX-155 has several potential advantages that, collectively, differentiate it from other product candidates in the GABAA PAM therapeutic class and represent a compelling clinical profile.

 

   

Dual synaptic and extrasynaptic activity. Binding of ETX-155 at the synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAARs causes enhanced phasic and tonic inhibition, leading to decreased neuronal excitability. We believe that both types of inhibition are important for neurosteroid clinical efficacy in depression and epilepsy, as evidenced by the positive clinical results of brexanolone and zuranolone in depression, and ganaxolone in epilepsy, all of which have dual activity at synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAARs.

 

   

Consistency of effect. Phase 1 clinical trials demonstrated that taking ETX-155 with or without food did not result in a clinically meaningful difference in pharmacokinetics, specifically with the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax), and the total drug exposure (AUC). This is a differentiated characteristic in contrast to other GABAA PAMs such as ganaxolone, brexanolone and zuranolone which are reported to require administration timed with a meal to achieve desired clinical outcomes. Given challenges with patient compliance, we believe the lack of a clinically meaningful food effect is an important patient-centric differentiation that would allow patients the flexibility to take therapy with or without a meal while maintaining a consistent therapeutic exposure.


 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
   

Once-a-day dosing. ETX-155 has demonstrated a half-life of approximately 24 to 26 hours, which indicates the agent may be utilized in a once-a-day evening dosing regimen. We believe this will be a competitively differentiated and favorable dosing regimen for patients if ETX-155 is approved.

 

   

Potential for favorable therapeutic window across a broad set of CNS indications. ETX-155 has demonstrated favorable safety and tolerability data in its single ascending dose (SAD) / MAD Phase 1 trial. The exposures attained from the 60 mg dose in our Phase 1 MAD cohorts are consistent with the exposures that led to robust activity of ETX-155 in our preclinical models of depression, anxiety and epilepsy. This increases our confidence that 60 mg has the potential to be an efficacious dose in the indications we are pursuing. Separately, we believe the favorable tolerability data from our SAD and MAD studies and the activity observed in preclinical models will support our evaluation of a range of doses to potentially offer physicians different dose levels, allowing for patient-centric dosing.

Based on these advantages as well as our preclinical and clinical work to date, we plan to pursue clinical trials in FOS, MDD and PMD. In the second half of 2021, we intend to initiate a Phase 1b photosensitive epilepsy trial, which if successful, would support initiating a Phase 2 clinical trial in FOS. We plan to announce topline data from the photosensitive epilepsy trial in the first half of 2022. In addition, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with MDD in the second half of 2021 and expect to report topline data in the first half of 2023. Further, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial to support clinical efficacy in patients with PMD in the second half of 2021 and expect to report topline data in the first half of 2023.

Preclinical Programs

In addition to our clinical candidates, we are progressing a preclinical pipeline with two programs currently in discovery stages. Our preclinical programs apply our medicinal chemistry and biology expertise combined with our in-depth understanding of drug discovery and development processes to develop novel product candidates based on clinically validated mechanisms of action.

Our lead preclinical program is a Kv7.2/3 potassium channel opener. Kv7.2/3 has been clinically validated as a therapeutic target for both epilepsy and pain. The first generation Kv7 channel opener, ezogabine (Potiga), was approved for refractory FOS in 2011 in both the United States and in Europe (where it was known as retigabine, or Trobalt). Flupirtine (Katadolon) was another first generation Kv7 channel opener that demonstrated clinical validation and has been used in Europe as a treatment for pain since the 1980s. These molecules showed clinical efficacy but subsequently had to be withdrawn from the market due to safety issues. We are developing an NCE that harnesses the efficacy of the Kv7.2/3 channel mechanism while attempting to improve the safety and tolerability relative to earlier molecules, based on our insights into the mechanisms of toxicity. We expect to nominate a clinical candidate in the second half of 2021.

Our second preclinical program is focused on developing a novel, potent analog of an earlier approved 2,3- benzodiazepine for the potential treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). The aim of our program is to develop a rapidly acting, non-sedating, non-addictive anxiolytic that does not impair motor or cognitive performance, does not have any adverse drug-drug interactions and has the potential to be dosed once a day. We plan to nominate a clinical candidate for our GAD program in 2022.

Our Approach

We follow several key principles to guide our research and development efforts that we believe will enable us to efficiently bring clinically differentiated therapies to market to help millions of people suffering from CNS disorders:

 

   

Focus on clinically validated mechanisms of action. We concentrate our research and development efforts on opportunities within the broad range of neuronal excitability disorders, where there has been


 

- 5 -


Table of Contents
 

prior clinical validation for the mechanism of action or pathway and where significant unmet need exists due to efficacy and safety limitations of existing therapies. By focusing on products with mechanisms of action that have clinical validation, we believe we can reduce the clinical translational risk of our product candidates while leveraging our extensive neuroscience drug development expertise to develop products that have the potential to meaningfully improve clinical outcomes.

 

   

Establish clinical differentiation for our product candidates. We leverage the deep chemistry, neuroscience and manufacturing expertise of our team to generate NCEs that we believe can be clinically differentiated and enhance patient outcomes. We intend to improve on efficacy, safety and tolerability limitations of existing therapies that impact patient convenience, compliance and outcomes. We aim to deliver therapeutic candidates with optimal pharmacological properties that make them both clinically differentiated and commercially attractive.

 

   

Pursue CNS indications with well-defined regulatory pathways in large markets that are inadequately served by current therapies. The initial indications we are pursuing for ETX-810 and ETX-155 are chronic pain, depression and epilepsy, all of which have well-characterized, large patient populations and are insufficiently addressed by existing therapies. In these indications, clinical endpoints and regulatory pathways are well-defined and precedented.

 

   

Develop products that have broad therapeutic potential. We believe that the biological pathways that are involved in many neuronal excitability disorders are related, and therefore, therapies that effectively address these pathways may be applicable in multiple CNS disorders. Our strategy for each product candidate is to initially pursue tractable indications where the clinical translatability of the mechanism of action has been validated. Upon positive results from proof-of-concept trials, we intend to pursue additional indications where we believe our product candidates’ mechanisms may be relevant, to maximize the potential for each product candidate.

 

   

Maximize and protect value through a strong global intellectual property portfolio. We have a rigorous strategy to establish and protect the intellectual property rights for our programs, all of which are wholly owned, to allow us to maximize the therapeutic and commercial potential of our pipeline. This strategy includes seeking patent protection in the United States and other jurisdictions for our product candidates, each of which is an NCE. Our portfolio includes numerous filings with multiple different sets of claims that cover proprietary aspects of our lead programs and their use. For ETX-810 and ETX-155, we have issued patents in the United States with coverage to at least 2037 and 2039, respectively, as well as a wide variety of pending applications for these programs in the United States and elsewhere. We continue to leverage new discoveries in the development of these programs to strengthen the breadth and depth of our intellectual property.

Our Strategy

To execute our approach, we plan to implement the following key strategies:

 

   

Advance ETX-810 through clinical trials for DPN and LSR chronic pain and progress toward commercialization;

 

   

Advance ETX-155 through clinical trials in both depression and epilepsy indications and progress toward commercialization;

 

   

Continue to innovate and advance our preclinical programs into clinical trials in multiple neuronal excitability indications;

 

   

Apply our expertise to expand our lead programs into additional indications representing large markets; and

 

   

Pursue regulatory approvals for our product candidates and commercialize them in key markets.


 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

Our Team and Investors

Since commencing operations in 2019, we have assembled a seasoned management team with expertise in neuroscience research and development, medicinal chemistry, clinical development, regulatory affairs, manufacturing and commercialization. Our team includes industry veterans with leadership experience at leading biopharmaceutical companies such as Amgen, Biogen, GSK, Lilly, Novartis and Pfizer, as well as at successful small biotechnology companies such as Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Convergence Pharmaceuticals, Exelixis and Juno Therapeutics. In addition, members of our team have driven development and operational efforts supporting the approval of multiple drugs in chronic pain, depression and epilepsy, including Aptiom, Cymbalta, Lamictal, Lyrica and Vyepti. Our leadership team’s track record of success enables us to continue to recruit highly experienced personnel. Our board of directors is comprised of industry leaders with senior leadership experience at large pharmaceutical organizations and public and private biotechnology companies, bringing significant expertise across neuroscience research and development, corporate governance, finance, organizational strategy and capital raising. Together, we bring years of experience combined with the resilience needed to confront challenging diseases of the nervous system and we are supported by top tier investors, including RA Capital Management, Access Biotechnology and Intermediate Capital Group plc.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

   

We have incurred significant losses since our inception, anticipate that we will incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future, and may never achieve or maintain profitability. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $46.7 million.

 

   

We will need additional funding to conduct our future clinical trials and to complete development and commercialization of our product candidates. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our clinical development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

   

We have never generated any revenue from product sales, and we may never generate revenue or be profitable.

 

   

Our business substantially depends upon the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of ETX-810 and ETX-155 in our initial and any potential future indications.

 

   

Clinical development involves a lengthy, complex and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and the results of our clinical trials, may not satisfy the requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

 

   

We have never commercialized a product candidate and we may lack the necessary expertise, personnel and resources to successfully commercialize any of our products that receive regulatory approval on our own or together with collaborators.

 

   

We face significant competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and other research organizations and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

 

   

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could materially and adversely affect our preclinical and clinical trials, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including


 

- 7 -


Table of Contents
 

by failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials or failing to comply with regulatory requirements.

 

   

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to manufacture our clinical and ultimately commercial product supply. Those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including by failing to meet product specifications, required demand or cost-efficient scale levels.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and protect sufficient patent and other intellectual property rights for our product candidates and technology, or if the scope of patent and other intellectual property rights obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

 

   

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act.

In addition, we are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

As a result, the information in this prospectus and that we provide to our investors in the future may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in October 2018. Our principal mailing address is 23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125, Redmond, WA 98053. Our workforce is currently working remotely and we do not currently have a physical office in the United States. Our telephone number is (425) 276-2300. Our website is www.eliemtx.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.


 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

4,500,000 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

675,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

23,458,226 shares (or 24,133,226 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $72.6 million (or approximately $83.9 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to fund the development of ETX-810, ETX-155 and our preclinical pipeline, including new product candidates, and the remainder to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

“ELYM”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares (the reserved shares) offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our executive officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. In addition, the transfer restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters apply to any reserved shares purchased in the directed share program by our executive officers and current securityholders, and other participants in the directed share program will also be required to enter into a 180 day lock-up agreement relating to the reserved shares so purchased. Any reserved shares that are not purchased through the directed share program will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 18,958,226 shares of common stock (including shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis,


 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021) outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

1,930,474 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.96 per share, plus 749,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to March 31, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.27 per share;

 

   

1,142,082 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2021, plus an additional 219,089 shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan since March 31, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

an estimated 2,345,822 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, plus any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement, are settled in cash, are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price in accordance with the terms of our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan; upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, options to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock will be granted to our directors with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

 

   

an estimated 234,582 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-2 reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock effected on July 29, 2021;

 

   

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws adopted in connection with this offering are effective;

 

   

the conversion of all 15,345,279 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options described above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 675,000 additional shares of our common stock.


 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future and our historical results for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the remainder of 2021.

You should read the consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2019     2020     2020     2021  
     (in thousands, except for share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 2,517     $ 8,769     $ 1,389     $ 4,273  

Research and development, related party

     1,502       573       234       388  

In-process research and development

     2,750       9,158       —         —    

General and administrative

     677       2,425       328       2,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,446       20,925       1,951       6,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,446     (20,925     (1,951     (6,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     914       —         —         (11,718

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     (15     257       35       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     899       257       35       (11,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (6,547   $ (20,668   $ (1,916   $ (18,601

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value and cumulative preferred stock dividends

     (844     (2,285     (439     (1,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,391   $ (22,953   $ (2,355   $ (19,686
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (4.45   $ (10.49   $ (1.27   $ (5.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     1,660,984       2,187,813       1,855,532       3,455,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

     $ (3.36     $ (1.69
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

       6,836,836         11,661,662  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

 

(1)

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021 were computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period, or their issuance dates, if later.

 

     As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash

   $ 47,911     $ 107,911     $ 180,491  

Total assets

     53,686       113,686       186,266  

Working capital(4)

     48,467       108,467       181,047  

Total liabilities

     4,070       4,070       4,070  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     92,798       —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (46,737     (46,737     (46,737

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (43,182     109,616       182,196  

 

(1)

The pro forma column in the balance sheet table above gives effect to (i) the issuance and sale of 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and the receipt of $60.0 million of gross proceeds in May 2021, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in May 2021, into 15,345,279 shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet table above further reflects our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $4.2 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of cash, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $16.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.


 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Unless otherwise indicated, references in these risk factors to our business being harmed will include harm to our business, reputation, brand, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since our inception, anticipate that we will incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history. For the last several years, we have focused our efforts primarily on developing our product candidates, including our two lead clinical-stage candidates, ETX-810 and ETX-155, with the goal of achieving regulatory approval and commercialization. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net losses were $6.5 million, $20.7 million, $1.9 million and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $46.7 million. To date, we have not received regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates or generated any revenue from the sale of products, and we do not expect to generate any revenue in the foreseeable future. We expect to continue to incur substantial expenses and operating losses over the next several years as we continue to develop our current and future product candidates. In addition, we expect to incur significant sales, marketing and manufacturing expenses related to the commercialization of our current and future product candidates, if they are approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

   

continue to develop and conduct clinical trials, including for ETX-810 and ETX-155 for our initial and any potential additional indications;

 

   

initiate and continue research and development, including preclinical, clinical and discovery efforts for any future product candidates;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for ETX-810 and ETX-155, or any other product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product candidate development and help us comply with our obligations as a public company;

 

   

hire and retain additional personnel, such as clinical, manufacturing, quality control, scientific, commercial and administrative personnel;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

establish sales, marketing, distribution, manufacturing, supply chain and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development and growing staff;

 

   

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies; and

 

   

incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

We will need additional funding to conduct our future clinical trials and to complete development and commercialization of our product candidates. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We had cash of $20.5 million and $47.9 million at December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2020, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern at May 12, 2021, the date of their report. On May 21, 2021, we received $60.0 million in gross proceeds from the issuance and sale of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, which, combined with our cash balance of $47.9 million as of March 31, 2021, we believe will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months from the filing date of this amendment.

Based upon our current operating plan and assumptions, we believe that our existing cash, including the net proceeds from this initial public offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through late 2023. However, we will need additional capital to complete the clinical development of our product candidates and to commercialize any approved products. Our estimates of the sufficiency of our cash are based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Further, changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

Conducting clinical trials, pursuing regulatory approvals, establishing outsourced manufacturing relationships and successfully manufacturing and commercializing our product candidates is, and will be, very time-consuming, expensive and an uncertain process that takes years to complete. Our future need for additional funding depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing ETX-810 and ETX-155 for our initial and potential additional indications, as well as our preclinical product candidates and other future product candidates we may develop;

 

   

the timing and uncertainty of, and the costs involved in, obtaining marketing approvals for ETX-810 and ETX-155 for our initial and potential additional indications and our preclinical product candidates and other future product candidates we may develop and pursue;

 

   

the number of future product candidates that we may pursue and their development requirements;

 

   

the number of jurisdictions in which we plan to seek regulatory approvals;

 

   

if approved, the costs of commercialization activities for ETX-810 and ETX-155 for any approved indications or any other product candidate that receives regulatory approval to the extent such costs are not the responsibility of any future collaborators, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

subject to receipt of regulatory approval, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of ETX-810 and ETX-155 for any approved indications or any other product candidates;

 

   

the extent to which we in-license or acquire rights to other products, product candidates or technologies;

 

   

our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development, establish or increase our office space and establish a commercial infrastructure;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights, including enforcing and defending intellectual property related claims;

 

   

any product liability lawsuits related to our products;

 

   

the ongoing costs of operating as a public company; and

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents
   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may exacerbate the magnitude of the factors discussed above.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and any disruptions to, or volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide that arise from the pandemic. We have no committed source of additional capital and if we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our product candidates or other research and development initiatives.

We are in the early stages of clinical drug development and have a very limited operating history and no products approved for commercial sale, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future success and viability.

We are a clinical-stage, U.S.-headquartered biotechnology company with a very limited operating history and with international operations in the United Kingdom. We commenced operations in 2018, have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. Drug development is a highly uncertain undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are conducting multiple Phase 2a clinical trials for our ETX-810 clinical program and plan to initiate Phase 2a and other clinical trials for our ETX-155 clinical program, and have not initiated clinical trials for any of our other current research programs. To date, we have not initiated or completed a pivotal clinical trial, obtained marketing approval for any product candidates, manufactured a commercial scale product or arranged for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conducted sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Our short operating history as a company makes any assessment of our future success and viability subject to significant uncertainty. We will encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early-stage biotechnology companies in rapidly evolving fields, and we have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome such risks and difficulties. If we do not address these risks and difficulties successfully, our business may be harmed.

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and we may never generate revenue or be profitable.

We have no products approved for commercial sale. To obtain revenues from the sales of our product candidates that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability, we must succeed, either alone or with third parties, in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, manufacturing and marketing therapies with significant commercial success. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on many factors, including:

 

   

successfully completing preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

 

   

identifying, assessing and/or developing new product candidates;

 

   

developing a sustainable and scalable manufacturing process for our product candidates, as well as establishing and maintaining commercially viable supply relationships with third parties that can provide adequate products and services to support clinical activities and commercial demand for our product candidates;

 

   

negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter;

 

   

obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing authorizations for product candidates for which we successfully complete clinical development;

 

   

launching and successfully commercializing product candidates for which we obtain regulatory and marketing approval, either by establishing a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure or collaborating with a partner;

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents
   

negotiating and maintaining an adequate price for our product candidates, both in the United States and in foreign countries where our products are commercialized;

 

   

satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for its products from private insurance or government payors;

 

   

obtaining market acceptance of our product candidates as viable treatment options;

 

   

building out new facilities or expanding existing facilities to support our ongoing development activity;

 

   

addressing any competing technological and market developments;

 

   

maintaining, protecting, expanding and enforcing our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets and know-how; and

 

   

attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with drug development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of our expenses, or when we will be able to generate any meaningful revenue or achieve or maintain profitability, if ever. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond our current expectations if we are required by the FDA, or foreign regulatory agencies, to perform studies or clinical trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate, or if there are any delays in any of our or our future collaborators’ clinical trials or the development of any of our product candidates. Even if one or more of our product candidates is approved for commercial sale, absent our entering into a collaboration or partnership agreement, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate and ongoing compliance efforts.

Risks Related to our Business and the Development of our Product Candidates

Our business substantially depends upon the successful development of ETX-810 and ETX-155. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for, and successfully commercialize, ETX-810 or ETX-155, our business will be harmed.

We currently have no products approved for sale and are investing the majority of our efforts and financial resources in the development of our lead product candidates, ETX-810 for the treatment of diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain and pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy, and ETX-155 for the treatment of major depressive disorder, perimenopausal depression and epilepsy. Successful continued development and potential regulatory approval of ETX-810 or ETX-155 for our initial and potential additional indications is critical to the future success of our business. We will need to raise sufficient funds for, and successfully enroll and complete, our clinical development programs of ETX-810 and ETX-155.

Before we can generate any revenue from sales of ETX-810, ETX-155 or any of our other programs, we must undergo additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions. In addition, if one or more of our product candidates are approved, we must ensure access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and conduct significant marketing efforts in connection with any commercial launch. These efforts will require substantial investment, and we may not have the financial resources to continue development of our product candidates or commercialization of any products.

We may experience setbacks that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our product candidates or our ability to commercialize any products, including:

 

   

negative or inconclusive results from our preclinical studies or clinical trials or the clinical trials of others for product candidates similar to ours, leading to a decision or requirement to conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical trials or abandon a program;

 

   

product-related side effects experienced by subjects in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs or therapeutics similar to our product candidates;

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents
   

delays in submitting investigational new drug applications (INDs) in the United States or comparable foreign applications or delays or failure in obtaining the necessary approvals from regulators or institutional review boards to commence a clinical trial, or a suspension or termination of a clinical trial once commenced;

 

   

if the FDA or comparable foreign authorities do not accept the earlier preclinical and clinical trial work, then we may need to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond that which we currently have planned and significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our drug candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates and may harm our business;

 

   

conditions imposed by the FDA or comparable foreign authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

 

   

delays in contracting with clinical sites or enrolling subjects in clinical trials, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

delays or interruptions in the supply of materials necessary for the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards (IRBs) or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design, including with respect to dosing levels administered in our planned clinical trials, which may delay or prevent us from initiating our clinical trials with our originally intended trial design;

 

   

delays in reaching, or failure to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations (CROs) which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

the number of subjects required for clinical trials of any product candidates may be larger than we anticipate or subjects may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors for preclinical studies or clinical trials may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or take actions that could cause clinical sites or clinical investigators to drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;

 

   

due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or other events beyond our control, we may experience some delays and interruptions to our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we may experience delays or interruptions to our manufacturing supply chain, or we could suffer delays in reaching, or we may fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with third-party service providers on whom we rely;

 

   

greater than anticipated clinical trial costs, including as a result of delays or interruptions that could increase the overall costs to finish our clinical trials as our fixed costs are not substantially reduced during delays;

 

   

we may elect to, or regulators, IRBs, Data Safety Monitoring Boards (DSMBs), or ethics committees may require that we or our investigators, suspend or terminate clinical research or trials for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

we may not have the financial resources available to begin and complete the planned trials, or the cost of clinical trials of any product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate to initiate or complete a given clinical trial;

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents
   

the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit additional data such as long-term toxicology studies, or impose other requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial, including because the FDA has not reviewed our preclinical or clinical data, to date, having been developed outside the United States;

 

   

inability to compete with other therapies;

 

   

poor efficacy of our product candidates during clinical trials;

 

   

unfavorable FDA or other regulatory agency inspection and review of clinical trial sites or manufacturing facilities;

 

   

unfavorable product labeling associated with any product approvals and any requirements for a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) that may be required by the FDA or comparable requirements in other jurisdictions to ensure the benefits of an individual product outweigh its risks;

 

   

unfavorable acceptance of our clinical trial data by the patient or medical communities or third-party payors;

 

   

failure of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

delays related to the impact or the spread of COVID-19 or other pandemics, including the impact of COVID-19 on the FDA’s, or similar foreign regulatory agency’s ability to continue its normal operations;

 

   

delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines, including the imposition of additional regulatory oversight around clinical testing generally or with respect to our technology in particular; or

 

   

varying interpretations of data by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies.

We do not have complete control over many of these factors, including certain aspects of clinical development and the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and our manufacturing, marketing, distribution and sales efforts or that of any future collaborator.

In addition, of the large number of drugs in development in the biotechnology industry, only a small percentage result in the submission of a marketing application, such as a new drug application (NDA) to the FDA, and even fewer are approved for commercialization. Furthermore, even if we do receive regulatory approval for ETX-810, ETX-155 or any other potential product candidate we may develop for any indication, any such approval may be subject to limitations on the indications or uses or patient populations for which we may market the product. Accordingly, even if we are able to obtain the requisite financing to continue to fund our development programs, we cannot assure that we will successfully develop or commercialize ETX-810, ETX-155 or any other potential product candidate we may develop for any indication. If we or any of our future collaborators are unable to develop, or obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize ETX-810 or ETX-155 for our initial or potential additional indications, or any other potential product candidate we may develop, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business. In addition, our failure to demonstrate positive results in our clinical trials in any indication for which we are developing ETX-810 and ETX-155 could adversely affect our development efforts for ETX-810 and ETX-155 in other indications.

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy, complex and expensive process with an uncertain outcome. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and the results of our clinical trials may not satisfy the requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

humans to the satisfaction of FDA. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. In particular, in the United States, the general approach for FDA approval of a new drug is dispositive data from two well-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trials of the relevant drug in the relevant patient population. Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve hundreds to thousands of patients, have significant costs and take years to complete. A product candidate can fail at any stage of testing, even after observing promising signs of activity in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. For example, preclinical models evaluating product candidates for pain are notoriously unreliable and, as such, the therapies face substantial translational risk. In addition, initial success in clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained when such trials are completed. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biotechnology industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or emergence of unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved and there can be no assurance that any of our future clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development of ETX-810, ETX-155 or any of our other product candidates. The commencement and rate of completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials may be delayed by many factors, including:

 

   

inability to generate sufficient preclinical or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation of clinical studies;

 

   

preclinical studies or clinical trials may show the product candidates to be less effective than expected (e.g., a clinical trial could fail to meet its primary endpoint(s)) or to have unacceptable side effects or toxicities;

 

   

failure to establish clinical endpoints that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful;

 

   

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and clinical trial sites.

 

   

delays in identifying, recruiting and training suitable clinical investigators;

 

   

differences in trial design between early-stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials (e.g., we are basing our therapeutic hypothesis for ETX-810 on studies conducted in the academic setting and the results from the academic studies may not be replicated in a clinical setting);

 

   

delays in recruiting suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials;

 

   

delays in manufacturing, testing, releasing, validating or importing/exporting sufficient stable quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical trials or the inability to do any of the foregoing;

 

   

insufficient or inadequate supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary for use in clinical trials, or delays in sufficiently developing, characterizing or controlling a manufacturing process suitable for clinical trials;

 

   

imposition of a temporary or permanent clinical hold by regulatory authorities;

 

   

developments on trials conducted by competitors for related technology that raises FDA or foreign regulatory authority concerns about risk to patients of the technology broadly, or if the FDA or a foreign regulatory authority finds that the investigational protocol or plan is clearly deficient to meet its stated objectives;

 

   

delays in recruiting, screening and enrolling patients and delays caused by patients withdrawing from clinical trials or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents
   

difficulty collaborating with patient groups and investigators;

 

   

failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial protocols;

 

   

failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s or any other regulatory authority’s good clinical practice requirements (GCPs) or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

   

occurrence of adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits, or occurrence of adverse events in trial of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

 

   

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates being greater than we anticipate;

 

   

clinical trials of our product candidates producing negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or regulators requiring us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon development of such product candidates;

 

   

transfer of manufacturing processes to larger-scale facilities operated by a third-party contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO) and delays or failure by our CDMOs or us to make any necessary changes to such manufacturing process; and

 

   

third parties being unwilling or unable to satisfy their contractual obligations to us.

In addition, disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may increase the likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting or completing our planned and ongoing preclinical studies and clinical trials. Any inability to successfully initiate or complete preclinical studies or clinical trials could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenue from product sales. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may be required to or we may elect to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which our products have patent protection and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may seriously harm our business.

Further, our current and planned clinical trials do or will contain endpoints that require subjective assessments and subject us to a substantial risk of “placebo effect” which is a well-known risk in clinical trials evaluating therapeutics for pain as well as depression. While a product candidate may show clinical activity or therapeutic benefit, a high placebo effect in a clinical trial will make it difficult to ascertain that benefit or to show statistically significant effect of the product candidate as compared to the control arm and may ultimately cause a clinical trial to fail.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

Delays in the completion of any preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and delay or potentially jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate product revenue. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Any delays to our preclinical studies or clinical trials

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

If we seek to conduct clinical trials in foreign countries or pursue marketing approvals in foreign jurisdictions, we must comply with numerous foreign regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing authorization, pricing and third-party reimbursement. The foreign regulatory approval process varies among countries and jurisdictions and may include all of the risks associated with FDA approval described above as well as risks attributable to the satisfaction of local regulations in foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, the time required to obtain approval may differ jurisdiction-to-jurisdiction from that required to obtain FDA approval. Approval by foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure approval by the FDA and, similarly, approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities outside the United States.

Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a marketing application to foreign regulatory authorities or the FDA, for each product candidate and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of any product candidates. We may experience negative or inconclusive results, or regulators may be unwilling to accept preclinical or clinical data obtained in foreign jurisdictions, which may result in our deciding, or our being required by regulators, to conduct additional clinical studies or trials or abandon some or all of our product development programs, which could harm our business.

Cross-trial comparisons are not reliable predictors of the relative efficacy of our product candidates against comparators.

We have not conducted head-to-head clinical trials to compare our product candidates with competing products. There are risks associated with comparing the results of our clinical trials with results from other independent studies and trials (as we have done in this registration statement), as cross-trial comparisons may not be reliable predictors of the relative efficacy or other benefits of our product candidates compared to other product candidates that may be approved or that are in development. Moreover, unless we conduct head-to-head comparative studies, we will not be able to make any claims of superiority even if our products are approved. Additionally, even though our product candidates are designed to address the same indications as existing therapies, we have not conducted head-to-head clinical trials comparing our product candidates with such existing drugs and therapies. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by clinical and preclinical stage biotechnology companies such as ours.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could materially and adversely affect our preclinical and clinical trials, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and the United States declared a national emergency with respect to COVID-19. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, “shelter in place” orders and other public health guidance measures have been implemented across much of the United States and Europe, including in the locations of our offices, clinical trial sites, key vendors and partners. We expect that our clinical development program timelines will be negatively affected by COVID-19, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, due to “shelter in place” orders and other public health guidance measures, we have implemented a work-from-home policy for all staff members excluding those necessary to maintain minimum basic operations. Our increased reliance on personnel working from home may negatively impact productivity, or disrupt, delay or otherwise adversely impact our business. For example, with our personnel working from home, some of our research activities that require our personnel to be in our laboratories will be delayed.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or similar pandemics, and related “shelter in place” orders and other public health guidance measures, we have and may in the future experience disruptions that could materially and

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

adversely impact our clinical trials, business, financial condition and results of operations. Potential disruptions include but are not limited to:

 

   

delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

 

   

delays or difficulties in initiating or expanding clinical trials, including delays or difficulties with clinical site initiation and recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

 

   

increased rates of patients withdrawing from our clinical trials following enrollment as a result of contracting COVID-19 or other health conditions or being forced to quarantine;

 

   

interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site data monitoring and efficacy, safety and translational data collection, processing and analyses, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by federal, state or local governments, employers and others or interruption of clinical trial subject visits, which may impact the collection and integrity of subject data and clinical study endpoints;

 

   

diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

delays or disruptions in preclinical experiments and IND-enabling studies due to restrictions of on-site staff and unforeseen circumstances at CROs and vendors;

 

   

interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies;

 

   

interruption of, or delays in receiving, supplies of our product candidates from our contract manufacturing organizations due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in delivery systems;

 

   

delays in receiving approval from local regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials;

 

   

limitations on employee or other resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our clinical trials and pre-clinical work, including because of sickness of employees or their families, the desire of employees to avoid travel or contact with large groups of people, an increased reliance on working from home, school closures or mass transit disruptions;

 

   

changes in regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 pandemic which may require us to change the ways in which our clinical trials are conducted, which may result in unexpected costs, or to discontinue the clinical trials altogether;

 

   

delays in necessary interactions with regulators, ethics committees and other important agencies and contractors due to limitations in employee resources or forced furlough of government or contractor personnel; and

 

   

refusal of the FDA to accept data from clinical trials in affected geographies outside the United States.

These and other factors arising from the COVID-19 global pandemic could worsen in countries that are already afflicted with COVID-19, could continue to spread to additional countries or could return to countries where the pandemic has been partially contained, each of which could further adversely impact our ability to conduct clinical trials and our business generally, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to develop and implement additional clinical trial policies and procedures designed to help protect subjects from the COVID-19 virus. For example, in March 2020, the FDA issued a guidance, which FDA subsequently revised, on conducting clinical trials during the pandemic, which describes a number of considerations for sponsors of clinical trials impacted by the pandemic.

The COVID-19 global pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. The extent to which the outbreak may affect our clinical trials, business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments,

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and actions to contain the outbreak or treat its impact, such as social distancing and quarantines or lock-downs in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease. Future developments in these and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our clinical trials, business, financial condition and results of operations.

The trading prices for shares of other biopharmaceutical companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and following this offering the trading prices for shares of our common stock could also experience high volatility. As a result, we may face difficulties raising capital through sales of our common stock or such sales may be on unfavorable terms. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of the COVID-19 could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business operations is highly uncertain and subject to change and will depend on future developments, which cannot be accurately predicted, including the duration of the pandemic, the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, additional or modified government actions, new information that will emerge concerning the severity and impact of COVID-19 and the actions taken to contain COVID-19 or address its impact in the short and long term, among others. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our clinical trials, our research programs, healthcare systems or the global economy. We will continue to monitor the situation closely.

In addition, our business could be materially adversely affected by other business disruptions to us or our third-party providers that could materially adversely affect our potential future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our operations, and those of our CROs, CDMOs and other contractors, consultants and third parties could be subject to other global pandemics, earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could materially adversely affect our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce and process our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Disruptions at the FDA, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, including in 2018 and 2019, the U.S. government shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, and had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities, and on March 18, 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. On July 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Additionally, on April 15, 2021, the FDA issued a guidance document in which the FDA described its plans to conduct voluntary remote interactive evaluations of certain drug manufacturing facilities and clinical research sites. According to the guidance, the FDA intends to request such remote interactive evaluations in situations where an in-person inspection would not be prioritized, deemed mission-critical, or where direct inspection is otherwise limited by travel restrictions, but where the FDA determines that remote evaluation would still be appropriate. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences following regulatory approval, if obtained.

Undesirable side effects caused by ETX-810, ETX-155 or any other current or future product candidate could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. In addition, many compounds that have initially showed promise in clinical or earlier stage testing are later found to cause undesirable or unexpected side effects that prevented further development of the compound. For example, our lead preclinical program is a Kv7.2/3 potassium channel opener. This mechanism has been validated through regulatory approvals of multiple first generation Kv7.2/3 openers for the treatment of epilepsy and pain. These molecules showed efficacy but subsequently had to be withdrawn from the market due to significant safety issues. There is no assurance that, if we are able to move our preclinical program forward, we will be able to avoid similar safety problems. Additionally, the composition of our product candidates or learnings in preclinical studies or clinical trials may result in contraindications for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval.

If unacceptable side effects arise in the development of our product candidates, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to the clinical trials, patients may drop out of our trials, or we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts of that product candidate altogether. We, the FDA, other comparable regulatory authorities or IRBs, DSMBs or independent ethics committees at the institutions in which our trials are conducted could suspend or terminate our trials for various reasons, including a belief that subjects in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biotechnology industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the product candidate from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance due to its tolerability versus other therapies. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Treatment-emergent side effects that are deemed to be drug-related could also result in potential product liability claims. Undesirable side effects in one of our clinical trials (or in a clinical trial of a competitor with a similar mechanism of action) for our product candidates in one indication could adversely affect enrollment in clinical trials, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates in other indications. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. Any of these occurrences may harm our business.

Moreover, clinical trials of our product candidates are conducted in carefully defined sets of patients who have agreed to enter into clinical trials. Consequently, it is possible that our clinical trials, or those of any future collaborator, may indicate an apparent positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any, or alternatively fail to identify undesirable side effects. Clinical trials by their nature utilize a sample of the potential patient population. With a limited number of patients, rare and severe side effects of our product candidates may only be uncovered with a significantly larger number of patients exposed to the product candidate. If our product candidates receive marketing approval and we or others identify undesirable side effects caused by such product candidates (or any other similar products) after such approval, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw or limit their approval of such product candidates, or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, “boxed” warnings, or issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

 

   

we may be required to change the way such product candidates are distributed or administered, or change the labeling of the product candidates;

 

   

the FDA may require a REMS plan to mitigate risks, which could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools, and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may require comparable risk mitigation plans;

 

   

we may be subject to regulatory investigations and government enforcement actions;

 

   

the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may require us to conduct additional clinical trials or costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for injury caused to individuals exposed to or taking our product candidates; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidates and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates, if approved, and significantly impact our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and generate revenues.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling and/or retaining patients in our future clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

We may not be able to initiate or continue our planned clinical trials on a timely basis or at all for our product candidates if we are unable to recruit and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials through completion of such trials as required by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials. Our ability to enroll eligible patients may be limited or may result in slower enrollment than we anticipate. There may be limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical studies. The eligibility criteria of our clinical studies will further limit the pool of

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

available study participants as we will require that patients have specific characteristics that we can measure or to assure their disease is either severe enough or not too advanced to include them in a study. Patient enrollment for our current or any future clinical trials may be affected by other factors, including:

 

   

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

   

the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

   

the design of the trial;

 

   

the availability and efficacy of approved drugs for the disease under investigation;

 

   

perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications that we are investigating;

 

   

clinicians’ willingness to screen their patients for biomarkers to indicate which patients may be eligible for enrollment in our clinical trials;

 

   

delays in or temporary suspension of the enrollment of patients in our planned clinical trials due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on clinical trial sites, personnel and patient travel;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents;

 

   

patient referral practices of physicians;

 

   

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

 

   

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients; and

 

   

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion, including as a result of contracting COVID-19 or other health conditions or being forced to quarantine.

In addition, our clinical trials may compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition would reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays or might require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs, affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to seek and obtain the regulatory approval required to commence product sales and generate revenue, which could prevent completion of these trials, adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates, cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing if needed. Furthermore, even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may have difficulty maintaining participation in our clinical trials through the treatment and any follow-up periods.

We are also required to register certain clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, such as www.ClinicalTrials.gov in the United States, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available, and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline and preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the topline or preliminary data we previously published. As a result, top-line and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available.

From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available or as patients from our clinical trials continue other treatments for their disease. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. Further, disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Due to the significant resources required for the development of our pipeline, and depending on our ability to access capital, we must prioritize development of certain product candidates. Moreover, we may fail to expend our limited resources on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

We currently have two lead clinical-stage candidates, ETX-810 and ETX-155. We seek to maintain a process of prioritization and resource allocation to maintain an optimal balance between aggressively advancing product candidates and ensuring replenishment of our portfolio.

Due to the significant resources required for the development of our product candidates, we must focus on specific diseases and disease pathways and decide which product candidates to pursue and advance and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management, and financial resources toward particular product candidates or therapeutic areas may not lead to the development of any viable commercial product and may divert resources away from better opportunities. If we make incorrect determinations regarding the viability or market potential of any of our product candidates or misread trends in the biotechnology industry, in particular for disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems, our business may be harmed. As a result, we may fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, be required to forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or other diseases and disease pathways that may later prove to have greater

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

commercial potential than those we choose to pursue, or relinquish valuable rights to such product candidates through collaboration, licensing, or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been advantageous for us to invest additional resources to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

We may not be successful in our efforts to continue to create a pipeline of product candidates or to develop commercially successful products. If we fail to successfully identify and develop additional product candidates, our commercial opportunity may be limited.

One of our strategies is to identify and pursue clinical development of additional product candidates. We currently have novel preclinical candidates in the research, discovery, screening and preclinical stages of development, with two programs currently in advanced discovery stage. Identifying, developing, obtaining regulatory approval and commercializing additional product candidates for the treatment of disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems will require substantial additional funding and is prone to the risks of failure inherent in drug development. We cannot provide you any assurance that we will be able to successfully identify or acquire additional product candidates, advance any of these additional product candidates through the development process, successfully commercialize any such additional product candidates, if approved, or assemble sufficient resources to identify, acquire, develop or, if approved, commercialize additional product candidates. If we are unable to successfully identify, acquire, develop and commercialize additional product candidates, our commercial opportunity may be limited.

One of the core elements of our strategy is to develop our existing products in multiple indications, also referred to as label expansion. Even if we are successful in developing a product in one indication this does not guarantee that it will be successful in other indications or that we will be able to obtain approval in other patient populations or diseases.

Label expansion is one of the core elements of our strategy. If our current and planned trials are successful, we intend to evaluate additional potential indications for both ETX-810 and ETX-155. For ETX-810, we will explore additional pain indications, which could enable a broad label in peripheral neuropathic pain and chronic pain. For ETX-155, we intend to explore a wide-range of compelling opportunities in both psychiatry and neurology, including potentially generalized anxiety disorder, and bipolar disorder. Even if we are successful in developing a product in one indication does not guarantee that it will be successful in other indications or that we will be able to obtain approval in other patient populations or diseases.

We could be subject to product liability lawsuits based on the use of our product candidates in clinical testing or, if obtained, following our products’ marketing approval and commercialization. Product liability lawsuits brought against us or any of our future collaborators could divert our resources and attention, require us to cease clinical testing, cause us to incur substantial liabilities or limit commercialization of our product candidates.

We are exposed to potential product liability and professional indemnity risks that are inherent in the research, development, manufacturing, marketing and use of biotechnology products. Currently, we have no products that have been approved for commercial sale; however, the use of our product candidates by us and any collaborators in clinical trials may expose us to liability claims. We will face an even greater risk if product candidates are approved by regulatory authorities and introduced commercially. Product liability claims may be brought against us or our partners if any product candidate we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable for human use during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claim may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. Such claims could be made by participants enrolled in our clinical trials, patients, health care providers, biotechnology companies, our collaborators or others using, administering or selling any of our future approved products. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against any such claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for any of our future approved products;

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

 

   

significant litigation costs;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to, or costly settlements with, patients or other claimants;

 

   

product recalls or a change in the indications for which any approved drug products may be used;

 

   

loss of revenue;

 

   

diversion of management and scientific resources from our business operations; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize our product candidates.

Although the clinical trial process is designed to identify and assess potential side effects, clinical development does not always fully characterize the safety and efficacy profile of a new medicine, and it is always possible that a drug, even after regulatory approval, may exhibit unforeseen side effects. If our product candidates were to cause adverse side effects during clinical trials or after approval, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities. Physicians and patients may not comply with any warnings that identify known potential adverse effects and patients who should not use our product candidates. If any of our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we will be highly dependent upon consumer perceptions of us and the safety and quality of our products. We could be adversely affected if we are subject to negative publicity associated with illness or other adverse effects resulting from physicians’ or patients’ use or misuse of our products or any similar products distributed by other companies.

Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage including clinical trial liability, this insurance may not fully cover potential liabilities that we may incur. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. We will need to increase our insurance coverage if we commercialize any product that receives regulatory approval. In addition, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive. If we are unable to maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, it could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our product candidates, which could harm our business.

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance

Enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval and commercialize our product candidates and may affect the prices we may charge for such product candidates.

The United States and many foreign jurisdictions have enacted or proposed legislative and regulatory changes affecting the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product for which we obtain marketing approval.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act (ACA), was enacted, which includes measures that have significantly changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. There have been executive, judicial and congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

decision, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021 and will remain open through August 15, 2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation, and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the ACA. We continue to evaluate the effect that the ACA and its possible repeal and replacement has on our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, in August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of, on average, 2% per fiscal year through 2030 with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, unless Congress takes additional action. Recently, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. presidential executive orders, congressional inquiries and legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. At the federal level, the former Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. It is unclear whether the Biden administration will work to reverse these measures or pursue similar policy initiatives. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control costs pharmaceutical and biological products. It is also possible that additional governmental action will be taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect that the healthcare reform measures that have been adopted and may be adopted in the future may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and could seriously harm our future revenues. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

Our business operations and current and future relationships with investigators, health care professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers will be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and other healthcare laws and regulations. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

Healthcare providers and others play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Although we do not currently have any products on the market, our operations may be, directly or indirectly through our prescribers, customers and third-party payors, subject to various U.S. federal and state healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may impact, among other things, our current business operations, including our clinical research activities and proposed sales, marketing and education programs and constrain the business of financial arrangements and relationships with healthcare providers and other parties through which we may market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to additional healthcare, statutory and regulatory requirements and enforcement by foreign regulatory authorities in jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly,

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents
 

overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, arrangement, or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act (FCA), which can be enforced through “qui tam” or “whistleblower” actions, and civil monetary penalty laws, which impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal health care programs that are false, fictitious or fraudulent; knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing such an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, a claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA;

 

   

the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA fraud provisions without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it;

 

   

the U.S. federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) under the Open Payments Program, information related to direct or indirect payments and other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include payments and other transfers of value made during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse midwives;

 

   

U.S. federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

   

analogous U.S. state laws and regulations, including state anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and other relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to file reports with states regarding pricing and marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; and state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents
   

European and other foreign law equivalents of each of the laws, including reporting requirements detailing interactions with and payments to healthcare providers.

Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from U.S. government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, disgorgement, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the delay, reduction, termination or restructuring of our operations. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming, and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment. If any of the above occur, it could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Actual or perceived failure to comply with current or future federal, state and foreign laws and regulations and industry standards relating to privacy and data protection laws could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business.

We and our third-party providers may be subject to federal, state and foreign data privacy and security laws and regulations. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal health information privacy laws, data breach notification laws, health information privacy laws, including HIPAA (as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009), and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators and third-party providers. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties (including research institutions from which we obtain clinical trial data) that are subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties if we receive, use or disclose individually identifiable health information in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA.

In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are rising. In the United States, these include enforcement actions in response to rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies. In addition, privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards that may legally or contractually apply to us. If we fail to follow these security standards, even if no customer information is compromised, we may incur significant fines or experience a significant increase in costs. Many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. States are also constantly amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. Furthermore, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which became effective on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) was approved by California voters on November 3, 2020. The CPRA, which will take effect in most material respects on January 1, 2023, modifies the CCPA significantly, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. At this time, we do not collect personal data on residents of California, but should we begin to do so, the CCPA and CPRA will impose new and burdensome privacy compliance obligations on our business and will raise new risks for potential fines and class actions.

Foreign data protection laws, including the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) may also apply to health-related and other personal data obtained outside of the United States. The GDPR, which came into effect on May 25, 2018, imposes strict requirements for processing the personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area (EEA). Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and for noncompliance of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of annual global revenue. The regulation imposes numerous requirements regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States, and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EU and the United States remains uncertain. For example, in 2016, the EU and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EU to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but the Privacy Shield was invalidated in July 2020 by the Court of Justice of the European Union.

Further, the vote in the United Kingdom in favor of exiting the EU, referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. From January 1, 2021, companies have to comply with the GDPR and also the United Kingdom GDPR (U.K. GDPR), which, together with the amended U.K. Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in U.K. national law. The U.K. GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, i.e., fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union (EU), in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how United Kingdom data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure. Currently there is a four to six-month grace period agreed in the EU and United Kingdom Trade and Cooperation Agreement, ending June 30, 2021 at the latest, whilst the parties discuss an adequacy decision. The European Commission published a draft adequacy decision on February 19, 2021. If adopted, the decision will enable data transfers from EU member states to the United Kingdom for a four-year period, subject to subsequent extensions.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Compliance with U.S. and foreign data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure by us or our collaborators and third-party providers to comply with U.S. and foreign data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity and could harm our business.

Risks Related to Commercialization of our Product Candidates

We have never commercialized a product candidate and we may lack the necessary expertise, personnel and resources to successfully commercialize any of our products that receive regulatory approval on our own or together with collaborators.

We have never commercialized a product candidate. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. We currently have no sales force, marketing, manufacturing or distribution capabilities. To achieve commercial success of our product candidates, if any are approved, we will have to develop our own sales, marketing, reimbursement and manufacturing capabilities or outsource these activities to a third party.

Factors that may affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates on our own include recruiting and retaining adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel, persuading adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe our product candidates and other unforeseen costs associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization. Developing a sales and marketing organization requires significant investment, is time-consuming and could delay the launch of our product candidates. We may not be able to build an effective sales and marketing organization in the United States, the European Union or other key global markets. If we are unable to build our own distribution and marketing capabilities or to find suitable partners for the commercialization of our product candidates, we may have difficulties generating revenue from them.

We face significant competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and other research organizations, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biotechnology industry is characterized by rapid technological advancement, significant competition and an emphasis on intellectual property. We face potential competition from many different sources, including major and specialty pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, and biotechnology companies, and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with current therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective or more convenient or have fewer or less severe side effects than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we do.

We expect to face competition from existing products and products in development for each of our product candidates. In addition, there may be other earlier stage clinical programs that, if approved, would compete with our product candidates. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we do. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances made in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these fields.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Because ETX-810 is a prodrug of PEA, an endogenous bioactive lipid, which is already marketed by other companies in various formulations as medical foods, nutraceuticals and over-the-counter dietary supplements, we may be exposed to unique risk related to non-prescription competition and consumer substitution.

ETX-810 is a prodrug of PEA, an endogenous bioactive lipid. Various formulations of PEA are currently marketed by others as medical foods, nutraceuticals and over-the-counter dietary supplements. We believe that ETX-810, if approved, will have a superior therapeutic profile to dietary supplement PEA available over the counter. However, we cannot be sure physicians and patients will view ETX-810, if approved, as superior. To the extent the price of ETX-810, if approved, is significantly higher than the prices of over-the-counter PEA, physicians may recommend these commercial alternatives instead of writing prescriptions for ETX-810, or patients may elect on their own to take over-the-counter PEA products. Additionally, negative experiences with over-the-counter PEA may have an adverse impact on our ability to obtain regulatory approval, or if we obtain such approval, on demand for our products. Either of these outcomes may adversely impact our results of operations by limiting how we price our product. Additionally, any adverse effects experienced by the users of over-the-counter PEA could adversely impact the regulatory approval process for ETX-810 or physician or patient demand for ETX-810, even if we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval for and commercialization of such product candidate.

In addition, because current formulations of PEA are only available as over-the-counter supplements, the precedent body of data regarding PEA is based exclusively on studies of PEA in its over-the-counter dietary supplement formulations. There can be no assurance that ETX-810 will achieve the same or similar results in clinical testing as observed in these studies of PEA in its dietary supplement formulations.

The successful commercialization of certain of our product candidates will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish adequate coverage, reimbursement levels and pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved, could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford products such as our product candidates, if approved. Our ability to achieve acceptable levels of coverage and reimbursement for products by governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and attract additional collaboration partners to invest in the development of our product candidates. Coverage under certain government programs, such as Medicare, Medicaid, the 340B drug pricing program and TRICARE, may not be available for certain of our product candidates. Assuming we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for pharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug, biosimilar or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates and other therapies as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. Even if we show improved efficacy or improved convenience of administration with our product candidates, pricing of existing drugs may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our product candidates. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs and biologics will be covered. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs and biologics. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse health care providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time-consuming and costly. No uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of health care services to contain or reduce costs of health care may adversely affect:

 

   

the demand for any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

   

our ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement approval for a product;

 

   

our ability to generate revenues and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

   

the level of taxes that we are required to pay.

If we are unable to establish or sustain coverage and adequate reimbursement for any product candidates from third-party payors, the adoption of those products and sales revenue will be adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect the ability to market or sell those product candidates, if approved. Further, coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time. Therefore, even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Even if we receive marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we may not achieve market acceptance, which would limit the revenue that we can generate from sales of any of our approved product candidates.

Even if the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority approves the marketing of any product candidates that we develop, physicians, patients, third-party payors or the medical community may not accept or use them. Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

candidates may require significant resources and may not be successful. Market acceptance of ETX-810, ETX-155 and our other product candidates, if any are approved, will depend on a number of factors, including, among others:

 

   

the ability of ETX-810, ETX-155 and our other product candidates to treat neuronal excitability disorders, as compared with other available drugs, treatments or therapies;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects associated with ETX-810, ETX-155 and our other future product candidates;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved for ETX-810, ETX-155 or our other future product candidates by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority;

 

   

availability of alternative treatments;

 

   

the size of the target patient population, and the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support and timing of market introduction of competitive products;

 

   

publicity for our product candidates and competing products and treatments;

 

   

pricing and cost effectiveness;

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing strategies;

 

   

our ability to increase awareness of our product candidates through marketing efforts;

 

   

our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement; and

 

   

the likelihood that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority may impose additional requirements that limit the promotion, advertising, distribution or sales of our product candidates.

If any one of our product candidates is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by patients, physicians and third-party payors, we may not generate sufficient revenue to become or remain profitable and our business may be harmed.

If any of our product candidates are approved for marketing and commercialization and we are unable to establish sales, marketing and market access capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates, we will be unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates if and when they are approved.

We currently have no sales, marketing, reimbursement or distribution capabilities. To achieve commercial success for any approved product for which we retain sales, marketing and market access and reimbursement responsibilities, we must either develop these capabilities, which would be expensive and time consuming, or outsource these functions to other third parties, some or all of which may be occur in advance of any approval of the product candidate. In the future, we may choose to build a focused sales and marketing infrastructure to sell, or participate in sales activities with any future collaborators for, some of our product candidates if and when they are approved.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our product candidates on our own include:

 

   

our inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or educate adequate numbers of physicians on the benefits of prescribing any future product candidates;

 

   

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

   

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues to us are likely to be lower than if we were to market and sell any products that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. In entering into third-party marketing or distribution arrangements, any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of the third parties and we cannot assure you that such third parties will establish adequate sales and distribution capabilities or devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our product candidates effectively. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct, supervise, and monitor our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not properly and successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize our product candidates.

We rely on third-party CROs to conduct, supervise, and monitor our preclinical studies and certain clinical trials for our product candidates and do not currently plan to independently conduct preclinical studies or clinical trials of any other potential product candidates. We expect to continue to rely on third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. While we have agreements governing their activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance and control only certain aspects of their activities. The failure of these third parties to successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines could substantially harm our business because we may not obtain marketing approval for or commercialize our product candidates in a timely manner or at all. Moreover, these agreements might terminate for a variety of reasons, including a failure to perform by the third parties. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, that would delay our product development activities and harm our business.

Our reliance on these third parties for development activities will reduce our control over these activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial and for ensuring that our preclinical trials are conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, as appropriate. Moreover, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities require us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, for conducting, monitoring, recording, and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity, and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. As a clinical trial sponsor, we also have regulatory requirements that directly apply to us. Regulatory authorities enforce these requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators, and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

comply with applicable GCPs, we or our CROs may be subject to enforcement or other legal actions, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials.

In addition, once we have an approved product, we will be required to report certain financial interests of our third-party investigators if these relationships exceed certain financial thresholds or meet other criteria. The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may question the integrity of the data from those clinical trials conducted by investigators who previously served or currently serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation in connection with such services or otherwise receive compensation from us that could be deemed to impact study outcome, proprietary interests in a product candidate, certain company equity interests or significant payments of other sorts.

We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product candidates that were produced under current Good Manufacturing Process (cGMP) regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. We also are required to register certain clinical trials and post the results of certain completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in enforcement actions and adverse publicity.

Our CROs may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical, non-clinical, and preclinical programs. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our preclinical studies or clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates, or we or they may be subject to regulatory enforcement actions. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed. To the extent we are unable to successfully identify and manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be harmed.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminates, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays could occur, which could compromise our ability to meet our desired development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not harm our business.

If the manufacturers upon whom we rely fail to produce our product candidates in the volumes that we require on a timely basis, or to comply with stringent regulations applicable to pharmaceutical drug manufacturers, we may face delays in the development and commercialization of, or be unable to meet demand for, our products and may lose potential revenues.

We do not manufacture any of our product candidates, and we do not currently plan to develop any capacity to do so. We currently outsource all manufacturing of our product candidates to third-party CDMOs, typically without any guarantee that there will be sufficient supplies to fulfill our requirements or that we may obtain such

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

supplies on acceptable terms. Any delays in obtaining adequate supplies with respect to our product candidates may delay the development or commercialization of our product candidates.

We may not succeed in our efforts to establish manufacturing relationships or other alternative arrangements for any of our existing or future product candidates and programs. Our product candidates may compete with other products and product candidates for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of CDMOs that operate under cGMP regulations and that are both capable of manufacturing for us and willing to do so. If our existing third-party manufacturers, or the third parties that we engage in the future to manufacture a product for commercial sale or for our clinical trials, should cease to continue to do so for any reason, we likely would experience delays in obtaining sufficient quantities of our product candidates for us to meet commercial demand or to advance our clinical trials while we identify and qualify replacement suppliers. If for any reason we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of our product candidates or the raw materials used to manufacture them, it will be more difficult for us to develop our product candidates and compete effectively. Further, even if we do establish such collaborations or arrangements, our third-party manufacturers may breach, terminate or not renew these agreements.

We have a limited number of contract manufacturers for our product candidates. At times we may have only one manufacturer for a product. In addition, we do not have any long-term commitments from our suppliers of clinical trial material or guaranteed prices for our product candidates. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often encounter difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up initial production. These problems include difficulties with production costs and yields; quality control, including stability of the product candidate and quality assurance testing; shortages of qualified personnel; and compliance with strictly enforced federal, state, and foreign regulations. Our manufacturers may not perform as agreed. If our manufacturers were to encounter any of these difficulties, our ability to provide product candidates to patients in our clinical trials and for commercial use, if approved, would be jeopardized.

In addition, all manufacturers of our product candidates must comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities that are applicable to both finished drug products and active pharmaceutical ingredients used both for clinical and commercial supply, through its facilities inspection program. The FDA must verify our contract manufacturers’ compliance with cGMP requirements and comparable foreign regulatory authorities will similarly inspect our contract manufacturers’ facilities after we submit our marketing applications to the agency and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The cGMP requirements include quality control, quality assurance, and the maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers of our product candidates may be unable to comply with our specifications, these cGMP requirements and with other FDA, state, and foreign regulatory requirements. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, they will not be able to secure or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. While we are ultimately responsible for the manufacture of our product candidates, other than through our contractual arrangements, we have little control over our manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, or market our product candidates, if approved. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in regulatory enforcement actions against our manufacturers or us, including fines and civil and criminal penalties, including imprisonment; suspension or restrictions of production; suspension, delay, or denial of product approval or supplements to approved products; clinical holds or termination of clinical studies; warning or untitled letters; regulatory authority communications warning the public about safety issues with the drug; refusal to permit the import or export of the products; product seizure, detention, or recall; civil suits under the FCA; corporate integrity agreements; consent decrees; or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of any quantities supplied is compromised due to our manufacturers’ failure to

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates.

Any failure or refusal to supply our product candidates or components for our current or future product candidates that we may develop could delay, prevent, or impair our clinical development or commercialization efforts. Any change in our manufacturers could be costly because the commercial terms of any new arrangement could be less favorable and because the expenses relating to the transfer of necessary technology and processes could be significant.

If we are not able to establish future collaborations, we may have to alter some of our future development and commercialization plans.

Our product development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional capital to fund expenses. While currently we have no plans to do so, we may decide to collaborate for the future development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, we may find that our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, and the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of any product candidates we may seek to develop with them. We cannot predict the success of any collaboration that we have entered into or will enter into.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators, and a number of more established companies may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, financial resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA, European Medicines Agency (EMA), the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) or similar foreign regulatory authorities, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge, and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

We may not be able to negotiate further collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license to intellectual property of interest, we may not be able to secure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us. Our existing collaboration partners may not prioritize our product candidates or otherwise not effectively pursue the development of our product candidates which may delay, reduce or terminate the development of such product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or delay its potential commercialization. Further if we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to delay, reduce or terminate the development of such product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

or commercialization activities at our own expense. Doing so will likely harm our ability to execute our business plans. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and protect sufficient patent and other intellectual property rights for our product candidates and technology, or if the scope of patent and other intellectual property rights obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

Our success depends in significant part on our ability and the ability of future licensors, licensees or collaborators to obtain, maintain, enforce and defend patents and other intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates and technology and to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others. In the last year, we have filed nine U.S. provisional applications covering methods of treatment and formulations of ETX-155. A U.S. provisional patent application is not eligible to become an issued patent until, among other things, we file non-provisional patent application within 12 months of filing of the provisional patent application. With regard to such U.S. provisional patent applications, if we do not timely file any non-provisional patent applications, we may lose our priority dates with respect to our provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. While we intend to timely file non-provisional patent applications relating to our provisional patent applications, we cannot predict whether any such patent applications will result in the issuance of patents that provide us with any competitive advantage.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming. We and our future licensors, licensees or collaborators may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our future licensors will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection or fail to file patent applications covering inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before a competitor or another third party files a patent application covering, or publishes information disclosing, a similar, independently-developed invention. Such competitor’s or other third party’s patent application may pose obstacles to our ability to obtain patent protection or limit the scope of the patent protection we may obtain. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, collaborators, CROs, CDMOs, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our future licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or any future licensed patents or pending patent applications, or were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and is the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our and our current or future licensors’ patent rights are uncertain. Our and our future licensors’ pending, and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively exclude others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates. The patent examination process may require us or our future licensors to narrow the scope of the claims of our pending and future patent applications, and therefore, even if such patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us or otherwise

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

provide us with any competitive advantage. Our and our licensors’ patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover such technology. Any patents that we hold or in-license in the future may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether any of our product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Any of the foregoing could impair our competitive position and harm our business.

The patent protection we obtain for our product candidates and technologies may be challenged and rendered invalid and/or unenforceable.

Even if our owned patent applications issue as patents, the issuance of any such patents is not conclusive as to their inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and such patents may be challenged, invalidated, narrowed or held to be unenforceable, including in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad, or circumvented. We may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), or equivalent foreign bodies, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, re-examination, post-grant and inter partes review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority or ownership of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability. Such proceedings and any other patent challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, loss of priority or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other developments related to any of the foregoing proceedings. If securities analysts or investors perceive those results to be negative, it could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline. Any of the foregoing could harm our business.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to develop and manufacture our product candidates, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual agreements with third parties, sharing trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may harm our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and harm our business.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful, and issued patents covering our technology and product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

Competitors and other third parties may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our issued patents or other intellectual property. In addition, our patents may become involved in inventorship or priority disputes. Our pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. To counter infringement or other unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents or that our patents are invalid or unenforceable. In a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. We may find it impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties.

In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement or insufficient written description. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before the USPTO or an equivalent foreign body, even outside the context of litigation. Potential proceedings include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our technology or any product candidates that we may develop. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on the applicable product candidates or technology covered by the patent rendered invalid or unenforceable. Such a loss of patent protection would harm our business.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the ownership or priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of one or more of the product candidates we may develop. In addition, if we or any future licensors are unsuccessful in any inventorship disputes to which we or they are subject, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or the exclusive right to use, our owned or any future in-licensed patents. The loss of exclusivity or the narrowing of such patent claims could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products. Any of the foregoing could harm our business. Even if we are successful in any of the foregoing disputes, it could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or proceeding.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Most of our competitors are larger than we are and have substantially greater resources. They are, therefore, likely to be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs or in-license needed technology or other product candidates. There could also be public announcements of the results of the hearing, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive those results to be negative, it could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline. Any of the foregoing events could harm our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patents and other intellectual property rights on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection or other intellectual property rights to develop their own products and may export otherwise infringing, misappropriating or violating products to territories where we have patent or other intellectual property protection, but enforcement rights are not as strong as those in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

Many countries, including European Union countries, India, Japan and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under specified circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license, which could harm our business.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending patent application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. For example, U.S. patent applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain U.S. patent applications filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until patents issue. Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Therefore, patent applications covering our product candidates could have been filed by third parties without our knowledge. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our product candidates or the use of our product candidates. The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our product candidates. We may incorrectly determine that our product candidates are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

If we fail to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents or if we are unable to obtain licenses to relevant patents, we may be subject to infringement claims. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we fail in any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, which may be significant, we may be temporarily or permanently prohibited from commercializing any of our product candidates that are held to be infringing. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign product candidates so that we no longer infringe the third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business and could harm our business.

If we are unable to obtain licenses from third parties on commercially reasonable terms or fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, our business could be harmed.

It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to license such technology, on unfavorable terms, our business could be harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business, and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us.

Moreover, some of our patents and patent applications in the future may be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, who could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product candidate, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including generic medications. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and any future licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing product candidates similar or identical to ours.

Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of any FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, and one or more of our foreign patents may be eligible for patent term extension under similar legislation, for example, in the European Union. In the United States, the Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, there are no assurances that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority or national patent office will grant such extensions, in whole or in part. For example, we may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. Only one patent per approved product can be extended, the extension cannot extend the total patent term beyond 14 years from approval, and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for the applicable product candidate will be shortened, and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced. Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our competitive position and business could be harmed.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of our patents, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry is inherently uncertain, due in part to ongoing changes in the patent laws. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO and equivalent institutions in other jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents, and interpretation thereof, could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing or future patents. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Therefore, there is increased uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, as well as uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. Assuming that other requirements

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, particularly the first inventor-to-file provisions. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could harm our business.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated if we fail to comply with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on any issued patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent. In certain circumstances, we may rely on our future licensors to pay these fees. The USPTO and various foreign patent agencies also require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar requirements during the patent application and prosecution process. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official communications within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in irrevocable abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we or any future licensors or collaborators fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which would harm our business.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could negatively impact the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We may become party to, or be threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates and technology, including re-examination, interference, post-grant review, inter partes review or derivation proceedings before the USPTO or an equivalent foreign body. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. In the event that any of these patents were asserted against us, we believe that we would have defenses against any such action, including that such patents are not valid or that we would be able to replace such technology with alternative, non-infringing technology. However, if any such patents were to be asserted against us and our defenses to such assertion were unsuccessful and such alternative technology was not available or technologically or commercially practical, unless we obtain a license to such patents, we could be liable for

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

damages, which could be significant and include treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to willfully infringe such patents, and we could be precluded from commercializing any product candidates that were ultimately held to infringe such patents. Any potential future legal proceedings relating to these patents could cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. If we are unsuccessful in our challenges to these patents and become subject to litigation or are unable to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms with respect to these patents, it could harm our business.

Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future, regardless of their merit. Even if we believe third-party intellectual property claims are without merit, there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity, enforceability or priority. A court of competent jurisdiction could hold that third-party patents asserted against us are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could adversely affect our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop and any other product candidates or technologies covered by the asserted third-party patents. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. If we are found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, and we are unsuccessful in demonstrating that such rights are invalid or unenforceable, we could be required to obtain a license from such a third party in order to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product candidates. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties and other fees, redesign our infringing drug or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, we or our future licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or any future in-licensed patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. While it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact conceives, develops or reduces to practice intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, delay development of our product candidates and be a distraction to management. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace, including compromising our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development collaborations that would help us commercialize our product candidates, if approved. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information and to maintain our competitive position. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be harmed.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names, or build name recognition in our markets of interest thereby harming our competitive position.

We intend to rely on both registered and common law rights for our trademarks. We plan to apply to register these trademarks with the USPTO and may in the future seek to register additional trademarks in the United States and other countries. Our trademark applications may not be allowed for registration in a timely fashion or at all, and our future registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, any registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own or will own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, products or services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names.

During the trademark registration process, we may receive Office Actions from the USPTO or from comparable agencies in foreign jurisdictions objecting to the registration of our trademark. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those objections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and/or to seek the cancellation of registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may in the future be filed against our trademark applications or registrations, and our trademark applications or registrations may not survive such proceedings. In addition, third parties may file first for our trademarks in certain countries. If they succeed in registering such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our business.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to any product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own now or own or license in the future;

 

   

we, or our future licensors, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own now or own or license in the future;

 

   

we, or our future licensors, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our pending owned patent applications or those that we may own or license in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States under FDA-related safe harbor patent infringement exemptions and/or in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could harm our business.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business Operations, Employee Matters and Managing Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development expertise of our executive officers, as well as the other members of our scientific and clinical teams. Although we have employment offer letters with each of our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, if we are successful in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates, sales and marketing personnel, is critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates. Competition to hire qualified personnel in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. Furthermore, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited, and could harm our business.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

Our full-time and part-time employee base grew from three employees as of December 31, 2019 to nine employees as of December 31, 2020. As our clinical development progresses, we expect to experience growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of research, clinical operations, regulatory affairs, general and administrative and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violates (1) the laws and regulations of the FDA, the EMA, the MHRA and other similar regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

authorities, (2) manufacturing standards, (3) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad and (4) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of product candidates, which could result in regulatory sanctions and harm our reputation.

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm and the delay, reduction, termination or restructuring of our operations.

Our international operations in the United Kingdom may expose us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial, pricing and reimbursement risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business internationally. Some of our suppliers, industry partners and clinical study centers are located outside of the United States. Furthermore, our business strategy incorporates potential international expansion as we seek to obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates in patient populations outside the United States. If approved, we may hire sales representatives and conduct physician and patient association outreach activities outside of the United States. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including but not limited to:

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

 

   

failure by us to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for the use of our products in various countries;

 

   

rejection or qualification of foreign clinical trial data by the competent authorities of other countries;

 

   

delays or interruptions in the supply of clinical trial materials resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad, including those that may result from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

additional potentially relevant third-party patent and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

complexities and difficulties in obtaining, maintaining, protecting and enforcing our intellectual property;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors or patient self-pay systems;

 

   

limits in our ability to penetrate international markets;

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents
   

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our product candidates and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

   

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, including COVID-19 and related shelter-in-place orders, travel, social distancing and quarantine policies, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions;

 

   

certain expenses including, among others, expenses for travel and insurance; and

 

   

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to anti-corruption compliance and record-keeping that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, its accounting provisions or its anti-bribery provisions or provisions of anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws in other countries.

Any of these factors could harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our results of operations.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2020, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $8.7 million for federal income tax purposes, $3.6 million for foreign income tax purposes and $2.1 million for state income tax purposes. These may be used to offset up to 100% of future taxable income. The federal net operation loss carryforward can be carried forward indefinitely while the state net operating loss carryforward will begin to expire in varying amounts in 2038. The net operating loss carryforwards subject to expiration could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act), as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), federal net operating losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and in future taxable years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 is limited. There is variation in how states will respond to the Tax Act and CARES Act. In addition, for state income tax purposes, there may be periods during which the use of net operating losses (NOLs) is suspended or otherwise limited, such as recent California legislation limiting the usability of NOLs for tax years beginning in 2020 and before 2023.

Separately, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (Internal Revenue Code), and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. The completion of this offering, together with private placements and other transactions that have occurred since our inception, may trigger such an ownership change pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. We have not completed a Section 382 analysis, and therefore, there can be no assurances that the NOLs carryforward are not already limited.

In addition, we may experience ownership changes as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our NOL carryforwards is materially limited, it could harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties or other strategic alliances, and the failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing clinician and patients’ needs, competitive technologies and market pressures. Accordingly, from time to time we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our existing products and technologies or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses and other alliances involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products, employees or business operations;

 

   

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

   

unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from our core business and disruption of ongoing operations;

 

   

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, sales agents, health care facilities, surgeons and other health care providers;

 

   

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

   

potential losses related to investments in other companies;

 

   

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and

 

   

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms, if at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers, sales agent, health care facilities, physicians or other health care providers. Our ability to successfully grow through strategic transactions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses, technologies or products and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations.

If we pursue any foreign acquisitions, they typically involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages and legal and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

To finance any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances using our common stock as consideration. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Stock

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development and, if approved, commercialization activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

   

the timing and status of enrollment for our clinical trials;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, as well as building out our supply chain, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

   

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

timing and amount of any milestone, royalty or other payments due under any collaboration or license agreement;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

   

the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

   

the timing of receipt of approvals for our product candidates from regulatory authorities in the United States and internationally;

 

   

exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and potential future drugs that compete with our products; and

 

   

the level of demand for our product candidates, if approved, which may vary significantly over time.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if any forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance we may provide.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which an active market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering, or how the development of such a market might affect the market price for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after the closing of this offering. Although we have

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

adverse regulatory decisions;

 

   

any delay in our regulatory filings for our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of any future clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of our product candidates;

 

   

adverse results from, delays in or termination of our clinical trials or those of our competitors;

 

   

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates;

 

   

lower than expected market acceptance of our product candidates following approval for commercialization;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

 

   

conditions or trends in our industry;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the pharmaceutical industry;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

   

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

   

investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to intellectual property rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain, maintain, defend, protect and enforce patent and other intellectual property rights for our technologies;

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents
   

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

   

proposed changes to healthcare laws in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, or speculation regarding such changes;

 

   

general political and economic conditions; and

 

   

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in the operating performance of the companies whose stock is experiencing those price and volume fluctuations. Further, the stock market in general has been highly volatile due to the COVID-19 pandemic and political uncertainty in the United States. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $10.23 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, to the extent outstanding stock options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option or if we issued additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution to investors in the offering.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to the restrictions and limitations described below. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have 23,458,226 outstanding shares of common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of 15,345,279 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, into an equal number of shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable and the remaining shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning after the end of the 180th day after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements between our stockholders and certain of the underwriters for this offering, subject, in the case of our affiliates, to the conditions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). SVB Leerink LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C., on behalf of the underwriters, may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market subject to the conditions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, promptly following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of an estimated 7.9 million shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and, in the case of our affiliates, the restrictions of Rule 144.

Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 18,345,278 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market without limitation. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered terms;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents
   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL), which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers will provide that:

 

   

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Based upon our common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2021 and including all of the shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, including all of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and sold in May 2021, on an as-converted basis, and the shares to be sold in this offering, upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 74.6% of our outstanding common

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

stock, assuming no purchases of any shares of common stock in this offering pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the contemplated directed share program or otherwise. These stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with the interests of other stockholders.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses are as follows:

 

   

We did not design or maintain an effective control environment. Specifically, we lacked a sufficient number of professionals with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, training and experience to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters commensurate with accounting and reporting requirements. The lack of personnel contributed to additional material weaknesses.

 

   

We did not design and maintain formal accounting policies, procedures and controls to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures, including segregation of duties and controls over the preparation and review of journal entries, account reconciliations and consolidation.

These material weaknesses did not result in a misstatement to the financial statements. However, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of our account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

   

We did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology (IT) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain (a) program change management controls to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately, (b) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications, programs, and data to appropriate Company personnel, (c) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored, and data backups are authorized and monitored, and (d) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements.

These IT deficiencies did not result in a misstatement to the financial statements. However, the IT deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact maintaining effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined the IT deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.

To address the material weaknesses, we have begun adding personnel, such as a Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Accounting, and have implemented new financial processes. We intend to continue to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses through the hiring of additional experienced accounting and financial reporting personnel, formalizing documentation of policies and procedures and further evolving the accounting processes, including implementing appropriate segregation of duties.

As a public company, we will be subject to additional requirements and regulations with respect to our accounting procedures and internal controls, which will make it more difficult and costly for us to produce timely and accurate financial statements

After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we report on the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures in our quarterly and annual reports and, beginning with our annual report for the year ending 2022, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company with less than $100 million in revenue.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, our common stock may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market or any other securities exchange.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the development of ETX-810, ETX-155 and our preclinical pipeline, including new product candidates, and the remainder to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could harm our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings,

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any existing or future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of claims or causes of action under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative claims or causes of action brought on our behalf; any claims or causes of action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Such provisions are intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, employees and agents, including the underwriters and any other professional or entity who has prepared or certified any of this prospectus and may result in increased costs for stockholders to bring a claim.

We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims or make such lawsuits more costly for stockholders, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

General Risk Factors

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our planned operations. Unless and until we can generate a substantial amount of revenue from our product candidates, we expect to finance our future cash needs through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, licensing arrangements or other sources, or any combination of the foregoing. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, your ownership interest may be diluted, and the terms of these securities could include

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

liquidation or other preferences and anti-dilution protections that could adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. In addition, debt financing, if available, may result in fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, creating liens, redeeming stock or declaring dividends, that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, securing financing could require a substantial amount of time and attention from our management and may divert a disproportionate amount of their attention away from day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our management’s ability to oversee the development of our product candidates.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution, licensing and royalty arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur costs and demands upon our management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may harm our business.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from regular business activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our CROs or other vendors, contractors or consultants, may fail or experience security breaches or other unauthorized or improper access.

We collect and maintain information in digital form that is necessary to conduct our business, and we are increasingly dependent on IT systems and infrastructure to operate our business. In the ordinary course of our

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information of customers and our employees and contractors. It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We have also outsourced elements of our IT infrastructure, and as a result a number of third-party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of our CROs, vendors, contractors, consultants and other third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to privacy and information security incidents, such as data breaches, damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access, malware, supply chain attacks, natural disasters, fire, terrorism, war and telecommunication, electrical failures, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization or persons with access to systems inside our organization.

The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may also face increased cybersecurity risks due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. While we do not believe we have experienced any such material system failure or security breach to our knowledge to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also harm our business. These threats pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks, the confidentiality and the availability and integrity of our data, and these risks apply both to us, and to third parties on whose systems we rely for the conduct of our business.

We may need to expend significant resources and make significant capital investment to protect against security breaches or to mitigate the impact of any such breaches. Further, we cannot provide assurance that we or our third-party providers will be successful in preventing cyber-attacks or mitigating their effects. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, including personally identifiable information, whether through a breach of computer systems, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or otherwise, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems and networks, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation. Such unauthorized disclosure could also expose us to sanctions for violations of data privacy laws and regulations around the world. To the extent that any disruption or security breach resulted in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and as a result of the reduced reporting requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies,” our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years,

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 (the end of our second fiscal quarter) before that time, in which case we would no longer be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31 (our fiscal year-end).

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in the Exchange Act. Even after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to continue to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

We may be unable to obtain adequate insurance coverage.

We presently have general liability, workers’ compensation, directors’ and officers’ and product liability insurance coverage. Although we believe we will be able to maintain such coverage for a reasonable cost and obtain any additional coverages that our business may require, no assurances can be made that we will be able to do so.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may seriously harm our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could affect the tax treatment of any of our future domestic and foreign earnings. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the success, cost and timing of our product development activities and clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize any of our products that are approved;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance of our products;

 

   

the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, if approved for commercial use, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

   

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

   

our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

   

the sufficiency of our capital resources to fund operations for the time periods referenced;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and product candidates;

 

   

the ability to scale up manufacturing of our product candidates to commercial scale;

 

   

our ability to successfully establish and successfully maintain appropriate collaborations;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials;

 

   

our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

   

our ability to identify and develop new products and product candidates;

 

   

our ability to enroll patients in our clinical trials at the pace that we project;

 

   

ability to retain and recruit key personnel;

 

   

our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our clinical development and business;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

You should refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size, and projected growth rates of the markets in which we participate. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. Some data and statistical information are based on independent reports from third parties, including DR/Decision Resources Group. Decision Resources Group makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the data (DR Materials) set forth herein and shall have, and accept, no liability of any kind, whether in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise, to any third party arising from or related to use of the DR Materials by us. Any use which we or a third party makes of the DR Materials, or any reliance on it, or decisions to be made based on it, are the sole responsibilities of us and such third party.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $72.6 million (or approximately $83.9 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional 675,000 shares in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.2 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $16.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, as follows:

 

   

approximately $80.0 million to fund the development of ETX-810, including through Phase 2b dose-range finding studies;

 

   

approximately $70.0 million to fund the development of our ETX-155, including through completion of Phase 2a studies in MDD and PMD and completion of a Phase 1b proof of concept study in photosensitive epilepsy, as well as initiation of a Phase 2 focal onset seizure study;

 

   

approximately $10.0 million to fund the research and development of our preclinical pipeline, including new product candidates; and

 

   

the remainder to fund working capital and other general corporate activities.

We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

We expect that our existing cash, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through late 2023. However, the expected net proceeds from this offering will not be sufficient for us to fund any of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. We expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and potential collaborations, and license and development agreements.

Pending their application, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we may enter into agreements in the future that contain restrictions on payments of cash dividends.

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of March 31, 2021, on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the issuance and sale of 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and the receipt of $60.0 million of gross proceeds in May 2021, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 11,499,129 shares were outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and the conversion of all of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and sold in May 2021, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the issuance and sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash

   $ 47,911     $ 107,911     $ 180,491  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – 12,909,389 shares authorized, 11,499,129 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     92,798       —         —    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —         —    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – 40,000,000 shares authorized, 3,482,798 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 18,958,226 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 23,458,226 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,554       156,352       228,932  

Accumulated deficit

     (46,737     (46,737     (46,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (43,182     109,616       182,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 49,616     $ 109,616     $ 182,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders, (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $4.2 million, assuming the number

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents
  of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $16.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 18,958,226 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021) outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

1,930,474 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.96 per share, plus 749,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to March 31, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.27 per share;

 

   

1,142,082 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2021, plus an additional 219,089 shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan since March 31, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

an estimated 2,345,822 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, plus any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement, are settled in cash, are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price in accordance with the terms of our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan; upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, options to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock will be granted to our directors with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

 

   

an estimated 234,582 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2021, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(43.2) million, or $(11.95) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, which is not included in stockholders’ deficit, divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, our pro forma net tangible book value was $109.6 million, or $5.78 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to (i) the issuance, sale and conversion into an equal number of shares of common stock of 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and the receipt of $60.0 million of gross proceeds in May 2021 and (ii) the conversion of all 11,499,129 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2021 into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021, was $182.2 million, or $7.77 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.99 per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $10.23 per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to investors in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 18.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ (11.95  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

     17.73    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2021

     5.78    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     1.99    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       7.77  
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

     $ 10.23  
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.18 and dilution to investors in this offering by $0.82, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.37 per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would decrease by $0.37 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.40 per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would increase by $0.40 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $8.02 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $0.25 per share and the dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $0.25 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2021, on a pro forma basis:

 

   

the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

   

the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

   

the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

   

 

Total Consideration

    Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     18,958,226        80.8   $ 125,407,335        60.8   $ 6.61  

New investors

     4,500,000        19.2     81,000,000        39.2     18.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     23,458,226        100   $ 206,407,335        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional 675,000 shares in full, our existing stockholders would own 78.6% and investors in this offering would own 21.4% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by $4.5 million and increase or decrease the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by 1.4% or 1.3%, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 18,958,226 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021), outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

1,930,474 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.96 per share plus 749,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to March 31, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.27 per share;

 

   

1,142,082 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2021, plus an additional 219,089 shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan since March 31, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents
   

an estimated 2,345,822 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, plus any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement, are settled in cash, are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price in accordance with the terms of our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan; upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, options to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock will be granted to our directors with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

 

   

an estimated 234,582 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis are set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, and includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors,” our actual discussion and analysis could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for neuronal excitability disorders to address unmet needs in chronic pain, psychiatry, epilepsy and other disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems. These disorders often occur when neurons are overly excited or inhibited, leading to an imbalance, and our focus is on restoring homeostasis. We are developing a pipeline of clinically differentiated product candidates focused on validated mechanisms of action with broad therapeutic potential to deliver improved therapeutics for patients with these disorders.

Our two lead clinical-stage candidates are ETX-810 and ETX-155. ETX-810 is a novel palmitoylethanolamide (PEA) prodrug initially being developed for the treatment of diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain (DPNP) and pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy (lumbosacral radicular pain (LSRP) commonly referred to as sciatica). ETX-810 is being evaluated in two Phase 2a clinical trials that are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2022. ETX-155 is a neurosteroid GABAA receptor positive allosteric modulator (PAM) initially being developed for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD), perimenopausal depression (PMD) and focal onset seizures (FOS), the most common type of seizure in people with epilepsy. We plan to initiate two Phase 2a clinical trials for ETX-155 in patients with MDD and PMD which are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2023 and a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with photosensitive epilepsy that is expected to report topline data by the first half of 2022.

Below is a summary of our wholly owned pipeline:

 

LOGO

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

We were incorporated in October 2018. In February 2019, we acquired 100% of the share capital of NeoKera, LLC (the NeoKera Acquisition), and we separately acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) related to the ETX-810 program. In October 2020, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc. (the Athenen Acquisition), which included IPR&D related to the ETX-155 program. We have incurred significant operating losses since inception, as we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, identifying potential product candidates, business planning, raising capital, undertaking research, executing preclinical studies and clinical development trials, and providing general and administrative support for business activities. We incurred net losses of $6.5 million and $20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $1.9 million and $18.6 million for the three-months ending March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $28.1 million and $46.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively.

Since our inception, we have funded our operations with an aggregate of $125.2 million in net proceeds from the sale and issuance of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. We had cash of $20.5 million and $47.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our cash, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through late 2023. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

We anticipate that our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially over the foreseeable future. The expected increase in expenses will be largely driven by our ongoing activities as we:

 

   

continue to develop and conduct clinical trials, including for ETX-810 and ETX-155 for our initial and any potential additional indications;

 

   

initiate and continue research and development, including preclinical, clinical and discovery efforts for any future product candidates;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for ETX-810 and ETX-155, or any other product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product candidate development and help us comply with our obligations as a public company;

 

   

hire and retain additional personnel, such as clinical, manufacturing, quality control, scientific, commercial and administrative personnel;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

establish sales, marketing, distribution, manufacturing, supply chain and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development and growing staff;

 

   

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies; and

 

   

incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales since our inception. Our ability to generate product revenue will depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and eventual commercialization of one or more of our product candidates, if approved. We cannot assure you that we will ever be profitable or generate positive cash flow from operating activities.

We will require substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and further the development of our product candidates. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, which could include income from collaborations, strategic partnerships or other strategic arrangements. Adequate funding may not be available when needed or on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital as needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue development of our product candidates. Our ability to raise additional funds may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and otherwise. If we fail to obtain necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, it could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations. Insufficient liquidity may also require us to relinquish rights to product candidates at an earlier stage of development or on less favorable terms than we would otherwise choose.

Acquisitions

In February 2019, we acquired 100% of the share capital of NeoKera, LLC in exchange for 83,333 shares of common stock, valued at $0.1 million or $1.50 per share. The IPR&D acquired in this transaction was intended to continue development of the compound acquired; however, in June 2020, we decided to discontinue the further development and dissolve NeoKera, LLC. The NeoKera acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Since the acquired IPR&D did not have an alternative future use, we recognized a charge of $0.1 million related to the NeoKera Acquisition which is included as a component of in-process research and development in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Concurrent with the NeoKera Acquisition, we separately acquired IPR&D from Carnot, LLC related to ETX-810 for 1.75 million shares of common stock, valued at $2.6 million, or $1.50 per share. We intend to continue the clinical trials of the compound acquired. We accounted for the acquisition as an asset acquisition. Since the acquired IPR&D did not have an alternative future use, we recognized a charge of $2.6 million related to the acquisition which is included as a component of in-process research and development on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

In October 2020, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc., a company developing ETX-155, in a one-for-one exchange of their outstanding preferred and common stock. As a result, we issued a total of 2.5 million shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and 1.55 million shares of common stock, valued at $5.80 per share and $1.32 per share, respectively, for total purchase consideration of $16.5 million. The IPR&D acquired in this acquisition will enable us to continue to develop ETX-155. The Athenen Acquisition is accounted for as an asset acquisition. Since the acquired IPR&D did not have an alternative future use, we recognized a charge of $9.2 million which is included as a component of in-process research and development on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Operations

In March 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures. Since then, extraordinary actions have been taken by international, federal, state, and local public health and governmental authorities to contain and combat the outbreak and spread of COVID-19 in regions throughout the world, including the United Kingdom (U.K.) and the State of Washington, where most of our operations are conducted. These actions substantially restricted daily activities for individuals and caused many businesses to curtail or cease normal operations. We have been carefully monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic as it continues to progress and its potential impact on our business. As a result of COVID-19, we have taken precautionary measures in order to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, including the suspension of all non-essential business travel. In addition, the majority of our workforce now works remotely. To date, we have been able to continue our key business activities and advance our clinical programs. However, in the future, it is possible that it will become more difficult to enroll participants in our clinical trials, which could delay our clinical development timelines. While the broader

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

implications of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations and overall financial performance remain uncertain, the COVID-19 pandemic has, to date, not had a material adverse impact on our results of operations or our ability to raise funds to sustain operations. The economic effects of the pandemic and resulting societal changes are currently not predictable, and the future financial impacts could vary from those foreseen.

Components of Operating Results

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of (i) research and development expenses, including expenses incurred with related parties, (ii) in-process research and development, and (iii) general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with our discovery efforts, preclinical studies, and clinical trial activities related to our pipeline, including our lead product candidates, ETX-810 and ETX-155.

Our direct research and development costs include:

 

   

expenses incurred in connection with research, laboratory consumables and preclinical and clinical trial activities;

 

   

the cost to manufacture drug products for use in our preclinical and trials; and

 

   

consulting fees, including services provided by a related party.

Our indirect research and development costs include:

 

   

personnel-related expenses, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, for our scientific personnel performing research and development activities; and

 

   

facility rent.

Total direct costs and indirect costs are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2019     2020     2020     2021  

Direct costs

   $ 4,436     $ 10,041     $ 1,674     $ 5,008  

Indirect costs

     225       1,730       289       808  

Research and development tax credits

     (110     (2,429     (340     (1,155

Grant

     (532     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 4,019     $ 9,342     $ 1,623     $ 4,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used over time for research and development are capitalized and recognized as goods are delivered or as the related services are performed. Costs to acquire technologies used in research and development that have not yet received regulatory approval and that are not expected to have an alternative future use are expensed when incurred. We categorize costs by stage of development clinical or preclinical. Given our stage of development and the utilization of our resources across our various programs, we have not historically tracked our research and development costs by program. Research and development expenses are presented net of reimbursement received related to a federal grant and refundable research and development tax credits from the U.K. government.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

Research and development costs by stage of development are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2019     2020     2020     2021  

Clinical

   $ 1,423     $ 7,179     $ 571     $ 3,510  

Preclinical

     3,238       4,592       1,392       2,306  

Research and development tax credits

     (110     (2,429     (340     (1,155

Grant

     (532     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 4,019     $ 9,342     $ 1,623     $ 4,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development activities are central to our business model. We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to ramp up our clinical development activities and incur expenses associated with hiring additional personnel to support our research and development efforts. Our research and development expenses may vary significantly based on factors such as:

 

   

the number and scope of clinical studies needed for regulatory approval;

 

   

the number and scope of preclinical and investigational new drug (IND)-enabling studies;

 

   

the phases of development of our product candidates;

 

   

the progress and results of our research and development activities;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible subjects and initiate clinical trials;

 

   

the number of subjects that participate in the clinical trials;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of subject participation in the trials and follow-up;

 

   

the cost and timing of manufacturing of our product candidates;

 

   

the timing, receipt and terms of any marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

the hiring and retention of research and development personnel;

 

   

the degree to which we obtain, maintain, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights; and

 

   

the extent to which we establish collaborations, strategic partnerships or other strategic arrangements and the performance of any related third parties.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.

Research and development expenses, related party included expense reimbursements paid to Carnot Pharma, LLC, a related party, of $1.5 million and $0.6 million in 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

In-process Research and Development

Our IPR&D expense consists of the relative fair value of the assets acquired and consideration given in connection with our asset acquisitions. As the assets acquired were in the research and development phase and were determined to not have any alternative future use, it was expensed as in-process research and development.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation, for our personnel in executive, finance and accounting, human resources, business development and other administrative functions. Other significant general and administrative expenses include legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters, professional fees for accounting, tax and consulting services, insurance costs, and travel expenses.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will substantially increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to increase our general and administrative headcount to support our continued research and development activities and, if any product candidates receive marketing approval, commercialization activities, as well as to support our operations generally. We also expect to incur increased expenses associated with operating as a public company, including costs related to accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements, director and officer insurance costs, and investor and public relations costs.

Other Income (Expense)

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Tranche Liability

Our redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche lability is accounted for at fair value at inception, with changes in the fair value recorded in earnings at each reporting period through settlement. Refer to Note 6 of the consolidated financial statements and Note 4 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Foreign Currency Gain (Loss)

Our foreign currency gain (loss) primarily consists of foreign exchanges gains and losses resulting from remeasurement and foreign currency transactions between the British Pound and the U.S. Dollar.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2019     2020     2020     2021  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 2,517     $ 8,769     $ 1,389     $ 4,273  

Research and development, related party

     1,502       573       234       388  

In-process research and development

     2,750       9,158       —         —    

General and administrative

     677       2,425       328       2,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,446       20,925       1,951       6,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,446     (20,925     (1,951     (6,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     914       —         —         (11,718

Foreign current gain (loss)

     (15     257       35       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     899       257       35       (11,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (6,547   $ (20,668   $ (1,916   $ (18,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021

Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth our operating expenses (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2020      2021      $      %  

Research and development

   $ 1,389      $ 4,273      $ 2,884        207.6

Research and development, related party

     234        388        154        65.8

General and administrative

     328        2,218        1,890        576.2

Research and Development and Research and Development, related party

Research and development expenses increased 207.6% from $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Research and development expenses, related party increased 65.8% to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. In total, research and development expenses increased 187.2% from $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to $4.7 million the three months ended March 31, 2021. This increase was primarily driven by a $2.4 million increase in expenses associated with the Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of ETX-155 and ETX-810, a $0.9 million increase in expenses associated with our preclinical pipeline and a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses from increased headcount and stock-based compensation. The increase was partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in the refundable research and development tax credits from the United Kingdom driven by increased research and development activities.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased 576.2% from $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in consulting and legal expenses and a $0.9 million increase in personnel related expenses from increased headcount and stock-based compensation.

Other Income (Expense)

The following table sets forth our other income (expense) (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2020      2021     $     %  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $      $ (11,718   $ (11,718     ( *)% 

Foreign currency gain (loss)

   $ 35      $ (4   $ (39     (111.4 )% 

 

*

Not meaningful

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we recognized an $11.7 million charge from the settlement of our Series A-1 preferred stock tranche liability and in connection with significant valuation changes in our Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The valuation changes were driven primarily by the Phase 1 results of ETX-155, as well as an increased likelihood of future financing events.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Gain (Loss)

Foreign currency gain (loss) decreased from a $35,000 gain for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to a $4,000 loss for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The loss was due to unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates between the British Pound and the U.S. Dollar.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020

Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth our operating expenses (dollars in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2019      2020      $     %  

Research and development

   $ 2,517      $ 8,769      $  6,252     248.4

Research and development, related party

     1,502        573        (929     (61.9

In-process research and development

     2,750        9,158        6,408       233.0  

General and administrative

     677        2,425        1,748       258.2  

Research and Development and Research and Development, related party

Research and development expenses increased 248.4% from $2.5 million in 2019 to $8.8 million in 2020. Research and development expenses, related party decreased 61.9% to $0.6 million. In total, research and development expenses increased 132.4% from $4.0 million in 2019 to $9.3 million in 2020. This increase was primarily driven by a $5.8 million increase in expenses associated with Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of ETX-155 and ETX-810, respectively, and a $1.4 million increase in expenses associated with our preclinical pipeline. The increase was partially offset by a $2.3 million increase in the refundable research and development tax credits from the U.K. driven by increased research and development activities.

In-process Research and Development

In-process research and development expenses increased 233.0% from $2.7 million in 2019 to $9.2 million in 2020. The increase was driven by the recognition of IPR&D expense of $9.2 million from the Athenen Acquisition completed in October 2020, compared to the $2.7 million related to the 2019 asset acquisitions.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased 258.2% from $0.7 million in 2019 to $2.4 million in 2020. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses from increased headcount and stock-based compensation as well as an increase of $0.5 million in consulting and legal expenses.

Other Income (Expense)

The following table sets forth our other income (expense) (dollars in thousands):

 

       Years Ended
December 31,
       Change  
           2019              2020                    $             %  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     $ 914      $  —          $ (914     (100.0 )% 

Foreign currency gain (loss)

       (15      257          272       (1,813.3

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Tranche Liability

In 2019, we recognized a $0.9 million gain, due to a change in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability associated with our Series A redeemable convertible share issuances. The fair value of the 2019 redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability decreased immediately prior to settlement in October 2019 as a result of a shorter than expected term.

Additionally, in October 2020, we issued Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, which included an option to purchase additional shares in a future tranche. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value was comparable to the issuance price in October 2020.

Foreign Currency Gain (Loss)

Foreign currency gain (loss) increased from a $15,000 loss in 2019 to a $257,000 gain in 2020. The gain was due to favorable foreign currency exchange rates between the British Pound and the U.S. Dollar.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We primarily generate cash from the sale of our equity securities, including from the redeemable convertible preferred stock, and to a lesser extent from cash received pursuant to refundable research and development tax credits. From our inception to March 31, 2021, we raised aggregate proceeds of $65.2 million from the issuance of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. On May 21, 2021, we received $60.0 million in gross proceeds from the issuance of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. We have not generated any revenue from product sales or otherwise. We have incurred net losses from operations since our inception and anticipate we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021, we had cash of $20.5 million and $47.9 million, respectively, and an accumulated deficit of $28.1 million and $46.7 million, respectively.

Funding Requirements

We have experienced recurring net losses since inception. Our transition to profitability is dependent upon the successful development, approval and commercialization of our product candidates and achieving a level of revenue adequate to support our cost structure. We do not expect to achieve such revenue and expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2020, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as of May 12, 2021, the date of their report. On May 21, 2021, we received $60.0 million in gross proceeds from the issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. We believe our cash balance of $47.9 million as of March 31, 2021, combined with the $60.0 million raised in May 2021 will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. As a result of these conditions and events, we have concluded the substantial doubt of our ability to continue as a going concern no longer exists.

We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase for the foreseeable future. As a result, we will need significant additional capital to fund our operations, which we may obtain through one or more equity offerings, debt financings or other third-party funding, including potential strategic alliances and licensing or collaboration arrangements. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amount of increased capital we will need to raise to support our operations and the outlays and operating expenditures necessary to complete the development of our product candidates and build additional manufacturing capacity, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the progress of our current and future product candidates through preclinical and clinical development;

 

   

potential delays in our preclinical studies and clinical trials, whether current or planned, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, or other factors;

 

   

continuing our research and discovery activities;

 

   

initiating and conducting additional preclinical, clinical or other studies for our product candidates;

 

   

changing or adding additional contract manufacturers or suppliers;

 

   

seeking regulatory approvals and marketing authorizations for our product candidates;

 

   

establishing sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we obtain approval;

 

   

acquiring or in-licensing product candidates, intellectual property and technologies;

 

   

making milestone, royalty or other payments due under any current or future collaboration or license agreements;

 

   

obtaining, maintaining, expanding, protecting and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel;

 

   

potential delays or other issues related to our operations;

 

   

meeting the requirements and demands of being a public company;

 

   

defending against any product liability claims or other lawsuits related to our products; and

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may exacerbate the magnitude of the factors discussed above.

We believe that our existing cash, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through late 2023. We have based our estimates as to how long we expect we will be able to fund our operations on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect, in which case, we would be required to obtain additional financing sooner than currently projected, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

We will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our development strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back, or discontinue the development and commercialization of our product candidates or delay our efforts to expand our product pipeline. We may also be required to sell or license to other parties’ rights to develop or commercialize our product candidates that we would prefer to retain.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarized our cash flows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2019      2020      2020      2021  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (5,008    $ (14,098    $ (2,325    $ (6,740

Net cash provided by investing activities

   $ —        $ 8,078      $ —        $ —    

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 26,243      $ 4,925      $ —        $ 34,083  

Operating activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $6.7 million. This consisted primarily of net loss of $18.6 million and an increase in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.1 million, mostly related to research and development activities, which was partially offset by the non-cash charges for changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability of $11.7 million and stock-based compensation of $0.3 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $2.3 million. This consisted primarily of a net loss of $1.9 million and an increase in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.5 million, which was partially offset by the non-cash charge for stock-based compensation of $0.1 million.

In 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $14.1 million. This consisted primarily of net loss of $20.7 million and an increase in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.9 million, mostly related to research and development activities, which was partially offset by the non-cash charges for in-process research and development expenses of $9.2 million and stock-based compensation of $0.7 million.

In 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $5.0 million. This consisted primarily of a net loss of $6.5 million and an increase in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.3 million, which was partially offset by the non-cash charge for in-process research and development expenses of $2.7 million.

Investing activities

In 2020, net cash provided by investing activities was $8.1 million, which was attributable to the $8.3 million in cash acquired from the Athenen Acquisition which was partially offset by the legal fees of $0.2 million paid for such acquisition.

Financing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $34.1 million, attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of our Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

In 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $4.9 million, attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of our Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

In 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $26.2 million. This was attributable to the net proceeds of $16.3 million and $9.9 million from the issuance of our Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively.

Contractual Commitments and Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts with contract research organizations (CROs), contract development and manufacturing organizations (CDMOs), and other third parties for preclinical studies

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

and clinical trials, research and development supplies, and other testing and manufacturing services. These contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase commitments and generally provide us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs, prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. However, it is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these agreements due to the conditional nature of our obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement.

We lease various operating spaces in the United Kingdom under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021, our future minimum lease payments under noncancelable lease agreements were $47,000 and $37,000, respectively.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Acquisitions of Assets

We evaluate acquisitions of assets and related liabilities and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen test is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen test is not met, further determination is required as to whether we have acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the requirements of a business.

We account for an asset acquisition by recognizing net assets based on the cost to the acquiring entity on a relative fair value basis, which includes transaction costs in addition to consideration given. Goodwill is not recognized in an asset acquisition; any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated to the non-monetary identifiable assets and liabilities assumed based on relative fair values. In-process research and development is expensed as incurred provided there is no alternative future use.

Research and Development Expenses

Recording our research and development expenses involves estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

costs. We estimate accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. At each end period, we confirm the accuracy of these estimates with the service providers and make adjustments, if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include those related to fees paid to:

 

   

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities;

 

   

CROs in connection with preclinical studies and clinical trials; and

 

   

CDMOs in connection with the production of preclinical and clinical trial materials.

All research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred, based on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended considering a number of factors, including our knowledge of the progress towards completion of the research, development and manufacturing activities, invoicing to date under the contracts, communication from the CROs, CDMOs and other companies of any actual costs incurred during the period that have not yet been invoiced and the costs included in the contracts and purchase orders. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation and vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which advance payments are made or payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. We estimate the period over which such services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If actual timing of performance or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we will adjust the amounts recorded accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. We have not experienced any material differences between accrued or prepaid costs and actual costs since our inception.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based awards granted to employees, non-employee directors, consultants and independent advisors based on the estimated grant date fair value of the awards. For awards with only service conditions, including stock options and restricted stock awards, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. For awards that include performance conditions, compensation expense is not recognized until the performance condition is probable to occur. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires us to make assumptions and judgements about the variables used in the calculations, including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility of our common stock, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. As the stock-based compensation is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced by forfeitures, which the Company accounts for as they occur.

Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgement to develop. These in are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock—See subsection titled “Fair Value of Common Stock” below.

 

   

Volatility—The expected stock price volatilities are estimated based on the historical and implied volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies as we do not have sufficient history of trading our common stock.

 

   

Risk-free Interest RateThe risk-free interest rates are based on U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the grant date for notes with comparable terms as the awards.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents
   

Expected TermThe expected term represents the period that our options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). We have very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for our stock option grants.

 

   

Dividend Yield—We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend of zero.

See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis. Assumptions we used in applying the Black- Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation recognized in future periods could be materially different.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2021 was $32.9 million, of which approximately $30.0 million related to unvested options as of such date, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Fair Value of Common Stock

As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuation of common stock, and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. We believe that the board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine fair value of our common stock. Third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Management has considered numerous factors in determining the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including the following:

 

   

valuations performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

   

our operating results, financial position, and capital resources;

 

   

our stage of development and material risks related to our business;

 

   

the progress of our research and development programs;

 

   

our business conditions and projects;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock as a private company;

 

   

the prices at which we sold shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biotechnology industry;

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents
   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for our securityholders, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel and the experience of management;

 

   

trends and developments in our industry; and

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

For our valuations performed in 2019 and 2020, in accordance with the Practice Aid, we determined the option pricing method (OPM) was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock based on our stage of development and other relevant factors.

The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the enterprise value. Total stockholders’ deficit value is allocated to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes closed form option pricing model is employed in this analysis, with an option term assumption that is consistent with the expected time to a liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term.

In the first quarter of 2021, in accordance with the Practice Aid, we determined the Hybrid Method was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock based on our stage of development and other relevant factors.

The Hybrid Method is a combination of an OPM scenario and one or more scenarios using a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM). The Hybrid Method estimates the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios, and uses the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. Weighting allocations are assigned to the OPM and PWERM methods factoring possible future liquidity events. The Company applied the Hybrid Method when it considered both an IPO and trade sale scenarios.

The PWERM values each class of equity based on an analysis of the range of potential future enterprise values of the company and the manner in which those values would accrue to the owners of the different classes of equity. This method involves estimating the overall value of the subject company under various liquidity event scenarios and allocating the value to the various share classes based on their respective claim on the proceeds as of the date of each event. These different scenarios typically include an initial public offering, an acquisition, or a liquidation of the business, each resulting in a different value. For each scenario, the future value of each share class is calculated and discounted to a present value. The results of each scenario are then probability weighted in order to arrive at an estimate of fair value for each share class as of a current date.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimates, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if we had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of our common stock and our stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair market value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

Our Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock includes an obligation whereby the investors agree to buy, and the Company agrees to sell, additional shares at a fixed price if certain agreed upon

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

milestones are achieved or at the election of investors. The first tranche was for the purchase of additional shares of Series A and was based upon the passage of time. The second tranche was for the purchase of Series A-1 and was based upon the Company achieving certain future milestones. This obligation was determined to be a freestanding financial instrument that should be accounted for as a liability at fair value, and the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is revalued at each reporting period through settlement with changes in the fair value recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value at settlement is reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock at such time.

We utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which incorporated assumptions and estimates, to estimate the fair value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability. We estimated the fair value of the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability using a probability-weighted present value model that considered the probability of triggering the Series A-1 Tranche Rights through achievement of the clinical development milestones specified in the Series A-1 Purchase Agreement. Significant estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value measurement include the estimated fair value per share of the underlying Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, risk-free rate, expected dividend yield, time to liquidity, expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock and determining the type of option (call option and/or forward contract) and associated probabilities. The most significant assumptions impacting the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche feature include the estimated fair value of our Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock as of each respective valuation date, estimated time to achieve the tranche milestone, and the determination of the type of option (call option and/or forward contract) and associated probability of success of completing the milestone.

We determine the estimated fair value per share of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock by taking into consideration the most recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as well as additional factors that we deemed relevant. We assess these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis as additional information impacting the assumptions becomes available. The risk-free rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the preferred stock tranche feature. We estimated a 0% dividend yield based on the expected dividend yield and the fact that we have never paid or declared dividends. We estimated the time to liquidity by weighting potential timelines associated with reaching various pipeline milestones. We historically have been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information of our stock. Therefore, we estimate our expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies in the biotechnology industry for the expected terms. The determination of the type of option is based on the payouts available to the holders of the tranche rights and the level of control the investors had over exercising these rights.

These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability could be materially different.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock—We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business.”

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Some of our employees and operations are located in the U.K., and a portion of our expenses and payment obligations are denominated in and have been satisfied with the British Pound. There was no material foreign currency risk for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, and the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2020. However, we have and will continue to enter into contracts with vendors outside of the U.S. for research and development services. In the future, some of these contracts may continue to be denominated in foreign currencies and to the extent they are, we will be subject to foreign currency transaction gains or losses. We incurred immaterial foreign currency transaction gains and losses for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2021. We incurred $0.3 million in foreign currency transaction gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020. We have not had a formal hedging program with respect to foreign currency. We believe a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in exchange rates during any of the periods presented would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies include presentation of only two years audited consolidated financial statements in a registration statement for an initial public offering, an exemption from the requirement to provide an auditor’s report on internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, an exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation, and less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that (i) we are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act.

As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt instruments during the previous three fiscal years, (iii) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding equity securities held by non-affiliates, or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of completion of this offering.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for neuronal excitability disorders to address unmet needs in chronic pain, psychiatry, epilepsy and other disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems. These disorders often occur when neurons are overly excited or inhibited, leading to an imbalance, and our focus is on restoring homeostasis. We are developing a pipeline of clinically differentiated product candidates focused on validated mechanisms of action with broad therapeutic potential to deliver improved therapeutics for patients with these disorders.

Our two lead clinical-stage candidates are ETX-810 and ETX-155. ETX-810 is a novel palmitoylethanolamide (PEA) prodrug initially being developed for the treatment of diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain (DPNP) and pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy (LSRP, commonly referred to as sciatica). ETX-810 is being evaluated in two Phase 2a clinical trials that are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2022. ETX-155 is a neurosteroid GABAA receptor positive allosteric modulator (PAM) initially being developed for major depressive disorder (MDD), perimenopausal depression (PMD) and focal onset seizures (FOS), the most common type of seizure in people with epilepsy. We plan to initiate two Phase 2a clinical trials for ETX-155 in patients with MDD and PMD which are expected to report topline data in the first half of 2023 and a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with photosensitive epilepsy that is expected to report topline data by the first half of 2022.

We focus on the development of product candidates whose mechanisms of action have been clinically validated. By clinically validated, we mean there are product candidates with these mechanisms of action that have demonstrated statistical significance on efficacy endpoints in published randomized, controlled clinical trials. We leverage the deep expertise of our team to generate new chemical entities (NCEs) based on these clinically validated mechanisms of action that we believe have the potential to be clinically differentiated and enhance patient outcomes. Through this approach, we have established a robust pipeline with two clinical product candidates and two preclinical programs, each with the potential to address multiple disorders. Our product candidates are focused on addressing neuronal excitability disorders with large, well-defined markets, where clinical and regulatory endpoints are clearly established and development pathways are precedented, yet current therapies leave patients with efficacy, safety or tolerability challenges. Our strategy is to initially pursue indications for each of our product candidates where the clinical translatability of the mechanism of action has been well established and, upon demonstrating clinical proof of concept, evaluate additional indications to maximize the value of each program. We believe these principles favorably position us to bring novel therapeutics to patients living with challenging disorders while maximizing our probability of clinical development, regulatory and commercial success.

Our lead investigational program, ETX-810, is a novel, oral, NCE prodrug of PEA in clinical development for chronic pain conditions. Despite a large global prescription drug market for chronic pain therapeutics that is expected to reach approximately $27 billion in the next decade, it has been shown that less than half of patients achieve a 50 percent reduction in their pain intensity with current first line therapies. In addition to suboptimal efficacy, current therapies are often hindered by dose-limiting side effects such as dizziness, sedation, cognitive impairments, gastrointestinal disturbances and concerns over abuse liability. Despite these issues, drugs to treat chronic pain, such as Lyrica and Cymbalta, have achieved significant commercial success and have been among the top-selling pharmaceutical products globally with both achieving annual sales greater than $5 billion before losing patent exclusivity.

The PEA pathway, which is believed to play an important role in the regulation of neuroinflammation and pain signaling, represents a promising potential mechanism to treat multiple conditions of chronic pain. PEA is an endogenous bioactive lipid that has been evaluated in dietary supplement formulations in relation to various pain conditions in more than 30 clinical studies, with over 2,500 patients, including patients with pain related to

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

LSR and DPNP, treated with dietary supplement PEA in these studies. Fifteen of these studies were randomized, controlled trials (RCTs) in a total of approximately 1,500 patients, with thirteen RCTs demonstrating a statistically significant improvement in pain reduction endpoints. A peer-reviewed meta-analysis of eight RCTs conducted with PEA demonstrated a weighted mean reduction in pain intensity score (based on a Visual Analog Scale (VAS)) of approximately two points compared to control, which compares favorably to the reductions in pain intensity reported from clinical trials with currently approved chronic pain medications. In addition, few adverse events related to PEA treatment have been reported in these published clinical studies. Despite this promising precedent clinical data supporting the exploration of the potential utility of PEA in chronic pain treatment, there are no PEA-based therapeutics approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), European Medicines Agency (EMA) or similar regulatory authority. Rather, PEA is only currently available as a dietary supplement (nutraceutical), which has shown low bioavailability and overall poor drug-like properties.

As a prodrug of PEA, ETX-810 was designed to significantly improve the absorption and systemic exposure of PEA beyond what is achievable with currently available formulations, potentially maximizing the therapeutic effect. In our Phase 1 SAD and MAD clinical trials of ETX-810, which included a total of 80 healthy volunteers, ETX-810 demonstrated encouraging safety and tolerability. ETX-810 also demonstrated improved pharmacokinetics in a group of healthy subjects relative to dietary supplement formulations of PEA, with approximately three times higher PEA exposure on a matched dose basis. We believe the optimized pharmacokinetics and favorable tolerability of ETX-810, combined with our development and manufacturing expertise, put us in position to progress a robust clinical development program and explore the full therapeutic effect of ETX-810. To date, we have not observed any clinically relevant drug-drug interactions with ETX-810, and due to PEA’s endogenous nature we believe there is a low potential for liabilities related to addiction or abuse, positioning ETX-810 to potentially be used as a differentiated monotherapy or in combination with other medications for chronic pain. If approved, ETX-810 may be the first PEA-based therapeutic addressing the critical unmet need in chronic pain treatment for novel, non-opioid and non-addictive therapeutic options. Our research suggests that a multi-billion dollar commercial opportunity is available for a new chronic pain agent with proven efficacy and a favorable safety and tolerability profile.

We have initiated two separate Phase 2a clinical trials of ETX-810 in the United States, one in patients with pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy (DPN) and another in patients with pain associated with lumbosacral radiculopathy (or lumbosacral radicular pain (LSRP)), to evaluate the efficacy and safety of ETX-810 in these indications. We expect to report topline data from both trials in the first half of 2022. If these trials are successful, we plan to conduct further studies with a view to broaden ETX-810’s clinical applications in peripheral neuropathic and other chronic pain conditions.

Our second clinical program, ETX-155, is an investigational, oral, neuroactive steroid NCE that is designed to act as a positive allosteric modulator of the GABAA receptor (GABAAR) and that we are planning to evaluate in patients with depression and epilepsy. MDD affects approximately 35 million adults globally and approximately 19 million adults in the United States, and causes significant impairment to daily life. While there are effective therapies available for individuals suffering from MDD, there is considerable variability in patient responsiveness resulting in only 33% of patients benefiting from their first line therapy. There is a pressing need for safe, well-tolerated and rapidly acting antidepressants that reliably provide clinical improvement faster than the up to six weeks associated with standard of care selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs). Epilepsy affects approximately 4.7 million people in the major markets of the United States, Europe, and Japan, with approximately 1 million of these patients experiencing uncontrolled focal onset seizures (FOS) that are refractory to multiple anti-seizure medications (ASMs). Despite the existence of over 30 approved ASMs, approximately 30% of epilepsy patients fail to achieve adequate seizure control. FOS has a high prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities like depression, which can be exacerbated by many of the currently prescribed ASMs. There is a pressing need for new ASMs to not only reduce the number of seizures but to also provide a positive effect on mood. The GABAA PAM therapeutic class has been clinically validated in certain depression and epilepsy indications, and we believe there is a clear opportunity for clinical differentiation.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

ETX-155 was designed to have dual potency at both synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors. ETX-155 has also shown differentiated pharmacokinetic properties, including no clinically meaningful food effect and an approximate 24-hour half-life to enable once-a-day dosing. Results from our Phase 1 multiple ascending dose (MAD) clinical trial demonstrated favorable tolerability data at exposure levels that are consistent with dosing levels that achieved robust activity in preclinical models of depression, anxiety and epilepsy. Based on our preclinical and clinical work to date, we plan to pursue clinical trials in FOS, MDD and PMD. In the second half of 2021, we intend to initiate a Phase 1b photosensitive epilepsy trial, which if successful, would support initiating a Phase 2 clinical trial in FOS. We plan to announce topline data from the photosensitive epilepsy trial in the first half of 2022. In addition, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with MDD in the second half of 2021 and expect to report topline data in the first half of 2023. Further, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial to support clinical efficacy in patients with PMD in the second half of 2021 and expect to report topline data in the first half of 2023.

In addition to our clinical candidates, we are progressing a preclinical pipeline with two programs currently in discovery stage. Our preclinical programs apply our medicinal chemistry and biology expertise combined with our in-depth understanding of drug discovery and development processes to develop novel product candidates based on clinically validated mechanisms of action.

Our lead preclinical program is a Kv7.2/3 potassium channel opener. Kv7.2/3 has been clinically validated as a therapeutic target for both epilepsy and pain. The first generation Kv7 channel opener, ezogabine (Potiga), was approved for refractory focal onset seizures in 2011 in both the United States and in Europe (where it was known as retigabine, or Trobalt). Flupirtine (Katadolon) was another first generation Kv7.2/3 opener that provided clinical validation and has been used in Europe as a treatment for pain since the 1980s. These molecules showed clinical efficacy but subsequently had to be withdrawn from the market due to safety issues. We are developing an NCE that harnesses the efficacy of the Kv7.2/3 channel mechanism while attempting to improve the safety and tolerability relative to earlier molecules, based on our insights into the mechanisms of toxicity. We expect to nominate a clinical candidate in the second half of 2021.

Our second preclinical program is focused on developing a novel, potent analog of an earlier approved 2,3-benzodiazepine for the potential treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). The aim of our program is to develop a rapidly acting, non-sedating, non-addictive anxiolytic that does not impair motor or cognitive performance, does not have any adverse drug-drug interactions, and has the potential to be dosed once a day. We plan to nominate a clinical candidate for our GAD program in 2022.

We own the rights to our product candidates through both acquisitions and internal research and development efforts. With respect to ETX-810, in February 2019 we acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) related to the ETX-810 program from Carnot, LLC. With respect to ETX-155, in October 2020, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc., which included IPR&D related to the ETX-155 program. Following these acquisitions, we have continued the in-house clinical-stage development of the ETX-155 and ETX-810 programs. Our preclinical Kv7 and GAD programs have been developed by us.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

Below is a summary of our wholly owned pipeline.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 1. Eliem Therapeutics’ pipeline of product candidates.

Our Approach

We follow several key principles to guide our research and development efforts that we believe will enable us to efficiently bring clinically differentiated therapies to market to help millions of people suffering from central nervous system (CNS) disorders:

 

   

Focus on clinically validated mechanisms of action. We concentrate our research and development efforts on opportunities within the broad range of neuronal excitability disorders, where there has been prior clinical validation for the mechanism of action or pathway and where significant unmet need exists due to efficacy and safety limitations of existing therapies. By focusing on products with mechanisms of action that have clinical validation, we believe we can reduce the clinical translational risk of our product candidates while leveraging our extensive neuroscience drug development expertise to develop products that have the potential to meaningfully improve clinical outcomes.

 

   

Establish clinical differentiation for our product candidates. We leverage the deep chemistry, neuroscience and manufacturing expertise of our team to generate NCEs which we believe can be clinically differentiated and enhance patient outcomes. We intend to improve on efficacy, safety and tolerability limitations of existing therapies that impact patient convenience, compliance and outcomes. We aim to deliver therapeutic candidates with optimal pharmacological properties that make them both clinically differentiated and commercially attractive.

 

   

Pursue CNS indications with well-defined regulatory pathways in large markets that are inadequately served by current therapies. The initial indications we are pursuing for ETX-810 and ETX-155 are chronic pain, depression and epilepsy, all of which have well-characterized, large patient populations and are insufficiently addressed by existing therapies. In these indications, clinical endpoints and regulatory pathways are well-defined and precedented.

 

   

Develop products that have broad therapeutic potential. We believe that the biological pathways that are involved in many neuronal excitability disorders are related, and therefore, therapies that effectively address these pathways may be applicable in multiple CNS disorders. Our strategy for each

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents
 

product candidate is to initially pursue tractable indications where the clinical translatability of the mechanism of action has been validated. Upon positive results from proof-of-concept trials, we intend to pursue additional indications where we believe our product candidates’ mechanisms may be relevant, to maximize the potential for each product candidate.

 

   

Maximize and protect value through a strong global intellectual property portfolio. We have a rigorous strategy to establish and protect the intellectual property rights for our programs, all of which are wholly owned, to allow us to maximize the therapeutic and commercial potential of our pipeline. This strategy includes seeking patent protection in the United States and other jurisdictions for our product candidates, each of which is an NCE. Our portfolio includes numerous filings with multiple different sets of claims that cover proprietary aspects of our lead programs and their use. For ETX-810 and ETX-155, we have issued patents in the United States with coverage to at least 2037 and 2039, respectively, as well as a wide variety of pending applications for these programs in the United States and elsewhere. We continue to leverage new discoveries in the development of these programs to strengthen the breadth and depth of our intellectual property.

Our Strategy

To execute our approach, we plan to implement the following key strategies:

 

   

Advance ETX-810 through clinical trials for DPN and LSR chronic pain and progress toward commercialization. ETX-810 represents a compelling opportunity to develop a novel molecule for the treatment of chronic pain conditions, with a mechanism of action supported by a robust body of precedent clinical research across multiple pain settings. We have completed a Phase 1 single ascending dose and multiple ascending dose trial for ETX-810 in healthy volunteers and are currently executing two randomized placebo-controlled Phase 2a clinical trials aimed at establishing clear proof-of-concept for ETX-810 in chronic pain associated with DPN and LSR. We intend to announce topline data from both Phase 2a clinical trials in the first half of 2022. With positive results from these trials, we intend to progress development of ETX-810 into later-stage trials in the United States and other countries to support filings for regulatory approval in key markets.

 

   

Advance ETX-155 through clinical trials in both depression and epilepsy indications and progress toward commercialization. ETX-155 is a potentially differentiated GABAA PAM candidate with dual potency at synaptic and extrasynaptic receptors, an approximate 24-hour half-life and no clinically meaningful food effect. We have completed a Phase 1 single and multiple ascending dose trial for ETX-155 in healthy volunteers, and plan to initiate Phase 2a clinical trials in both MDD and PMD in the second half of 2021. In addition, we are planning to evaluate ETX-155 in a Phase 1b photosensitive epilepsy proof-of-concept trial with data readout targeted for the first half of 2022. Assuming the results of this trial are positive, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with focal onset seizures in the first half of 2023. With positive results from these trials, we intend to progress development of ETX-155 into later-stage trials in the United States and other countries to support applications for regulatory approval in key markets.

 

   

Continue to innovate and advance our preclinical programs into clinical trials in multiple neuronal excitability indications. We are currently developing two preclinical-stage programs: (1) a novel Kv7.2/3 channel opener for potential treatment of pain and epilepsy; and (2) a novel 2,3-benzodiazepine anxiolytic for the potential treatment of generalized anxiety disorder and depression. Both preclinical programs are based on clinically validated mechanisms of action with prior approved molecules in the class. Our aim is to discover and develop proprietary NCEs that improve upon first-generation molecules based on our novel chemical insights and in-depth understanding of the biology and selectivity required to yield drugs with favorable safety and efficacy profiles. We anticipate nominating a clinical candidate selection for our Kv7.2/3 program by the end of 2021, and for our next-generation anxiolytic in 2022.

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents
   

Apply our expertise to expand our lead programs into additional indications representing large markets. Our team includes established industry leaders in the fields of neuroscience and pain. Through our clinical trials, we intend to enhance our understanding of the mechanism of action for our specific product candidates, and in general our understanding of the biological pathways leading to neuronal inhibition and excitation imbalances to maximize the value of our product candidates. Utilizing this enhanced understanding informed by our initial clinical trials, we plan to evaluate additional potential indications for both ETX-810 and ETX-155. For ETX-810, we will explore additional pain indications, which could enable a broad label in peripheral neuropathic pain and chronic pain. For ETX-155, we intend to explore a wide-range of compelling opportunities in both psychiatry and neurology, including potentially generalized anxiety disorder and bipolar disorder.

 

   

Pursue regulatory approvals for our product candidates and commercialize them in key markets. We plan to build a fully integrated biotechnology company capable of executing registrational trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and commercializing our drugs globally. We expect to build a focused and efficient medical affairs and commercial organization to help bring our product candidates to patients around the world. Given the potential broad applicability of our product candidates in large patient populations globally, we may also opportunistically enter strategic partnerships with reputable biopharmaceutical companies, with established presence in key geographies, to address the unmet needs of patients worldwide and maximize the overall value of our product candidates.

Our Team and Investors

Since commencing operations in 2019, we have assembled a seasoned management team with expertise in neuroscience research and development, medicinal chemistry, clinical development, regulatory affairs, manufacturing and commercialization. Our team includes industry veterans with leadership experience at leading biopharmaceutical companies such as Amgen, Biogen, GSK, Lilly, Novartis and Pfizer, as well as at successful small biotechnology companies such as Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Convergence Pharmaceuticals, Exelixis and Juno Therapeutics. In addition, our team has collectively driven development and operational efforts supporting the approval of multiple drugs in chronic pain, depression and epilepsy, including Aptiom, Cymbalta, Lamictal, Lyrica and Vyepti. Our leadership team’s track record of success enables us to continue to recruit highly experienced personnel. Our board of directors is comprised of industry leaders with senior leadership experience at large pharmaceutical organizations and public and private biotechnology companies, bringing significant expertise across neuroscience research and development, corporate governance, finance, organizational strategy and capital raising. Together, we bring years of experience combined with the resilience needed to confront challenging diseases of the nervous system and we are supported by top tier investors, including RA Capital Management, Access Biotechnology and Intermediate Capital Group plc.

ETX-810

We are developing ETX-810, a novel prodrug of PEA, as a treatment for patients suffering from chronic pain. PEA, the active moiety of ETX-810, is an endogenous bioactive lipid known to broadly modulate neuroinflammation and pain signaling. Dietary supplement PEA has shown activity in more than 30 clinical studies across a variety of pain indications, including demonstrating statistically significant reductions in pain in 13 randomized, controlled trials, along with favorable tolerability data. However, there are no FDA or EMA approved PEA-based therapeutics, as no agent has ever been taken through a rigorous clinical development program with a view to obtain regulatory approval. In addition, the only currently available versions of PEA are over-the-counter dietary supplement formulations that, while demonstrating promising clinical activity and tolerability in prior studies, have low bioavailability and overall poor drug-like properties.

ETX-810 was designed to significantly improve the systemic exposure of PEA to explore its full therapeutic potential and to significantly reduce chronic pain. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, ETX-810 demonstrated encouraging safety and tolerability data with all adverse events (AEs) being mild and transient. We believe the

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

endogenous nature of PEA makes ETX-810 unlikely to have drug-drug interactions and limits the potential for abuse liability. We are currently conducting Phase 2a clinical trials of ETX-810 in two chronic pain indications: DPNP and LSRP.

Overview of Chronic Pain and the Unmet Need

Chronic pain is one of the most common and complex conditions in the world and continues to be poorly addressed by available therapeutic options. In the 2016 Global Burden of Disease Study, pain and pain-related conditions were confirmed to be the leading cause of disability and disease burden globally, and this burden is escalating. In patients who are receiving a first line agent for chronic pain, currently approved medications, including Lyrica and Cymbalta, have demonstrated pain intensity reductions of 50% or more in less than 50% of patients. In addition to inadequate efficacy, the current standard of care is hindered by dose-limiting side effects, including dizziness, sedation, gastrointestinal disturbances, as well as concerns over the abuse liability of the opioid class of pain treatments. These limitations of currently approved therapies ultimately lead treating physicians to resort to polypharmacy, prescribing a combination of multiple drugs at once. Despite a massive global chronic pain prescription therapeutics market that was estimated at $20 billion in 2018 and is forecasted to reach approximately $27 billion in 2028, there is a high unmet need for safe, effective, non-opioid therapies to treat chronic pain. A multi-billion-dollar commercial opportunity is available for a new chronic pain agent with proven efficacy and a favorable safety and tolerability profile.

PEA Proposed Mechanism of Action in Neuroinflammation and Chronic Pain

PEA is an endogenous bioactive lipid that was first described in 1957, but its mechanism of action remained unclear until the 1990s, when the work of Nobel laureate Rita Levi-Montalcini was published describing PEA as part of a class of endogenous regulatory molecules called N-acylethanolamines, which control mast cell activation in vivo. Systemically administered N-acylethanolamines were found to be effective in reducing mast cell degranulation and therefore have anti-inflammatory effects. Subsequent preclinical studies have since evaluated these powerful anti-inflammatory effects and revealed analgesic effects of PEA. Evidence demonstrated that PEA acts as a modulator of neuroinflammatory processes. In pathological settings PEA production may be insufficient to regulate the inflammatory cascade that downstream drives an increase in pain signaling, and exogenous administration of PEA might prove therapeutically beneficial.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

As described in Figure 2 below, PEA’s mechanism is considered pleiotropic, as literature supports that it acts through a series of direct and indirect actions involving several effector cells and molecular targets. It is believed that PEA plays a key role as a master regulator of neuroinflammatory processes, triggering multiple signaling cascades to control downstream pain signaling and elicit its potent analgesic effect.

 

LOGO

Figure 2. Potential pleiotropic mechanism of action of endogenous PEA for the control of neuroinflammation and neuronal excitability, and therefore downstream pain signaling.

We believe there are multiple aspects of PEA’s potential pleiotropic mechanism that remain to be elucidated, but several potentially important mechanisms that have been published include:

 

  1)

Inhibition of mast-cell activation and degranulation and downregulation of release of inflammatory mediators from multiple immune cell types;

 

  2)

Agonism of the nuclear receptor PPAR-alpha, leading to regulation of expression of several genes, including an inhibition of pro-inflammatory genes;

 

  3)

Agonism of the orphan G-protein coupled receptor GPR55, potentially playing a role in microglial cell migration, activation and increased phagocytosis; and

 

  4)

An “entourage effect” where PEA increases the level of other endocannabinoids with potential anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties, such as 2-AG, anandamide, and OEA, by acting as a substrate for FAAH.

Figure 3 describes our current understanding of how fluctuations in PEA levels may lead to dysregulation of neuroinflammation and pain signaling. In chronic pain (center panel), evidence demonstrated that there may be both a decrease in PEA synthesis and an increase in PEA metabolism leading to a net decrease in PEA below the level needed to maintain control of neuroinflammation. As a result, sensitization in both the peripheral and

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

central nervous system lead to an increase of pain signaling and pain sensation, relative to a healthy physiological state (left panel of Figure 3). ETX-810 is designed to deliver exogenous PEA and restore PEA to levels needed to reduce neuroinflammation and restore a healthy physiological state, where hyperexcitability of the pain signaling network is dampened and chronic pain is reduced (right panel of Figure 3).

 

LOGO

Figure 3. The potential role of PEA in controlling neuroinflammation and pain in normal physiology versus chronic pain states, and therapeutic hypothesis. ETX-810 provides an exogenous source of PEA aimed at rebalancing the body’s PEA levels that have been reduced due to an imbalance between synthesis and metabolism of endogenous PEA.

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

In addition to the preclinical evidence of a decreased level of PEA in chronic pain, a clinical publication further supports the finding in osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis patients showing significantly lower PEA levels in the synovial fluid compared to healthy volunteer control subjects. This data is depicted in Figure 4 below:

 

LOGO

Figure 4. Decreased levels of PEA in the synovial fluid of patients with osteoarthritis (OA), and rheumatoid arthritis (RA) compared to healthy normal volunteers (control); (P <0.005, and P<0.01, respectively). Figure adapted from Richardson et al. Arthritis Res Ther, 2008;10(2):R43.

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

Clinical Experience with PEA in Pain

The pain-relieving properties of PEA in human diseases associated with chronic pain have been evaluated in multiple clinical studies since the 1990s using PEA in dietary supplement formulations. Over 30 clinical studies, including fifteen randomized, placebo-controlled studies, have been conducted with these dietary supplement formulations across multiple pain indications. Statistically significant reductions in pain intensity were observed in nearly all of these studies with PEA treatment. These studies reported few dropouts and few reported AEs, suggesting that PEA was generally well tolerated. A summary of the fifteen published randomized controlled clinical studies conducted with PEA in various pain conditions, including the PEA dose levels evaluated, is below:

 

LOGO

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

Meta-analyses demonstrated PEA’s consistent therapeutic effects

Two meta-analyses have examined the effects of PEA on pain across clinical studies. The most recent meta-analysis of eight randomized, controlled studies by Artukoglu and colleagues in 2017 included a total of 743 patients receiving PEA and 460 inactive controls. Doses used in these trials ranged from 300 to 1200 mg/day and trial durations from 15-180 days. The meta-analysis demonstrated that PEA was associated with a significantly greater pain reduction based on VAS scores compared to control conditions, with a weighted mean reduction in pain score on a 10-point scale of 2.03 (95% CI: 1.19-2.87). A summary of these results is below in Figure 5:

 

LOGO

Figure 5. Meta-analysis of randomized clinical trials of PEA in a dietary supplement formulation. Adapted from Artukoglu et al. Pain Physician, 2017;20:353-362.

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

The weighted mean difference in pain score for PEA vs inactive control of 2.03 from this meta-analysis compares favorably to the standardized mean difference in pain score from meta-analyses conducted on randomized trials of pregabalin and duloxetine, as shown in Figure 6 below:

LOGO

Figure 6. Summary of mean pain score reduction from meta-analyses conducted for duloxetine and pregabalin in different chronic pain indications. * shown as absolute value of weighted/standardized pain score reduction compared to placebo

PEA’s dose-dependent therapeutic effect and impact on neuropathic pain in clinical studies

We believe the most compelling clinical data for PEA in pain come from a multicenter, randomized controlled study that enrolled a total of 636 subjects with compressive-type lumbar sciatica who were treated with either 300 or 600 mg dietary supplement PEA (Normast, Epitech) per day, or placebo, for 21 days. The reduction in pain intensity was assessed based on VAS score, and the improvement in health status of patients was evaluated by the Roland-Morris Disability Questionnaire (RMDQ). A dose-dependent effect on both VAS and RMDQ scores was observed. The effect size was statistically significant (p <0.001) on both VAS score (change versus baseline pain scores of 5.0 on 600 mg, 2.9 on 300 mg and 2.0 on placebo) and RMDQ score (change versus baseline of 9.2 on 600 mg, 5.0 on 300 mg and 3.0 on placebo).

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

Cruccu et al. performed a post-hoc analysis from the raw data associated with the aforementioned study which was published in 2019. In this analysis additional measures of the clinical efficacy, such as 50% responder rate (VAS pain scores and disability RMDQ scores) and number needed to treat were conducted. In the 600 mg PEA cohort, 82% of patients achieved a 50% or greater reduction in pain intensity as measured by the VAS, as compared to 33% of patients in the 300 mg cohort and 22% of patients in the placebo group. Of patients in the 600 mg PEA cohort, 88% achieved a 50% or greater improvement in physical disability as measured by RMDQ, as compared to 38% in the 300 mg cohort and 23% of patients in the placebo group. In addition, the authors calculated the Numbers-Needed-to-Treat (NNT) to be 1.7 for the 600 mg dose (NNT in this case is defined as the number of patients needed to treat to find one patient who achieves a 50% reduction in pain intensity). This compared very favorably to the NNT of pregabalin and duloxetine published in a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials in neuropathic pain, where the NNT for 50% pain relief for these drugs was calculated to be 7.7 and 6.4, respectively. Across all measures, 600 mg PEA performed better than 300 mg, suggesting a dose-dependent response and supporting our prodrug approach to increase PEA exposures. These results are summarized in Figure 7 below:

LOGO

Figure 7. Results of a post-hoc analysis of the largest PEA clinical trial conducted to date: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial by Guida et al. in 636 patients with chronic low back pain. Figure adapted from Cruccu et al. CNS & Neurological Disorders – Drug Targets, 2019;18(6):491

In addition, Cruccu et al. developed an ordinal scale to categorize each patient’s pain into 5 different groups based on increasing probability of the pain being neuropathic. A significant positive correlation was found between an improvement in pain score and an increasing probability of the pain being neuropathic in nature. This, together with the anti-neuroinflammatory mechanism of action, further supports the hypothesis of using PEA in patients with neuropathic pain.

Another clinical study of PEA as a dietary supplement in osteoarthritis was published by Steels et al. in 2019. In this single site, randomized, controlled study, 111 subjects with osteoarthritis in one or both knees were randomized to receive either 300 mg PEA (n=36), 600 mg PEA (n=35), or matched placebo capsules (n=40), daily for 8 weeks. All participants were required to have a minimum pain level of 4 on the Numerical Rating Scale (NRS) and were not allowed to take any pain concomitant therapies while on study other than paracetamol (acetaminophen) as a rescue therapy. The primary endpoint of the trial was the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC), which measures pain, stiffness and function. The secondary endpoint was pain intensity measured by the NRS pain scale. All 3 components of the WOMAC score were statistically significantly reduced for both 300 mg and 600 mg PEA groups compared to placebo at week 8. In

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

addition, there was an apparent dose-dependent effect as the 600 mg PEA dose outperformed the 300 mg PEA dose across all metrics evaluated, although the study was not powered to show statistical significance between these two dose levels (Figure 8). There were no SAEs reported in any of the study participants.

LOGO

Figure 8. Modified from Steels et al. study (Inflammopharmacology, 2019;27:475-485)—Reduction of WOMAC osteoarthritis total index score, WOMAC pain score and NRS average pain score and WOMAC over 8-week course of treatment with 300 mg/day PEA, 600 mg/day PEA, or placebo.

Both the Guida and Steels studies suggest that an increase in PEA dose may lead to a potential additional clinical benefit in terms of pain reduction, supporting our hypothesis for development of ETX-810 delivering around 3-fold higher PEA exposure than PEA itself (over-the counter formulation, Normast).

Limitations of PEA pharmacokinetics and our solution

Despite PEA’s evaluation in pain indications in numerous clinical trials, there is minimal information available on the pharmacokinetic profile of dietary supplement PEA formulations in humans. Given its lipidic nature and large particle size, PEA in its native state is expected to have limitations in terms of solubility, absorption and bioavailability. While micronized and ultra-micronized nutraceutical formulations of PEA have aimed to improve the bioavailability compared to the native state by reducing the particle size, we are not aware of any published data demonstrating definitive improvement in bioavailability or other pharmacokinetic parameters in humans.

We believe the dose-dependent clinical efficacy and limited number of treatment-related adverse events in precedent clinical studies of PEA in chronic pain provides compelling evidence of the therapeutic potential of PEA. We also believe this supports our approach to develop ETX-810 as an NCE PEA prodrug with desirable pharmacokinetics to explore the full therapeutic potential in patients with chronic pain.

We believe that, if approved by the FDA, ETX-810 may have regulatory and commercial advantages over dietary supplement formulations of PEA, as a PEA-based prescription medicine with regulatory approval for use in the treatment of certain chronic pain indications. We believe these advantages are important differentiating

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

features and considerations for patients and physicians as they evaluate potential treatments. These potential advantages for any FDA approved prescription PEA drug could include:

 

   

Rigorous regulatory review of NDA including data from clinical studies and chemistry manufacturing and controls information, evaluating safety and effectiveness for use in chronic pain indications.

 

   

Ability to market with claims regarding treatment effect on certain chronic pain indications, to the extent permitted under an FDA-approved label.

 

   

Obligations to manufacture, assure quality control and distribute in accordance with pharmaceutical cGMP requirements.

 

   

Potential for coverage and reimbursement by third-party payors.

ETX-810 Competitive Advantages

We believe that ETX-810 offers several key differentiating features compared to currently available therapies for chronic pain.

 

   

Novel approach to chronic pain with demonstrated clinical proof of concept. ETX-810 is believed to be the only PEA prodrug in clinical development and is being developed based on precedent clinical studies of dietary supplement formulations of PEA that demonstrated clinically meaningful statistically significant reductions in pain intensity in over 12 randomized placebo clinical trials. These trials collectively included approximately 1,500 patients spanning multiple inflammatory and neuropathic chronic pain conditions. In one study of over 600 chronic low back pain patients, PEA demonstrated statistically significant reductions in pain versus placebo including a greater than 50% reduction in pain intensity in 82% of patients. Published studies suggest that first line agents for chronic pain, such as the currently approved medications Lyrica and Cymbalta, are able to provide substantial pain relief (a reduction in pain score of 50% or more) in less than 50% of patients. Building upon the strength of these clinical data, we believe ETX-810 has the potential to be the first PEA-based therapeutic to address the unmet need in the large chronic pain market, although cross-trial comparisons may not be reliable predictors of the relative efficacy or other benefits that ETX-810 may have compared to other product candidates that may be approved or that are in development.

 

   

Designed for desirable pharmacokinetics. Commercially available formulations of PEA are currently only available as dietary supplements and have low bioavailability with overall poor drug-like properties, likely leading to suboptimal exposures. ETX-810 was designed to significantly improve the systemic exposure of PEA in order to maximize the therapeutic effect. ETX-810 was observed, in preclinical studies, to be rapidly absorbed after oral administration and to undergo enzymatic hydrolysis during absorption and in plasma to efficiently release high concentrations of free PEA. In clinical studies in a small number (80) of healthy volunteers, ETX-810 has demonstrated rapid absorption and efficient release of biologically active PEA, resulting in approximately three times higher PEA exposure on a matched dose basis compared to a commercially available dietary supplement formulation of PEA, as well as an approximately three to six times longer half-life compared to the published estimated half-life of PEA in rats. Precedent clinical data has demonstrated a clear dose response with respect to PEA’s ability to reduce pain intensity in chronic pain settings, which we believe supports our approach to optimize the pharmacokinetic exposure of PEA with ETX-810.

 

   

Well tolerated and no known abuse liability in clinical studies. Phase 1 single- and multiple-ascending dose clinical trials with ETX-810 suggest the potential for an encouraging tolerability profile, and clinical trials conducted to date have resulted in no SAEs, no discontinuations, and no clinically meaningful differences from placebo. These findings are consistent with published results from clinical trials conducted with dietary supplement formulations of PEA. In contrast, existing chronic pain therapies are associated with a range of adverse effects including GI problems, drowsiness, dizziness, nausea, somnolence and others. In addition, as an endogenous bioactive lipid, the potential for abuse is

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents
 

considered to be low, potentially addressing the critical unmet need in chronic pain treatment for novel, non-opioid and non-addictive therapeutic options. Prior clinical studies of PEA have no reported adverse events related to abuse.

 

   

Potential to be used in chronic pain as a monotherapy or in combination with other analgesics. In multiple prior clinical trials with dietary supplement formulations of PEA, a reduction in pain intensity was observed with PEA in chronic pain both as a monotherapy and when used in combination with other pain therapies such as opioids, antidepressants and anticonvulsants. Because polypharmacy is a common treatment strategy used by clinicians treating chronic pain, the market is in need of therapies that can safely and effectively be used in combination with others. We believe the favorable tolerability data in clinical trials and the endogenous nature of PEA make ETX-810 unlikely to have drug-to-drug interactions and position it for the potential to be used in combination with other chronic pain medications, if approved.

Chronic Pain Indication Overview

Chronic pain, generally described as pain lasting more than three to six months, is one of the most common and complex conditions. It is estimated to affect approximately 20% of adults in the United States and Europe. Despite the high prevalence worldwide, there are few approved medicines to treat chronic pain and the existing therapeutic options suffer from limited efficacy coupled with a range of adverse effects which can limit their utility, reduce compliance and complicate their ability to combine with other drugs. The two initial chronic pain indications we plan to pursue for ETX-810 are pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy (DPNP) and lumbosacral radiculopathy (lumbosacral radicular pain (LSRP)).

Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy (DPN)

DPN is a common, late manifestation of diabetes, affecting more than one third of diabetic patients, and characterized by damage to the sensory and autonomic nervous system caused by prolonged poor glycemic control and increased levels of triglycerides in the blood. Neuropathic pain is present in approximately one-fourth of individuals with DPN and may be accompanied by an exaggerated response to painful stimuli (hyperalgesia) and pain evoked by light contact, such as those with shoes or clothing (allodynia). This pain can lead to interference with daily activities, disability, psychosocial impairment and reduced health-related quality of life. While DPN can be managed to slow further progression, its symptoms, including chronic neuropathic pain, are generally not reversible once they emerge. There are significant direct and indirect costs associated with the effects of DPN, with approximately one quarter of health expenditure in diabetes spent on management of DPN.

It is estimated that 30% to 50% of people with diabetes will experience diabetic peripheral neuropathy, and 40-50% of those with DPN will experience DPNP. This provides a prevalence estimate of approximately 5.0 million to 7.0 million DPNP patients in the United States and 9.0 million to 12.0 million in Europe. Of treated DPNP patients it is estimated that 50% to 70% have an inadequate response to first line therapy, leading to an estimated 1.5 million to 3.0 million treatment-refractory DPNP patients in the United States and approximately 2.7 million to 5.0 million DPNP patients in Europe.

There are currently several pharmacological treatments recommended for the first-line treatment (both approved and off-label), to reduce pain and improve quality of life in DPNP patients, including several antidepressants (e.g., duloxetine, venlafaxine, amitriptyline and other tricyclic drugs) and gabapentinoid anti-seizure medications (e.g., pregabalin and gabapentins). Available evidence suggests that all of these treatments are better than placebo in improving DPNP, but few high-quality comparative trials have been carried out, and there are only three products approved by the FDA and EMA for DPNP: duloxetine (Cymbalta), pregabalin (Lyrica) and the opioid tapentadol (Nucynta). For patients with an inadequate response to first line therapy, second line therapy generally consists of switching to a different first-line medication class or combining multiple first-line agents (polypharmacy), though this can be complicated by the risk of compounding adverse effects. Opioids are recommended to help manage pain in DPN only after all other first/second-line approaches and combinations fail.

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

DPNP remains an unmet need and is a primary driver of physical and psychological comorbidity. Available therapies for DPNP have moderate efficacy with adverse effects limiting optimal dose titration. In registrational studies of pregabalin and duloxetine, only 40% to 50% of patients achieve a clinically meaningful response of a 50% improvement in pain from baseline, with roughly one quarter of these patients reporting dizziness or nausea adverse events. There is a considerable need for new therapies for the management of DPNP that provide improved efficacy with a more favorable safety profile.

We believe that ETX-810, if approved, could potentially be positioned as the preferred second-line monotherapy or add-on agent for the 50% to 70% of DPNP patients who fail to achieve adequate pain relief from generic first-line treatment options, potentially providing improved efficacy versus alternative options and preventing unnecessary opioid usage in this patient group. This represents a target patient population of approximately 4 million to 8 million patients in the United States and Europe.

Lumbosacral Radiculopathy (LSR)

LSR is a neuropathic pain syndrome caused by compression, inflammation and or injury of spinal nerve roots in the lower back and is characterized by lower back pain that radiates into the leg in predictable patterns. The leg pain is typically much worse than the lower back pain, and is described as being electric, burning or sharp. Additionally, affected people may experience numbness, muscle weakness and loss of specific reflexes. The most common cause of LSR is nerve root compression caused by a disc herniation or spondylosis (narrowing of the intraspinal canal, the lateral recess, or the neural foramen) due to degenerative arthritis affecting the spine. While LSR can occur at any age, it often effects men beginning in their 40s and women in their 50s and 60s.

Multiple sources suggest that between 3% and 5% of the adult population is affected by the condition, with equal rates among men and women, which corresponds to approximately 10 million to 16 million people in the United States and 15 million to 26 million people in Europe. Approximately 30% of these patients see their condition progress to chronic, with pain progressing past the three-month mark.

For patients diagnosed with LSR, the aim of treatment is to alleviate the pain, and if necessary, address the underlying cause of nerve irritation/compression. Patients are initially treated with non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or acetaminophen and modification to physical activity. For patients with continued pain after approximately six to eight weeks of NSAID or acetaminophen treatment, some patients obtain epidural steroid injections, which has been demonstrated to provide short-term pain relief. Patients failing to achieve adequate pain relief may be prescribed gabapentinoids, such as Neurontin and Lyrica. Studies with gabapentinoids in LSR have demonstrated varying results and a recent meta-analysis found that these agents do not provide effective treatment and are associated with an increased risk of adverse events. Additionally, opioids are used in patients who have severe pain. Many physicians, however, oppose opioid use in LSR as there is a lack of high-quality data supporting their use for this condition. Furthermore, the use of opioids is associated with adverse events and the potential for abuse.

Due to the limited efficacy and potential side effects of current treatments, there continues to be a need for effective, non-opioid therapies for the treatment of LSR. We believe that ETX-810 could potentially be positioned as the preferred second line monotherapy or add-on agent over epidural steroid injections or opioids in those patients who fail to achieve adequate relief with NSAIDs or acetaminophen. This represents an estimated target patient population of approximately 7.5 million to 12.5 million LSR patients in the United States and Europe.

ETX-810 Clinical Development

We have evaluated the safety and tolerability of ETX-810 in 68 individuals across two Phase 1 clinical trials. ETX-810 was well tolerated and all AEs were mild and transient. We are currently enrolling proof-of-concept Phase 2a clinical trials in patients with pain associated with DPN and LSR.

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

Phase 1 SAD and MAD Clinical Trials in Healthy Volunteers

The first clinical trial conducted with ETX-810 was a combined single ascending dose (SAD) and multiple ascending dose (MAD) trial in healthy volunteers. Fifty subjects in the SAD portion of the trial received single doses of either placebo or ETX-810 ranging from 50 mg to 1200 mg and 20 subjects in the MAD portion received repeated doses of either placebo or ETX-810 at 500 mg and 1000 mg administered twice daily for seven days.

The SAD portion of this trial enrolled five cohorts of 10 participants, who each received single doses of ETX-810 ranging from 50 mg to 1200 mg; participants were randomized 4:1 ETX-810 to placebo. All cohorts were dosed in a fed state except the 50 mg and 150 mg fasted cohorts. The participants in the 150 mg cohort were dosed in both a fed and a fasted state, 5 days apart, to assess the effect of food on absorption.

There were no clinically significant changes nor trends across dose groups seen in vital signs, ECG, blood chemistry, hematology, nor urinalysis; a single adverse event (AE) (headache) required treatment (ibuprofen). There was no difference in the incidence of AEs among dose groups and no trends toward an increase in incidence with increasing dose. With respect to pharmacokinetics, ETX-810 was found to convert rapidly to its hydrolysis intermediates and to PEA, and was found to be more completely absorbed when administered with food. The results of the SAD portion of the trial justified the selection of 500 mg and 1000 mg as the doses for the MAD portion of the trial.

The MAD portion of this trial enrolled two cohorts with 10 participants in each. In each cohort, eight participants were administered active investigational product and two were administered a placebo twice daily for six days with a single dose administered on Day 7. Participants in cohorts 1 and 2 received 500 mg and 1000 mg ETX-810, respectively, or placebo following food. The interval between the two daily doses was 12 hours.

Treatment was well tolerated; there were no clinically significant changes nor trends across dose groups seen in vital signs, ECG, blood chemistry, hematology, nor urinalysis. No AEs required treatment or led to interruption or discontinuation of treatment. A single AE (insomnia) was rated moderate; all others were mild. There was no difference in the incidence of AEs among groups, and no trend to an increase in incidence with increasing dose. Figure 9 describes the percentage of subjects with adverse events from the ETX-810 SAD and MAD portions of the trial.

LOGO

Figure 9. Percent of subjects reporting adverse events in the ETX-810 Phase 1 study, 011810-101, in the (a) SAD portion of the trial and (b) MAD portion of the trial.

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

Phase 1 Pharmacokinetic Clinical Trial Evaluating a 500 mg Single-capsule Formulation and Effect of Food

A 500 mg single-capsule formulation was developed to reduce capsule burden. With this formulation, we conducted a second Phase 1 clinical trial (Study 018810-102) evaluating the pharmacokinetics of two dose levels with and without food. Each of the 12 participants received two dose levels of ETX-810 (500 and 1000 mg) with and without food separated by 24 hours in this randomized 4-way crossover. Treatment was well tolerated with adverse events reported consistent with the prior SAD and MAD clinical trials.

In this trial the administration of ETX-810 with food was found to significantly increase the AUC0-24h values for the metabolic intermediates and the active metabolite PEA. ETX-810 concentrations were below measurable quantities at all time points, indicating rapid conversion to its metabolites upon administration. Cmax for these metabolites was not found to be increased when ETX-810 was administered with food compared to the fasted state. Based on these results and the SAD and MAD trials, in future trials ETX-810 will be dosed with food.

Potential Improvement in PEA Exposure from ETX-810 vs Dietary Supplement PEA

We conducted a clinical trial to evaluate a commercially available ultramicronized dietary supplement formulation of PEA in a small number (8) of healthy volunteers in order to establish well-controlled pharmacokinetics to provide a baseline for comparison to ETX-810, given the lack of availability of high quality human pharmacokinetic data for PEA.

This trial evaluated a single dose of 300 mg or 600 mg of a dietary supplement formulation of PEA (Normast) in eight subjects, with 300 mg tested in both a fasted and a fed state and 600 mg tested only in a fed state, in each case after a five-day washout period between doses. Blood samples were taken prior to and up to 12 hours after each dose. Prior to dosing, endogenous PEA concentrations averaged approximately 4-7 ng/mL and were consistent within and between subjects across dosing periods.

The administration of dietary supplement PEA increased PEA concentrations in all participants at all dosing periods, but with high subject-to-subject variability, particularly with respect to Cmax and Tmax. Administration of the 300 mg dose after a meal resulted in greater increases in PEA than did administrations in the fasted state, with approximately 2-fold higher AUC0-12h and 3-fold higher Cmax.

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

The plot provided below highlights the comparison of PEA exposure (AUC0-12h) between a single 1000 mg dose of ETX-810 from Study 018810-102 compared to the 600 mg dose of dietary supplement PEA, from Study 018875-101, both in the fed state. Although this comparison was not based on a head-to-head study, a single 1000 mg dose of ETX-810 prodrug (which delivers ~490 mg of PEA) achieved approximately three-fold higher PEA exposure than a 600 mg dose of dietary supplement PEA, which has demonstrated a statistically significant reduction in pain in multiple clinical studies. We believe the increased exposure is potentially driven by improved oral bioavailability, rapid absorption and a longer half-life of PEA when delivered via the ETX-810 prodrug.

 

LOGO

Figure 10. Comparison of exposure of PEA from ETX-810 compared to an ultramicronized dietary supplement formulation of PEA from two different clinical studies. ETX-810 data was taken from the 1000 mg fed cohort of the ETX-810 018810-102 PK trial. Ultramicronized PEA data was taken from the 600 mg fed cohort of the 018875-101 PK trial of dietary supplement PEA. Each 1000 mg capsule of ETX-810 corresponds to ~490 mg of PEA active ingredient.

In our ongoing Phase 2a clinical trials, we are dosing 1000 mg ETX-810 bis in die (BID, twice daily) with food, meaning in these trials we are theoretically achieving approximately six times the daily exposure as would be expected from the standard clinical dose (i.e., 600 mg/day) of PEA from dietary supplements. Based on the dose response observed with dietary supplement formulations of PEA in multiple prior studies, we believe that the increased exposure provided by ETX-810 provides us with the possibility to evaluate the full potential therapeutic effect of PEA in chronic pain indications.

ETX-810 is rapidly absorbed and undergoes a series of hydrolysis steps to be converted into the active moiety PEA. Studies have shown that ETX-810 did not have any potential for either direct or time-dependent inhibition of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) isozymes. Because the majority of metabolism of PEA occurs through esterases and lipases, and not through CYPs, there is little to no potential for drug-drug interactions. PEA is further degraded by N-acylethanolamine acid amidase (NAAA) and to a lesser extent by fatty acid amid hydrolase (FAAH) into palmitic acid and ethanolamine. We believe this supports ETX-810’s potential as a monotherapy or in combination with other pain drugs.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

Phase 2a Clinical Trials

Based on the extensive clinical data on the efficacy of dietary supplement PEA and the findings on tolerability and exposure of our PEA prodrug, ETX-810, observed in our Phase 1 SAD/MAD and pharmacokinetic (PK) trials, we initiated Phase 2a clinical trials in pain associated with two chronic conditions: DPN and LSR. Our clinical development team has significant experience designing and running clinical trials in chronic pain, allowing us to implement strategies that attempt to limit the patient-to-patient variability and placebo effect commonly observed in chronic pain studies.

Phase 2a DPNP clinical trial

This Phase 2a clinical trial is a prospective, multi-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of ETX-810 in adults with diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain. Patients will be instructed to take their study drug, either 1000 mg of ETX-810 or placebo, twice per day, approximately twelve hours apart, with food. The primary endpoint of the trial is the change from baseline to week 4 in the weekly average of the daily pain score on the 11-point PI-NRS. Secondary endpoints include percent of patients with ³50% and ³30% reduction from baseline to Weeks 1, 2, 3 and 4 in the weekly average of the daily pain score.

A trial schema of the Phase 2a DPNP clinical trial is provided below:

 

LOGO

Figure 11. ETX-810 Phase 2a DPNP trial schema

A total of 162 subjects are planned to be randomized in a 1:1 ratio to the ETX-810 or placebo treatment group. A sample size of 81 subjects per treatment group will provide 80% power to detect a 1.0-point change in the mean change from baseline to Week 4 in the weekly average daily pain score on the PI-NRS.

We are actively enrolling DPNP patients into this clinical trial and expect to have a topline data readout during the first half of 2022.

Phase 2a LSR pain clinical trial

This Phase 2a clinical trial is a prospective, multi-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study designed to evaluate the efficacy and safety of ETX-810 in adults with LSR. Patients will be

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

instructed to take their study drug, either 1000 mg of ETX-810 or placebo, twice per day, approximately twelve hours apart, with food. The primary endpoint of the trial is the change from baseline to week four in the weekly average of the daily pain score on the 11-point Pain Intensity Numerical Rating Scale (PI-NRS). Secondary endpoints include percent of patients with greater than 50% and 30% reduction from baseline to Weeks 1, 2, 3 and 4 in the weekly average of the daily pain score.

A trial schema of the Phase 2a LSR clinical trial is provided below:

 

LOGO

Figure 12. ETX-810 Phase 2a LSR trial schema

A total of 122 subjects are planned to be randomized in a 1:1 ratio to the ETX-810 or placebo treatment group. A sample size of 61 subjects per treatment group will provide 80% power to detect a 1.0-point change in the mean change from baseline to Week 4 in the weekly average daily pain score on the pain intensity (PI)-NRS.

We are actively enrolling LSR patients with chronic pain into this clinical trial and expect to have a topline data readout during the first half of 2022.

Future Clinical Trials for ETX-810

Based on the results of our Phase 2a clinical trials, we intend to consult with the FDA about future Phase 2b/3 clinical trials. Our current plan is to initiate Phase 2b dose-range finding trials in both DPNP and LSR indications in the second half of 2022. Beyond these initial indications, we plan to evaluate other opportunities to potentially expand development of ETX-810 through careful consideration of our clinical data, the market and competitive landscape, and correspondence with FDA.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

ETX-155

We are developing ETX-155, a GABAA receptor positive allosteric modulator, or GABAA PAM, for the treatment of patients suffering from MDD, PMD and FOS. The GABAA PAM class has been clinically validated in both depression and epilepsy indications by a variety of different agents in the class. ETX-155 was designed to have broad potency across both synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptor subtypes. ETX-155 has also shown desirable pharmacokinetic properties, including no clinically meaningful food effect and an approximate 24-hour half-life to enable once-a-day-dosing, positioning it favorably within the GABAA PAM therapeutic class. We believe ETX-155’s potent activity across GABAA receptor subtypes and efficacy in preclinical models of epilepsy, depression, and anxiety supports its application in multiple therapeutic settings. We intend to initiate a Phase 1b photosensitive epilepsy trial, which if successful, would support initiating a Phase 2 clinical trial in FOS. We plan to announce topline data from the photosensitive epilepsy trial in the first half of 2022. In addition, in the second half of 2021 we intend to initiate both a Phase 2a clinical trial in patients with MDD and a Phase 2a clinical trial in patients with PMD, with both trials expected to report topline data in the first half of 2023.

GABAA Receptor as a Therapeutic Target for Neurological and Psychiatric Disorders

Gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) is the principal inhibitory neurotransmitter in the central nervous system. Neuronal signaling by GABA via the GABA type A receptor (GABAAR) plays a critical role in a wide range of processes within the CNS. Modulation of the GABAARs via small molecules has been a highly active area of research since their initial discovery in the 1960s. GABAAR is a clinically validated target, with multiple classes of GABAAR-targeted drugs on the market, including benzodiazepines, anesthetics, anticonvulsants, neuroactive steroids (neurosteroids) and barbiturates.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

GABAARs are ligand-gated chloride channels with a pentameric structure composed of α, ß, g and d subunits in a 2:2:1 stoichiometry. GABA-induced chloride influx mediated through GABAARs leads to hyperpolarization of neurons, preventing action potentials and dampening down neuronal excitability. There are six α, three b, two g and d subunits (also rare e, q and p subunits) that assemble to form 19 GABAAR subtypes. The subunit structures, abundance, distribution and drug binding regions of GABAARs are summarized below.

 

LOGO

Figure 13. Mechanism of action of neurosteroid positive allosteric modulators (PAMs) of synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors. Neurosteroid PAMs can bind to and activate both synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors via an allosteric site distinct from the GABA and benzodiazepine binding sites. This potentiates the action of both phasic and tonic inhibitory neurotransmission mediated by GABAA receptors, leading to decreased neuronal excitability. ETX-155 is an investigational neurosteroid with dual potency at synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors.

GABAA Structure and Properties:

 

   

19 GABAA subtypes are differentially expressed in the brain with distinct regional and cellular distribution dependent on subunit compositions

 

   

Of the 19 subtypes, α1 GABAARs are the most abundant (60%), with α2 and α3 less abundant (10-20%) and α4 and α5 GABAARs the least abundant (~5%)

 

   

α1ßg2, α2ßg2 and α3ßg2 subtypes are expressed predominantly in synapses while α4 and α5 GABAARs are primarily extrasynaptic

 

   

The d subunit preferentially pairs with α4, α6 and ß2/3 subunits and these GABAARs are also expressed at extrasynaptic sites

 

   

Benzodiazepines act only on synaptic receptors, inducing short term effects

 

   

Neurosteroids bind to a distinct site on both g and d GABAARs and regulate both synaptic and extrasynaptic neuron functions

The GABAARs are typically clustered opposite GABA-releasing neuronal terminals. The synaptic α1ßg2, α2ßg2 and α3ßg2 subtypes mediate rapid phasic inhibition of nerve action potentials. The extrasynaptic α4, α6

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

and ß2/3 and d subunit-containing GABAARs mediate tonic inhibition, potentially generating a more powerful and broader modulation of cortical neural-network activity that is relevant in multiple CNS disease states and disorders.

Positive allosteric modulators, or PAMs, are substances that bind to a receptor at a distinct site from the primary endogenous ligand and enhance the receptor’s response to the ligand. GABAA PAMs act by enhancing endogenous GABA’s activity at these receptors. Allopregnanolone is an endogenous GABAAPAM and fluctuations in allopregnanolone levels are associated with the pathophysiology of mood, anxiety and other psychiatric disorders. Exogenous neuroactive steroids (neurosteroids) are an emerging class of PAMs with potential for treating complex CNS disorders. ZULRESSO (brexanolone / exogenous allopregnanolone; Sage Therapeutics, Inc.) was approved in 2019 for the treatment of postpartum depression (PPD). Other neurosteroid molecules in clinical development include zuranolone (SAGE-217; Sage Therapeutics, Inc.) for PPD and MDD, ganaxolone (Marinus Pharmaceuticals, Inc) for rare epilepsies and PRAX-114 (Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc.) in MDD and PMD. CVL-865 (Cerevel Therapeutics, Inc.) is also a GABAA PAM in clinical development for epilepsy, but unlike the neurosteroids, CVL-865 binds to the benzodiazepine site of synaptic α2/3/5 GABAAR subtypes. The clinical data generated from these candidates suggest that a GABAA receptor PAM may have potential therapeutic effect in depression and epilepsy. However, pharmacokinetic properties and/or tolerability concerns leave an opportunity for clinical differentiation with ETX-155.

ETX-155 and its Competitive Advantages

ETX-155 is a neurosteroid GABAA PAM NCE designed to have broad potency at synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors (EC50’s of 95 –330 nM). In preclinical studies, ETX-155 showed favorable pharmacokinetic properties and potent activity across several animal models of CNS diseases. Based on these studies, we believe ETX-155 is a promising investigational therapy for treatment of psychiatric mood disorders and focal onset seizures. We believe ETX-155 has several potential advantages that, collectively, differentiate it from other product candidates in the GABAA PAM therapeutic class and could represent a compelling clinical profile.

 

   

Dual synaptic and extrasynaptic activity. ETX-155’s design to bind at the synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAARs is believed to cause enhanced phasic and tonic inhibition, which can lead to decreased neuronal excitability. We believe that both types of inhibition are important for neurosteroid clinical efficacy in depression and epilepsy, as suggested by the positive clinical results of brexanolone and zuranolone in depression and ganaxolone in epilepsy, all of which have dual activity at synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAARs.

 

   

Consistency of effect. Phase 1 clinical trials demonstrate that taking ETX-155 with or without food does not result in a clinically meaningful difference in pharmacokinetics, specifically with the Cmax, and the total drug exposure (AUC). This is a unique characteristic in contrast to other GABAA PAMs such as ganaxolone, brexanolone and zuranolone which are reported to require administration timed with a meal to achieve desired clinical outcomes. Given challenges with patient compliance, we believe the lack of a clinically meaningful food effect is an important patient-centric differentiation that should allow patients the flexibility to take therapy with or without a meal while maintaining a consistent therapeutic exposure.

 

   

Once a day dosing. ETX-155 demonstrated a half-life of approximately 24 to 26 hours which provides confidence the agent can be utilized in a once-a-day evening dosing regimen. We believe this will be a competitively differentiated and favorable dosing regimen for patients. The pharmacokinetic data for ETX-155 compares favorably with other GABA PAM product candidates in development, which have demonstrated half-lives ranging from approximately 2 hours to 18 hours.

 

   

Potential for favorable therapeutic window across a broad set of CNS indications. To date, ETX-155 has shown encouraging safety and tolerability data in its SAD and MAD Phase 1 clinical trials. The exposures attained from the 60 mg dose in our Phase 1 MAD cohorts are consistent with the exposures

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents
 

that led to robust activity of ETX-155 in our preclinical models of depression, anxiety and epilepsy. This increases our confidence that 60 mg has the potential to be an efficacious dose in the indications we are pursuing. Separately, we believe the favorable tolerability data demonstrated in our SAD and MAD clinical trials and the activity observed in preclinical models will support our evaluation of a range of doses to potentially offer physicians different dose levels, allowing for patient-centric dosing.

Major Depressive Disorder (MDD)

MDD is a long-term, sometimes lifelong mood disorder capable of causing severe impairments that interfere with the ability to carry out life activities. MDD is a recurrent disease and follows a fluctuating course of depressive episodes over an individual’s lifetime, with periods of remission and relapse. MDD episodes are characterized by periods of at least two weeks of persistent depressed mood and/or the loss of interest in activities, accompanied by symptoms such as sleep and appetite disturbance, fatigue, concentration difficulty, cognitive impairment, feelings of guilt, agitation and suicidal ideation. The 12-month prevalence of MDD in 2020 was estimated to be 35 million across the major markets of the United States, Europe and Japan. It was also recently reported that serious depression symptoms have increased by more than 3-fold overall during the COVID-19 pandemic, though the long-term impact of the pandemic on the prevalence of MDD remains to be determined.

MDD is difficult to treat, with current approaches utilizing a “trial-and-error” sequential treatment strategy because there are no consistently identified predictors of differential response across treatment modalities. The most used current therapeutic treatments for MDD include mixed SNRIs and SSRIs, dopaminergic/noradrenergic agents and atypical antipsychotics. Nearly two thirds of treated MDD patients are unable to achieve an adequate response with first-line therapy, and most of these initial failures also fail second-line treatment, according to results from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial, the largest prospective clinical trial of MDD treatments, published in 2010. In the major markets of the United States, Europe and Japan there are estimated to be more than 13 million MDD patients who have failed one prior class of antidepressant therapy, and an estimated 3.4 million who have failed two prior classes of antidepressants.

Even for patients deemed responsive, disease burden often persists through the presence of residual depression symptoms that lead to an ongoing negative impact on home life and interpersonal functioning, as well as a significantly increased risk of relapse of the full depressive syndrome and worse comorbid outcomes, including suicide. All the currently available classes of treatment have side effects that can negatively impact treatment outcomes, quality of life and adherence to medication, including weight gain, nausea, sexual dysfunction, fatigue, insomnia and numerous other adverse effects. In addition, typically current therapeutic treatments take up to six weeks before efficacy is established, which exposes patients to additional potential side effects and an increased period of suffering, before it is established if a treatment is working. In part because of the long time to achieve benefit from current antidepressant therapies, many people with MDD opt to stay on their treatment chronically, enduring longer periods of side effects, rather than opting for episodic treatment.

Because MDD is increasingly acknowledged as a fluid spectrum of mood disorders and the patient population is heterogeneous, polypharmacy and treatment-switching strategies that consider a patient’s dynamic course of disease and fluctuating symptoms are becoming more commonplace. There is a need both for novel treatments with alternative mechanisms of action as well as treatments that improve upon liabilities of existing drugs. Importantly, because of patient heterogeneity, switching therapies within a class can lead to improvements in efficacy and tolerability which can be as impactful as switching to a medication in a different class.

Perimenopausal Depression (PMD)

PMD describes the development of depressive symptoms and major depressive episodes in women during the approximately four-to-eight-year period of menopausal transition occurring in women between approximately 45-55 years of age, with an estimated 50 million women worldwide reaching menopause annually.

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

The perimenopausal period is associated with multiple neurologic symptoms believed to be associated with a reduction of estrogen / progesterone production and consequently a disruption of multiple estrogen/progesterone-regulated systems in neuronal circuits.

Various studies have found the prevalence of depression symptoms in women during this perimenopausal period as between 15% and 50%. While women with a prior history of MDD are approximately 2-3 times as likely to experience depressive episodes during the perimenopausal period, this period is associated with a 2-fold increased risk in the development of significant depression symptoms in women with no prior history of MDD.

Proven therapies for MDD are recommended as frontline therapy for perimenopausal major depressive episodes, and there is some evidence that estrogen therapy in perimenopausal patients may have antidepressant effects, though it is not approved to treat perimenopausal depression. As with MDD, currently available anti-depressant / anti-psychotic therapies do not provide the desired efficacy in the majority of perimenopausal women, and these agents continue to have the same tolerability liabilities. Novel treatments, which are safe, well-tolerated and rapidly acting are needed. Antidepressant therapies that can also address other symptoms of perimenopause such as hot flashes, insomnia, pain and decline in cognitive function, all of which may contribute to the development of depressive symptoms, are needed.

The opportunity for GABAA PAMs in the treatment of hormone-related depression has been validated by the clinical success of brexanolone and SAGE-217 in women with PPD, which, like PMD, is also linked to dramatic fluctuations in estrogen / progesterone levels. Brexanolone received FDA approval for the treatment of PPD in 2019 after demonstrating statistically significant and clinically meaningful reductions in the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM-D) score with a 60-hour IV infusion of brexanolone compared to placebo in Phase 3 trials. Similarly, the orally administered GABAA PAM, SAGE-217, demonstrated statistically significant reductions in HAM-D in a Phase 3 trial in women with PPD.

MDD and PMD Unmet Need and Opportunity for ETX-155

Despite numerous antidepressant treatment options, there continues to be an unmet need for antidepressants that provide rapid onset of effect, higher remission rates, efficacy throughout the depressive episode, an improved tolerability profile and an episodic dosing schedule that is aligned with the episodic nature of the disease. A GABAA PAM that potentiates the activity of endogenous neuroactive steroids at GABAA receptors may offer broader and more rapid therapeutic benefit compared to current standard of care antidepressants, potentially enabling effective episodic treatment of depressive episodes as they arise. Further, we believe a GABAA PAM like ETX-155 with the potential differentiated ability to be dosed once a day in the evening with no clinically meaningful food effect could create an exciting commercial opportunity in an attractive, expanding market.

Epilepsy and Focal Onset Seizure

Epilepsy is a chronic CNS condition characterized by recurring seizures arising from hyperexcitable neuronal circuits. The condition encompasses multiple seizure types and syndromes, diverse etiologies and variable prognoses and as such, classification systems have been developed. Classification is made at three levels: seizure type, epilepsy type and syndrome. At each stage, cause and comorbidities should be identified as these can have important therapeutic implications. Most seizures can be categorized as either “focal” or “generalized”, depending on whether the onset of electrical activity affects one side (focal) or both sides (generalized) of the brain.

Epilepsy is the most prevalent chronic brain disease and affects an estimated 50 million people worldwide with over 4.7 million cases in the major markets of the United States, Europe and Japan. FOS (also referred to as focal seizure, partial-onset seizure, or localization-related epilepsy) is a category of seizures that originate from a localized region of the brain and represent the most common seizure disorder encountered in patients with

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

epilepsy. According to the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, about 60% of people with epilepsy experience FOS / partial-onset seizures.

The aim of ASM therapy is to achieve a seizure-free status without debilitating adverse side effects. Current standard of care for epilepsy/FOS is treatment with one or more ASMs in continuous prophylactic schemes. There are approximately 30 ASMs currently approved in the United States, which act via several different mechanisms including sodium/calcium channel inhibition, potassium channel activation and glutamate receptor antagonism, among others. Many approved ASMs have Black Box warnings and/or dose-limiting side effects that can limit the ability to maintain therapeutic dose levels necessary for seizure control, with adverse effects including sedation, ataxia, cognitive impairment, weight gain and agitation. Because of the diversity of mechanisms, polypharmacy of ASMs is common if patients fail first-line therapy or have tolerability issues, with the addition of new drugs to a regimen, or switching to alternative drugs, to provide better seizure control and/or improved tolerability.

Despite the range of treatment options available, approximately one-third of epilepsy patients with focal onset seizures are considered drug-resistant and are either unable to maintain seizure control after three prior ASM therapies, or are unable to tolerate such ASMs. The inability to control seizures may result in severe disability, increased mortality rates and socioeconomic consequences such as lower levels of employment and income and increased direct and indirect healthcare costs. Although seizures are the most striking clinical manifestation of epilepsy, other effects on quality of life arise from common co-morbidities including cognitive dysfunction (e.g., memory, attention, or processing difficulties), sleep disorders, migraines and mental health / mood disorders (e.g., depression and anxiety).

Depression is the most common co-morbidity of epilepsy, with a reported lifetime prevalence of major depression in approximately 30% among individuals with epilepsy. This increased rate of depression may in part be due to the side effects of current ASMs, a comorbidity of epilepsy itself, or a combination of the two.

Focal Onset Seizure Opportunity for ETX-155

By acting as a positive allosteric modulator of GABAARs, ETX-155 is designed to increase the effect of the inhibitory neurotransmitter GABA, potentially leading to anticonvulsant activity. As a result of its preclinical anti-convulsant activity and its potential positive impact on mood, we believe that ETX-155 has the potential to be positioned as a differentiated treatment option in refractory focal onset seizure. A well-tolerated, novel ASM with a favorable efficacy profile in refractory focal onset seizures combined with a positive impact on mood would be a clinically differentiated profile and an attractive alternative for patients.

ETX-155 Preclinical Development

ETX-155: a potent positive allosteric modulator of synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptors

ETX-155 is designed as a neurosteroid GABAAR positive allosteric modulator, and has dual potency at both synaptic and extrasynaptic receptors. Using automated patch clamp electrophysiology against 19 different synaptic and extrasynaptic GABAA receptor subtypes, ETX-155 demonstrated approximately equal potency on all subtypes, with EC50 values ranging from 95 nM to 330 nM including 207 nM and 165 nM EC50 at the most predominant synaptic (α1ß2g2) and extrasynaptic (α4ß3g) subtypes, respectively.

High intrinsic activity, a measure of the potentiation of GABAA currents, was demonstrated across GABAA receptor subtypes, with ETX-155 having an approximately 3 times higher intrinsic activity at extrasynaptic α4ß3g subtype (1530%) vs. synaptic α1ß2g2 (586%).

In our in vitro assessments, the potency and activity of ETX-155 across GABAA subtypes was comparable to that of SAGE-217 and ganaxolone. In contrast, data publicly disclosed by Praxis Precision Medicines reported a selectivity for extrasynaptic versus synaptic GABAA receptors for the GABAA PAM, PRAX-114.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

Preclinical anti-seizure activity

We investigated the preclinical activity of ETX-155 in a pentylenetetrazol (PTZ) induced seizure model and a maximal electroshock (MES) model of epilepsy, which are well-established predictive models for clinical anti-convulsant activity. In these studies, ETX-155’s activity was evaluated in parallel experiments with ganaxolone, another GABAA PAM in development for epilepsy indications, and valproate was used as a positive control. In both the PTZ and MES models, ETX-155 and valproate demonstrated encouraging dose-dependent anticonvulsant activity. The GABAA PAM ganaxolone did not achieve statistically significant efficacy in either model at matched doses up to 10mg/kg.

 

LOGO

Figure 14. Activity of ETX-155, ganaxolone and valproate (positive control) in two preclinical seizure models. (a) Mice were pretreated with control or test article and then were given a bolus intraperitoneal injection of PTZ to induce acute seizures, followed by the observation of the seizure profile and latency times. ETX-155 (at all doses tested) and valproate significantly increased the latency time to the first full tonic seizure. Ganaxolone did not achieve statistical significance in this experiment. (b) The MES model is an electrically-induced acute seizure model of generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Mice were pretreated with control or test article and then were subjected to seizure-inducing electric shock. The magnitude of the resulting seizure was evaluated using a seizure severity ranking from 0 to 6. Valproate and 10 mg/kg of ETX-155 significantly decreased the seizure rank. Ganaxolone did not achieve statistical significance in this experiment.

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents

Preclinical anti-depressant and anxiolytic activity

The activity of ETX-155 was investigated in preclinical models of anxiety and depression. The anxiety models included the elevated plus maze, social interaction and marble burying paradigms. ETX-155 and SAGE-217, another GABAA PAM in development for mood disorder indications, showed a dose-dependent efficacy in all models. As shown in Figure 15a a, ETX-155 and SAGE-217 dose-dependently improved the time spent in open arms (a measure hypothesized to reflect reduced levels of anxiety) in the rat elevated plus maze behavioral model. The forced swim model in rats was used to assess to potential anti-depressant activity of ETX-155 and SAGE-217 (Figure 15b). Both compounds demonstrated a dose-dependent statistically significant efficacy.

 

LOGO

Figure 15. Efficacy of ETX-155 and SAGE-217 in (a) an anxiolytic (elevated plus maze) preclinical model in rats, where the anxiety level is evaluated by the amount of time animals spent in the open arms of a plus-shaped apparatus with two open and two enclosed arms. (b) a depression (forced swim test) model in rats based on the animal’s level of activity (climbing or swimming) when placed in an enclosed container filled with water, where the level of immobility of the animal is hypothesized to indicate a depressive mood.

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

Preclinical EEG model as a biomarker of dose-dependent target engagement

We used electroencephalography (EEG) to investigate the effect of ETX-155 on brain activity in rats. In this model, changes in the EEG spectral power, reflecting a change in cortical neuronal activity, serve as a robust pharmacodynamic biomarker for target engagement with strong translatability from rats to humans. ETX-155 increased spectral power of the theta, alpha, beta, and low gamma frequencies, and decreased the power of the high gamma frequency. Figure 16 below demonstrates the dose-dependent increase in beta power during wake and non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep.

 

LOGO

Figure 16. Effect of ETX-155 (1, 3, 6, or 10 mg/kg) on sleep and cortical activity in rats (n=12, cross-over study design). (a) change in beta spectral power over time during wake stage (b) change in beta spectral power over time during NREM sleep. Animals were dosed at 8pm and EEGs were recorded from 2 hours pre-dose to 22 hours post-dose.

Clinical Development

ETX-155 MAD trials

The MAD portion of our Phase 1 trial enrolled two cohorts of subjects, with 12 participants in each cohort dosed for 7 days. The first cohort was dosed with 60 mg of ETX-155 daily in the morning while fasted while the second cohort was dosed 60 mg of ETX-155 daily in the evening (at approximately 6 PM) after a meal. Both cohorts consisted of nine active subjects and three placebo subjects. In both cohorts, no significant adverse events were seen, there were no subject discontinuations nor were there any clinically significant abnormal values in vital signs, ECGs and clinical labs. However, the 60 mg cohort dosed in the evening experienced fewer adverse events. The advantage of dosing GABAA PAMs in the evening has also been demonstrated with other molecules in clinical development such as SAGE-217, PRAX-114 and ganaxolone.

In our MAD trial, ETX-155 was well tolerated with no dose limiting AEs, no discontinuations and no abnormal clinical values. We believe the safety and tolerability data observed in the MAD trial compare favorably to other GABAA PAMs in clinical development. With respect to pharmacokinetics, during this portion of the trial, ETX-155 did not reach steady-state at day seven and moderate accumulation was seen. Pharmacokinetic modeling suggested that steady-state was likely to be reached shortly after day seven. Therefore, we initiated an additional randomized, placebo-controlled MAD trial in healthy volunteers to further evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of 60 mg per day of ETX-155 when dosed for 14 consecutive days in the evening, including additional pharmacokinetic sampling time points to determine when steady-state is reached. This 14-day MAD trial is expected to read out in the third quarter of 2021.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

Figure 17 below summarizes the adverse events observed of ETX-155’s 7-day MAD clinical trial in healthy volunteers.

 

LOGO

Figure 17. Summary of all treatment emergent adverse events from the MAD portion of the ETX-155 Phase 1 healthy volunteer study evaluating 60 mg ETX-155 dosed either in the morning or in the evening for 7 days.

The trials referred to in Figure 18 below describe the CNS AEs from the ETX-155 MAD clinical trial in healthy volunteers (evening dose cohort only, compared to placebo from both cohorts), and the CNS AEs from the PRAX-114 open-label Phase 2a and the SAGE-217 placebo-controlled Phase 3 clinical studies in MDD. The trials referenced in the figure below were conducted at different points in time using different trial designs, and accordingly, the trial results may not be indicative of the safety or tolerability of these therapies. No head-to-head clinical trials have been conducted with ETX-155 and any other GABAA PAM. We are encouraged by initial tolerability data reported thus far in the Phase 1 MAD trial as compared to other GABAA PAMs currently in clinical development.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 18. (a) CNS AEs from ETX-155 Healthy Volunteer MAD trial, 60 mg evening dose compared to placebo. (b) Publicly reported CNS AEs from SAGE-217 Phase 3 WATERFALL trial in MDD patients, 50 mg evening dose compared to placebo. (c) Publicly reported CNS AEs from PRAX-114 Phase 2a open-label trial in MDD patients, 45 mg, 60 mg, and 80 mg evening dose. ETX-155 has not been assessed in a head-to-head study against either PRAX-114 or SAGE-217 and the trial designs for all three product candidates were different. As a result, such data may not be directly comparable.

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

Our analysis of the plasma concentrations observed for the 60 mg dose of ETX-155 in the 7-day MAD trial found that the mean plasma exposure at day 7 was consistent with the range of exposures where robust activity was observed in our depression, anxiety, anticonvulsant and EEG preclinical models. In addition, the exposures achieved with the 60 mg dose of ETX-155 in the MAD in healthy volunteers are consistent with those modeled for another GABAA PAM, zuranolone (SAGE-217), at the 30 mg and 50 mg dose levels in its MAD trial in healthy volunteers. This observation increases our confidence that the 60 mg dose achieves the necessary level of exposure to potentially be an efficacious dose in the indications we are pursuing. Combined with the favorable tolerability data demonstrated by this dose level in the Phase 1 SAD and MAD, we intend to move forward with this dose into our future clinical trials in patients.

Future clinical trials for ETX-155

We expect to initiate a single-arm proof-of-concept Phase 1b Photosensitive Epilepsy (PSE) trial in the second half of 2021 with topline data by the first half of 2022. Pharmacological effects in photosensitive epilepsy proof-of-concept trials are correlated with a higher likelihood that positive results will be observed in the clinical epilepsy population. As such, it has historically been utilized as a tool to quantitatively predict efficacy at certain dose levels in epilepsy. Assuming the results of this trial are positive, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with focal onset seizures in the first half of 2023.

We expect to initiate a randomized, placebo-controlled, Phase 2a proof-of-concept trial of ETX-155 in moderate-to-severe MDD patients in the second half of 2021 with topline data in the first half of 2023. Further, we expect to initiate a randomized, placebo-controlled, Phase 2a proof-of-concept trial of ETX-155 in patients with PMD in the second half of 2021 with topline data in the first half of 2023.

Preclinical Pipeline

Kv7.2/3 Program for Epilepsy and Pain

Our lead preclinical program is a next-generation Kv7.2/3 channel opener being developed for epilepsy and neuropathic pain. Kv7.2/3 is a heteromeric voltage-gated potassium channel comprised of Kv7.2 and Kv7.3 subunits (Kv7.2/3) that plays an important role in stabilizing the membrane potential of neuronal cells and controlling neuronal excitability. Kv7.2/3 has genetic validation as a target for epilepsy, as loss-of-function mutations in the genes encoding for Kv7.2 and Kv7.3, KCNQ2 and KCNQ3, have been shown to be responsible for a rare epilepsy disorder in newborns that leads to impaired gating of the Kv7.2/3 channel and hyperexcitation of neurons.

In addition to its genetic validation, Kv7.2/3 has been clinically validated as a therapeutic target for both epilepsy and pain. The first generation Kv7 channel opener, ezogabine (Potiga), was approved for refractory focal onset seizures in 2011 in both the United States and in Europe (where it was known as retigabine, or Trobalt). Flupirtine (Katadolon) was another first generation Kv7.2/3 opener that provided clinical validation and has been used in Europe as a treatment for pain since the 1980s. Despite demonstrating compelling efficacy in epilepsy and pain, ezogabine/retigabine and flupirtine were removed from the market in 2017 and 2018, respectively, due to emergent unexpected safety concerns. In the case of ezogabine, an accumulation of blue pigment in the skin and eye was identified, raising concerns of potential vision loss, while flupirtine was associated with severe liver toxicity, including cases of acute liver failure.

We have used a combination of both ligand-based and structure-based design approaches to develop novel Kv7.2/3 opener compounds that potentially eliminate the toxicity liabilities associated with the first generation Kv7.2/3 openers, while retaining strong activity and selectivity. We plan to nominate a clinical candidate from our Kv7.2/3 program in the second half of 2021.

Next-generation Anxiolytic for Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)

Our second preclinical program is focused on developing a novel, potent analog of an earlier approved 2,3-benzodiazepine for the potential treatment of GAD. The aim of our program is to develop a rapidly acting,

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

non-sedating, non-addictive anxiolytic that does not impair motor or cognitive performance, does not have any adverse drug-drug interactions, and has the potential to be dosed once a day. We plan to nominate a clinical candidate for our GAD program in 2022.

Competition

The biotechnology industry is characterized by rapid technological advancement, significant competition and an emphasis on intellectual property. We face potential competition from many different sources, including major and specialty pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, therapeutics and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with current therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective or more convenient or have fewer or less severe side effects than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we do. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting the success of any of our product candidates will include efficacy, safety profile, convenience, cost, the level of branded and generic competition, market access and reimbursement by payors, level of promotional activity devoted to them and intellectual property protection.

DPNP and LSRP

In the field of chronic pain associated with DPN and LSR, our principal competition is from existing therapies including NSAIDs, gabapentinoids, antidepressants, and opioids. Specifically, patients diagnosed with LSR are usually prescribed with NSAIDs, gabapentinoids (e.g., pregabalin, gabapentin), or opioids. DPN patients are often treated with antidepressants (e.g., duloxetine, venlafaxine, amitriptyline and other tricyclic drugs), gabapentinoids, or opioids (e.g., tapentadol HCl). We are aware of a number of therapies that are approved to treat other types of neuropathic pain. We are also aware that various therapies are used off-label to treat neuropathic pain. Our competition may also include other programs in clinical development targeting other mechanisms of actions for the treatment of DPNP and LSRP.

Depression and Epilepsy

In the field of neuroactive steroids focused on modulation of GABAA receptors, our principal competitors are Sage Therapeutics, Inc. developing zuranolone for PPD and MDD, Marinus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. developing ganaxolone for rare epilepsies, and Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. developing PRAX-114 in MDD and PMD. Cerevel Therapeutics, Inc. is also developing a GABAA PAM, CVL-865, for the treatment of epilepsy, but unlike the neurosteroids, CVL-865 reportedly binds to the benzodiazepine site of synaptic α2/3/5 GABAAR subtypes.

For the treatment of depressive disorders, we may also face competition from other programs in clinical development targeting other mechanisms of action and approved therapies for depressive disorders such as mixed serotonin modulators, SNRIs, SSRIs, dopaminergic/noradrenergic agents, and atypical antipsychotics. Several biopharmaceutical companies have therapies in clinical development for depressive disorders targeting other mechanisms of action, including Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Axsome Therapeutics and Compass Pathways.

For the treatment of epilepsy, we may also face competition from a variety of currently marketed therapies such as generic anticonvulsants, sodium channel modulators and benzodiazepines. Additionally, there are next-generation therapies in development harnessing the previously mentioned mechanisms of action, such as XEN901 being co-developed by Xenon Pharmaceuticals and Neurocrine Biosciences. Furthermore, there are multiple compounds that have been recently approved or are in late-stage development for focal onset seizures, including cenobamate, which was developed by SK Life Sciences and was approved by the FDA in November 2019.

We expect to face competition from existing products and products in development for each of our product candidates. In addition to those described above, there may be other earlier stage clinical programs that, if

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

approved, would compete with our product candidates. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we do. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances made in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these fields. Our success will be based in part on our ability to build and actively manage a portfolio of drugs that addresses unmet medical needs and creates value in patient therapy.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates and any associated novel discoveries, drug development technologies and know-how; to operate without infringing on or otherwise violating the proprietary rights of others; and to prevent others from infringing or otherwise violating our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position for our product candidates by, among other methods, filing and acquiring U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications related to our products and other proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

Our intellectual property estate is designed to provide multiple layers of protection, including: (1) patents and patent applications with claims directed to our product candidates; (2) patent applications with claims directed to methods of treatment using our product candidates; and (3) patent applications with claims directed to innovative formulations.

While we seek to cover our product candidates and their use in our issued patents and pending patent applications, there is always a risk that a modification of the product or its use may allow a competitor to avoid infringement claims. In addition, patents, if granted, expire, and we cannot provide any assurance that any patents will be issued from our pending or any future applications or that any issued patents will adequately protect our products.

ETX-810. The compound in this product candidate is covered by a patent family that covers the compound (both generically and specifically) and use of the compound to treat various pain conditions. This patent family includes an issued U.S. patent and pending patent applications in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong and Japan. The European Patent Office recently confirmed that the European patent application will be considered allowable subject to minor modifications. The compound portfolio is expected to expire on October 12, 2037, excluding any patent term extension or adjustments that may be granted. We also filed a priority application in the United Kingdom covering a new process for preparing ETX-810.

We will leverage new discoveries we are making in the research of ETX-810 by filing patent applications thereon to strengthen the breadth and depth of our patent coverage for this product candidate.

ETX-155. Our intellectual property portfolio covering ETX-155 includes an issued U.S. patent with method claims covering use of the composition of matter to treat an anxiety disorder, depression, or a seizure disorder, a pending international patent application under the Paris Cooperation Treaty (PCT) that preserves our future right to file this PCT international application into individual foreign countries and a pending U.S. patent application each having claims covering the composition of matter, and a pending U.S. application with method claims covering use of the composition of matter to treat sleep disorders. We have also received a notice of allowance in the U.S. directed to a formulation of the ETX-155 composition of matter. The issued U.S. patent and any future patents claiming priority thereto are expected to expire in September 2039, excluding any patent term extensions or adjustments that may be granted. Any foreign patents that issue claiming priority to the international application are expected to expire in September 2040. In the last year, we also filed nine U.S. provisional applications covering methods of treatment and formulations of ETX-155.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

We are also working to develop new formulations of ETX-155 and new uses for ETX-155, which we intend to file patent applications on in order to expand the layers of protection provided by our intellectual property estate.

Patent Protection and Terms

Individual patents extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, patents issued from regularly filed applications in the United States are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. In addition, in certain instances, a patent term can be adjusted to recapture a portion of the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), delay in issuing the patent, and extended to recapture a portion of the patent term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period of the drug covered by the patent. However, as to the FDA component, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years, the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval of the drug, and the extension may only apply to one patent that covers the approved drug (and to only those patent claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it). There can be no assurance that any such patent term adjustment or extension will be obtained. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country to country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

Furthermore, the patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical products and processes like those we intend to develop and commercialize are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such patents has emerged to date in the United States. The patent situation outside the United States is even more uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries can diminish our ability to protect our inventions and enforce our intellectual property rights, can make it easier to challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of any patents that may issue, and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents.

Third-Party Patent Filings

Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that our products or proprietary technologies may infringe. Moreover, we may be aware of patent applications, but incorrectly predict the likelihood of those applications issuing with claims of relevance to us.

Under U.S. law, a person may be able to patent a discovery of a new way to use a previously known compound, even if such compound itself is patented, provided the newly discovered use is novel and non-obvious. Such a method-of-use patent, however, if valid, only protects the use of a claimed compound for the specified methods claimed in the patent. This type of patent does not prevent persons from using the compound for any previously known use of the compound. Further, this type of patent does not prevent persons from making and marketing the compound for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method.

Trade Secrets and Other Protections

In addition to the protections afforded by patents and other regulatory protections, we may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. Trade secrets may be useful to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or which we elect not to patent. Trade secrets may also be useful for processes or

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

improvements for which patents are difficult to enforce. We also protect our products and proprietary technology through confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

Infringement of Third-Party Proprietary Rights

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing upon or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could also be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing product or technology. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our products or force us to cease some of our business operations. For more information regarding these risks, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently source all of our nonclinical and clinical compound supply through third-party contract development and manufacturing organizations (CDMOs).

For clinical supply, we use CDMOs who are obligated to act in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMPs), for the manufacture of drug substance and product. We expect to rely on third parties for our manufacturing processes and the production of all clinical supply drug substance and drug product and currently expect to continue to do so for commercial supplies of our product candidates, if approved. We use additional contract manufacturers to fill, label, package, store and distribute our investigational drug products and currently expect to continue to do so for commercial supplies of our product candidates, if approved. It is our intent to identify and qualify additional manufacturers to provide active pharmaceutical ingredient and fill-and-finish services prior to submission of a new drug application (NDA) to the FDA for any product candidates that complete clinical development.

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of prescription drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of drug products and product candidates. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

U.S. Government Regulation of Drug Products

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) and its implementing regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice (DOJ) or other governmental entities.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

Completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice (GLP) regulations;

 

   

Submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug (IND) which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

Approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (GCP), requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

   

Submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

Satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

Satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

   

Payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA, including agreement to compliance with any post-approval requirements; and

 

   

Compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS), and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

Preclinical studies

Before testing any drug or biological product candidate, including our product candidates, in humans, the product candidate must undergo rigorous preclinical testing. Preclinical studies generally include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as animal studies to assess potential toxicity, which support subsequent clinical testing. Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the United States, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

In addition, an IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it initiates at that institution. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration of the clinical trial. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed in some cases for up to two years after the date of completion of the trial.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials are required by the FDA for approval of an NDA.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

intended therapeutic indication, particularly for long-term safety follow up. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points are generally prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor to obtain the FDA’s feedback on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meetings at the end of the Phase 2 trial to discuss Phase 2 clinical results and present plans for the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

Marketing application submission and FDA review and approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA), the FDA has ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity in which to complete its initial review and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date for priority applications.

The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates, and the review process can be extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification and a sponsor’s process to respond to such inquiries. This FDA review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA (for a standard review) because the FDA has approximately two months, or 60 days, after submission to make a “filing” decision on whether to accept an NDA for review.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review and

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

informs the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission whether an application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

Additionally, the FDA may refer any application to an advisory committee, including applications for novel drug candidates that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, which reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan, if it determines that a REMS is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks and to assure the safe use of the drug product. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools. The FDA determines the requirement for a REMS, as well as the specific REMS provisions, on a case-by-case basis. If the FDA concludes a REMS plan is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without a REMS, if required.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, as amended and reauthorized (PREA), certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue either an approval letter or a complete response letter (CRL). An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information and for specific indications. A CRL indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A CRL generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA; it may require additional clinical or preclinical testing and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. If a CRL is issued, the applicant may choose to either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in response to an issued CRL in either two or six months depending

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval. In addition, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could impact the timeline for regulatory approval or otherwise impact ongoing development programs.

Fast track, breakthrough therapy and priority review designations

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited development or review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs include fast-track designation, breakthrough-therapy designation and priority-review designation.

To be eligible for a fast-track designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation provides opportunities for more frequent interactions with the FDA review team to expedite development and review of the product. The FDA may also review sections of the NDA for a fast-track product on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application. The sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast-track status any time before receiving NDA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-NDA meeting. Fast track designation may be withdrawn by the sponsor or rescinded by the FDA if the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

In addition, with the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) in 2012, Congress created a new regulatory program for product candidates designated by FDA as “breakthrough therapies” upon a request made by IND sponsors. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. If the FDA designates a breakthrough therapy, it may take actions appropriate to expedite the development and review of the application, which may include holding meetings with the sponsor and the review team throughout the development of the therapy; providing timely advice to, and interactive communication with, the sponsor regarding the development of the drug to ensure that the development program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable; involving senior managers and experienced review staff, as appropriate, in a collaborative, cross-disciplinary review; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor; and considering alternative clinical trial designs when scientifically appropriate, which may result in smaller trials or more efficient trials that require less time to complete and may minimize the number of patients exposed to a potentially less efficacious treatment. Breakthrough therapy designation comes with all of the benefits of fast-track designation,

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

which means that the sponsor may file sections of the NDA for review on a rolling basis if certain conditions are satisfied, including an agreement with the FDA on the proposed schedule for submission of portions of the application and the payment of applicable user fees before the FDA may initiate a review. Finally, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a drug that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines at the time that the marketing application is submitted, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed drug represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting drug reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, or evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months for an NDA for a new molecular entity from the date of filing. If criteria are not met for priority review, the application for a new molecular entity is subject to the standard FDA review period of ten months after FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review designation does not change the scientific/medical standard for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or the time period for FDA review or approval may not be shortened. Furthermore, fast track designation, priority review and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval and may not ultimately expedite the development or approval process.

U.S. marketing and data exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain follow-on drug applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for a generic or follow-on version of the protected drug product, respectively, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement.

The FDCA also provides three years of data exclusivity when an NDA or a supplement to an existing NDA, includes new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, conducted or sponsored by the applicant that are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or follow-on 505(b)(2) NDAs if the protected clinical data are not referenced. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a stand-alone NDA submitted under section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. However, an applicant submitting a stand-alone NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness, if applicable.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial. The issuance of a written request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials.

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

Post-approval requirements

Following approval of a new prescription drug product, the manufacturer and the approved drug are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to monitoring and recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs must be promoted by a manufacturer and any third parties acting on behalf of a manufacturer only for the approved indications and in a manner consistent with the approved label for the product. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims or changes to the manufacturing processes or facilities, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments where such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval of a drug is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

Restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

Fines, warning letters or other enforcement-related letters or clinical holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

Refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

   

Product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

   

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;

 

   

Mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

 

   

Issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or

 

   

Injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (PDMA) which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution. From time to time, new legislation and regulations may be implemented that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative or regulatory changes will be enacted, or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Other healthcare laws and regulations

Healthcare providers, including physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any drug products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with third-party payors, customers, healthcare providers, physicians and others, in connection with the clinical research, sales, marketing and promotion of products, once approved, and related activities, may expose a pharmaceutical manufacturer to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services and certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business or financial arrangements. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, arrangement, or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The term remuneration has been interpreted broadly to include anything of value. Further, courts have found that if “one purpose” of renumeration is to induce referrals, the federal Anti-Kickback statute is violated. Violations are subject to significant civil and criminal fines and penalties for each violation, plus up to three times the remuneration involved, imprisonment and exclusion from government healthcare programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between biopharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others, on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution;

 

   

the U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act (FCA), which can be enforced through “qui tam” or “whistleblower” actions, and civil monetary penalty laws, which impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal health care programs that are false, fictitious or fraudulent; knowingly making, using, or

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents
 

causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing such an obligation. to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. In addition, a claim submitted for payment to any federal healthcare program that includes items or services that were made as a result of a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. When an entity is determined to have violated the FCA, the government may impose civil fines and penalties for each false claim, plus treble damages, and exclude the entity from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs;

 

   

the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA fraud provisions without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it;

 

   

the U.S. federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), under the Open Payments Program, information related to direct or indirect payments and other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include transfers of value made during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse midwives;

 

   

U.S. federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

   

analogous U.S. state, local and foreign laws and regulations, such as U.S. state anti-kickback, false claims and laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and other relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to file reports with states regarding pricing and marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Efforts to ensure that business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, imprisonment, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to integrity and oversight agreements to resolve allegations of non-compliance, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and the results of operations. In addition, commercialization of any drug product outside the United States will also likely be subject to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business with are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to similar penalties.

Data privacy and security laws

Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of personal information, including health-related information. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including state data breach notification laws, health information privacy laws, including HIPAA, and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act) that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. For example, the California Consumer Protection Act (CCPA) came into effect on January 1, 2020 and provides data privacy rights for consumers and operational requirements for companies. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA), was recently voted into law by California residents. The CPRA significantly amends the CCPA, and imposes additional data protection obligations on covered companies doing business in California, including additional consumer rights processes and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It also creates a new California data protection agency specifically tasked to enforce the law, which would likely result in increased regulatory scrutiny of California businesses in the areas of data protection and security. The substantive requirements for businesses subject to the CPRA will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and become enforceable on July 1, 2023.

The collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data regarding individuals in the EEA, including personal health data, is subject to the European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which became effective in May 2018. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Economic Area (EEA), including the United States, and permits data protection authorities to impose large penalties for violations of the GDPR, including potential fines of up to €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR.

Further, the exit of the United Kingdom (U.K.), from the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the U.K. From January 1, 2021, companies have to comply with the GDPR and also the United Kingdom GDPR, or the U.K. GDPR, which, together with the

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

amended U.K. Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in U.K. national law. The U.K. GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, i.e., fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the U.K. and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how U.K. data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the U.K. will be regulated in the long term. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure. Currently there is a four to six-month grace period agreed in the EU and United Kingdom Trade and Cooperation Agreement, ending June 30, 2021 at the latest, whilst the parties discuss an adequacy decision. The European Commission published a draft adequacy decision on February 19, 2021. If adopted, the decision will enable data transfers from EU member states to the U.K. for a four-year period, subject to subsequent extensions.

Current and future healthcare reform legislation

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and devices and to spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is uncertain. More recently, in August 2017, the FDA Reauthorization Act was signed into law to reauthorize the FDA’s user fee programs and included additional drug and device provisions that build on the Cures Act.

In addition, in both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes regarding the health care system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. For example, in March 2010 the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) was enacted, which substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacted the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, subjected biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars; expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program; introduced a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs; and created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70% pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (BBA), effective as of January 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, administrative, executive and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021 and will remain open through August 15, 2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration with impact the ACA and our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. For example, in August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, CMS may develop new payment and delivery models, such as bundled payment models. There also has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs and biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. It is unclear whether the Biden administration will work to reverse measures that were initiated by the former Trump administration or pursue similar policy initiatives.

At the state level, legislatures in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs.

In the European Union and in other foreign jurisdictions, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or EU member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles that may increase our operating costs.

Legislative and regulatory proposals, and enactment of laws, at the foreign, federal and state levels, directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, will likely continue into the future.

Rest of world regulation

For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing product development, the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing, distribution, marketing approval, advertising and promotion, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Additionally, to the extent that any of our product candidates, once approved, are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or other transfers of value to healthcare professionals.

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents

Additional laws and regulations governing international operations

If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered by U.S. authorities that enforce the FCPA, including DOJ, to be foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

Coverage, pricing and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage, pricing and reimbursement status of any products seeking regulatory approval. Successful commercialization of new drug products depends in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for those drug products will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. The availability of coverage and extent of reimbursement depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of drugs products are paid for by third-party payors, such as government health care programs (e.g., Medicare, Medicaid), health maintenance organizations, managed care providers, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. These third-party payors decide which medications they will pay for and will establish reimbursement levels.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. Third-party payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare determinations. Factors payors consider in determining reimbursement are based on whether the product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents
   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Moreover, the process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. One payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product. Third-party payors may also limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication.

Increasing efforts by third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or comparable regulatory approvals. Additionally, we may also need to provide discounts to purchasers, private health plans or government healthcare programs. Our product candidates, if approved, may nonetheless not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit. We expect to experience pricing pressures from third-party payors in connection with the potential sale of any of our product candidates.

Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products and medical devices will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.

Employees and Human Capital

As of July 30, 2021, we had 15 full-time employees and 10 part-time employees. Of our 25 employees, seven have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and 14 are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include meeting hiring goals, deepening our neurology research and development and public company expertise, integrating new employees, and retaining, incentivizing and developing our existing employees. We provide discretionary cash-based performance bonuses and, in addition, may utilize our equity incentive plan to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards.

Facilities

We lease various operating spaces in the United Kingdom under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements. As of March 31, 2021, our future minimum lease payments under noncancelable lease agreements were $37,000. We intend to lease operating space in the greater Seattle area in late 2021.

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not party to any material legal matters or claims. We may become party to legal matters and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We cannot predict the outcome of any such legal matters or claims, and despite the potential outcomes, the existence thereof may have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information for our executive officers and directors as of July 16, 2021:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Robert Azelby

     53      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Erin M. Lavelle

     43      Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

James B. Bucher

     55      Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D.

     51      Executive Vice President, Research and Development and Chief Scientific Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Andrew Levin, M.D., Ph.D. (3)

     44      Chairman of the Board of Directors

Judith Dunn, Ph.D. (2).

     59      Director

Leone Patterson (1) (3)

     58      Director

Liam Ratcliffe, M.D., Ph.D. (2).

     58      Director

Adam Rosenberg (1) (2)

     51      Director

Simon Tate (1) (3)

     55      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Robert Azelby has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2020. Prior to leading Eliem, Mr. Azelby served as the Chief Executive Officer of Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. (Alder) from June 2018 until its acquisition by H. Lundbeck in 2019. From November 2015 to May 2018, Mr. Azelby served as Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer of Juno Therapeutics, Inc. From June 2012 to October 2015, Mr. Azelby served as Vice President and General Manager, Oncology at Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From October 2010 to May 2012, he served as Amgen’s Vice President, Amgen Oncology Sales. Prior to that, he served in various positions at Amgen, including periods as Vice President, Commercial Effectiveness Unit and General Manager of Amgen Netherlands. Mr. Azelby currently serves on the board of directors of Clovis Oncology, Inc. and he previously served on the board of directors of Alder from June 2018 until November 2019, Cascadian Therapeutics, Inc. from March 2017 to March 2018 until its acquisition by Seagen and Immunomedics Inc. from February 2020 to October 2020 until its acquisition by Gilead. Mr. Azelby holds a B.A. in Economics and Religious Studies from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Azelby is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his daily insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer and his extensive background in the biotechnology industry.

Erin M. Lavelle has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer since October 2020. Prior to joining Eliem, Ms. Lavelle served as the Chief Operating Officer of Alder from April 2018 until February 2020, after its acquisition by H. Lundbeck. From October 2017 to March 2018, Ms. Lavelle served as the General Manager of the Taiwan affiliate of Amgen. From June 2016 to September 2017, Ms. Lavelle served as Executive Director, Japan and Asia-Pacific Commercial Excellence and Digital Health at Amgen. From July 2003 to June 2016, Ms. Lavelle served in roles of increasing responsibility at Amgen, including as Amgen’s Executive Director in the areas of Global Marketing; Global Commercial Finance; and Strategy and Corporate Development. She began her career in 1998 as an investment banker in the healthcare

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

group at Merrill Lynch & Co. Ms. Lavelle currently serves on the board of directors of Neoleukin Therapeutics, Inc. Ms. Lavelle holds a B.A. in Economics from Yale University.

James B. Bucher has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since October 2020. Prior to joining Eliem, Mr. Bucher served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Alder from 2016 until its acquisition by H. Lundbeck in 2019. During 2015, Mr. Bucher served as a consultant providing legal services to several life sciences companies. From 2007 to 2014, Mr. Bucher served as Vice President, Corporate Legal Affairs and Secretary, and as the Corporate Compliance Officer, of Exelixis, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Previously, Mr. Bucher was a partner at the international law firm of Shearman and Sterling LLP, serving with the firm for 16 years. Mr. Bucher holds a J.D. with distinction from Emory University School of Law and a B.A. in Biology from Colgate University.

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D. has served as our Executive Vice President, Research and Development and Chief Scientific Officer since October 2020, and previously as our President and Chief Scientific Officer since April 2019. Prior to joining Eliem, Dr. Morisset was a founding venture partner at Bridge Valley Ventures, where she served from January 2018 until March 2019. In October 2010, she co-founded Convergence Pharmaceuticals, where she established and led the Biology and Translational Medicine team until Biogen’s acquisition of Convergence in 2015. Dr. Morisset subsequently joined Biogen in a senior leadership role. She has worked extensively in the field of drug development for pain and across a number of other therapeutic areas including neurology, psychiatry, gastrointestinal disorders and sensory biology, including during her time at GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) from January 2001 to October 2010. Dr. Morisset holds a degree, a masters and a Ph.D. from the University of Bordeaux.

Non-Employee Directors

Andrew Levin, M.D., Ph.D. is a Co-Founder of Eliem, served as our Chief Executive Officer from October 2018 to October 2020, and has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since February 2019. Since 2015, Dr. Levin has served as a Managing Director on the Investment Team at RA Capital Management, L.P. Previously, Dr. Levin was a Vice President at H.I.G. BioVentures, and prior to that he served as the Director of Pharmaceutical Sciences for the Clinton Health Access Initiative. Dr. Levin holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Princeton University, a Ph.D. in biomedical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. We believe that Dr. Levin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his substantial experience as an investor in early stage biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies, as well as his experience of serving on the board of directors for several biopharmaceutical companies.

Judith Dunn, Ph.D. has been a member of our board of directors since February 2021. Since April 2021, Dr. Dunn has served as President of R&D of Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. From March 2018 to April 2021, Dr. Dunn served as Entrepreneur in Residence at Atlas Ventures. From 2010 to 2018, Dr. Dunn served as Vice President of Clinical Development for F. Hoffmann-La Roche. Dr. Dunn led Psychiatry Clinical Development at Sepracor from 2005 to 2010 and held research and commercial positions at Pfizer from 1997 to 2005. Dr. Dunn holds a B.S. in neurobiology from Wesleyan University and a Ph.D. in Neurobiology from the University of Rochester. We believe that Dr. Dunn is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries and her substantial professional experience.

Leone Patterson has been a member of our board of directors since March 2021. Ms. Patterson currently serves as Chief Financial and Business Officer of Tenaya Therapeutics, Inc., where she leads corporate finance, investor relations, corporate communications, strategy and business development, as well as other operational functions. Ms. Patterson joined Tenaya in June 2021. Prior to joining Tenaya, Ms. Patterson served as President and Chief Financial Officer of Adverum Biotechnologies, Inc., a public clinical-stage gene therapy company. Ms. Patterson joined Adverum in June 2016 as Chief Financial Officer and served as Chief Executive Officer from May 2018 to June 2020, Director from October 2018 to June 2020, and President from December 2019 to June 2021. From 2015 to 2016, Ms. Patterson served as the Chief Financial Officer of Diadexus, Inc., a diagnostics company. Prior

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents

to that, Ms. Patterson was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2012 until it was acquired by Paratek Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2014. From 2010 to 2012, Ms. Patterson served as Vice President and Global Corporate Controller of NetApp, Inc., a data management and storage company. From 2007 to 2010, Ms. Patterson was Vice President of Finance at Exelixis. Before Exelixis, Ms. Patterson served as Vice President of Global Business Planning and Analysis of the vaccines and diagnostics division of Novartis AG, a biopharmaceutical company, from 2006 to 2007. From 1999 to 2006, she held several positions, including Vice President, Corporate Controller, at Chiron, a biotechnology company (now part of Novartis AG). From 1989 to 1999, Ms. Patterson worked in the audit practice of accounting firm KPMG, where she held various positions including Senior Manager. Ms. Patterson currently serves on the board of directors of Nkarta, Inc. Ms. Patterson holds a B.S. in business administration and accounting from Chapman University and an executive M.B.A. from St. Mary’s College. Ms. Patterson is also a Certified Public Accountant (inactive status). We believe that Ms. Patterson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries, her substantial professional experience and the fact that she is a qualified financial expert.

Liam Ratcliffe, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2019. Dr. Ratcliffe has also served as the Head of Biotechnology at Access Industries since April 2019. From September 2008 to April 2019, Dr. Ratcliffe served as Managing Director at New Leaf Venture Partners, where he focused on investing in therapeutics and therapeutic platform companies. Prior to joining New Leaf, Dr. Ratcliffe held various positions of increasing responsibility at Pfizer Inc., a multinational pharmaceutical corporation, including Senior Vice President and Development Head for Neuroscience, and Worldwide Head of Clinical Research and Development. Dr. Ratcliffe currently serves on the board of directors of Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Arvinas, Inc., each a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Ratcliffe previously served on the boards of directors of several biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies, including Unum Therapeutics, Inc., from March 2018 to April 2019, Edge Therapeutics, Inc., from October 2015 to November 2018, and Array Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., from April 2012 to April 2014. Dr. Ratcliffe holds an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.D. and Ph.D. in Immunology from the University of Cape Town, and he completed his internal medicine training and fellowship in Immunology at Groote Schuur Hospital and associated teaching hospitals in Cape Town, South Africa. We believe that Dr. Ratcliffe is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the venture capital industry, medical and scientific background and training, and leadership at various biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Adam Rosenberg was President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Athenen from July 2020 through its merger with Eliem in October 2020, and has been a member of our board of directors since October 2020. Since January 2020, Mr. Rosenberg has served as a Venture Partner at Carnot Pharma, LLC dba RA Ventures. From September 2015 until its acquisition by Alkermes plc in November 2019, Mr. Rosenberg served as President, Chief Executive Officer and member of the board of directors of Rodin Therapeutics. Previously, Mr. Rosenberg served as Chief Executive Officer, member of the board of directors and co-founder of Link Medicine, a company focused on developing disease-modifying neurodegenerative therapies and as Chief Executive Officer, member of the board of directors and co-founder of Teleos Therapeutics, a neuroscience drug discovery platform company. Mr. Rosenberg is currently on the boards of directors of other private, venture-backed companies. Mr. Rosenberg holds a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law, and a B.A. from Whittier College. We believe that Mr. Rosenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the biotechnology industry, particularly in neuroscience.

Simon Tate has been a member of our board of directors since February 2019. Since January 2021, Mr. Tate has served as a managing director at Intermediate Capital Group, plc. From December 2017 to January 2021, Mr. Tate served as a partner at Bridge Valley Ventures. Mr. Tate has spent most of his career working in the fields of pain and neuroscience. He was one of the founders of Convergence Pharmaceuticals, founded in 2010, and served as Chief Scientific Officer and head of R&D until its acquisition in 2015. Following this acquisition, Mr. Tate joined Biogen where he assumed the role of Vice President and Head of the Pain Therapeutic Area. Prior to Convergence, Mr. Tate was Vice President and Head of Pain, Epilepsy, and Migraine Drug Discovery

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

and Early Development at GSK. Mr. Tate holds a master’s degree from the University of Dundee. We believe that Mr. Tate is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience and standing in the neuroscience, pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement, as amended. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director designated by Intermediate Capital Group plc, currently Mr. Tate; (2) one director designated by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., currently Dr. Levin; (3) one director designated by AI ETI LLC, currently Dr. Ratcliffe; (4) our Chief Executive Officer, currently Mr. Azelby; (5) one director designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis, which majority must include the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of (i) Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and (ii) Series redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as separate classes, currently Mr. Rosenberg; and (6) two individuals designated by mutual agreement of RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., Intermediate Capital Group plc and AI ETI LLC, currently Dr. Dunn and Ms. Patterson. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by a resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Mr. Azelby, Mr. Rosenberg and Dr. Dunn, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Ms. Patterson and Mr. Tate, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Dr. Levin and Dr. Ratcliffe, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq), independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that all of our directors except Mr. Azelby, who is our Chief Executive Officer, do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Leone Patterson, Adam Rosenberg and Simon Tate. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Patterson and Mr. Tate satisfy the independence requirements under the Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). We intend to rely on the “phase-in” requirements of Rule 10A-3 and expect that all members of the audit committee shall satisfy such independence requirements within one year of this offering. The chairperson of our audit committee is Leone Patterson. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Patterson is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with our management the adequacy and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

assisting with design and implementation of our risk assessment functions;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions;

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents
   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter, adopted by our board of directors on June 29, 2021, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee currently consists of Liam Ratcliffe, Adam Rosenberg and Judith Dunn. The chairperson of our compensation committee is Liam Ratcliffe. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of the Nasdaq, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management;

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating with the chief executive officer the succession plans for our executive officers.

Our compensation committee operates under a written charter, adopted by our board of directors on June 29, 2021, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Andrew Levin, Leone Patterson and Simon Tate. The chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Andrew Levin. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of the Nasdaq.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents
   

reviewing with our chief executive officer the plans for succession to the offices of our executive officers and make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the selection of appropriate individuals to succeed to these positions;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter, adopted by our board of directors on June 29, 2021, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.eliemtx.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been during our last fiscal year, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In 2020, we did not have an equity-based plan or cash compensation for our non-employee directors, including those who are not affiliated with our large investors. No cash or equity compensation was paid to our non-employee directors during 2020. However, all of our independent directors are entitled to reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

In 2020, in connection with the Athenen Acquisition, Mr. Rosenberg had the vesting of restricted stock awards to purchase 166,969 shares of our common stock accelerated. In 2021, Mr. Rosenberg will be eligible for the non-employee director compensation policy to become effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.

In February 2021, in connection with the election of Dr. Dunn to the board of directors in February 2021, we entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Dunn, which governs the terms of her service as a director. Dr. Dunn’s letter agreement provides that she will be compensated $30,000 annually for her service as a director. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of her letter agreement, in March 2021, we granted to Dr. Dunn an option to purchase 39,198 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.32 per share. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject this option will vest on March 4, 2022, with 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months, subject to Dr. Dunn’s continued association with us as an employee, consultant, officer or director through each applicable vesting date. In April 2021, we granted to Dr. Dunn an option to purchase 15,383 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to this option will vest on April 27, 2022, with 75% of the shares

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents

subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months, subject to Dr. Dunn’s continued association with us as an employee, consultant, officer or director through each applicable vesting date.

In March 2021, in connection with the election of Ms. Patterson to the board of directors in March 2021, we entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Patterson, which governs the terms of her service as a director. Ms. Patterson’s letter agreement provides that she will be compensated $30,000 annually for her service as a director, plus $12,000 annually for her planned service as the Chair of our board of directors’ Audit Committee (paid pro rata to account for Ms. Patterson’s time in this role). Additionally, pursuant to the terms of her letter agreement, in March 2021, we granted to Ms. Patterson an option to purchase 39,198 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.32 per share. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to this option will vest on March 4, 2022, with 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months, subject to Ms. Patterson’s continued association with us as an employee, consultant, officer or director through each applicable vesting date. In April 2021, we granted to Ms. Patterson an option to purchase 15,383 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to this option will vest on April 27, 2022, with 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months, subject to Ms. Patterson’s continued association with us as an employee, consultant, officer or director through each applicable vesting date.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In July 2021, we adopted a non-employee director compensation policy which will become effective upon the closing of the initial public offering and pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Commencing upon our initial public offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000 for serving on our board of directors.

The chairperson of our board of directors will also be entitled to an annual cash retainer of $30,000 in addition to the annual retainer received by non-employee directors for serving as our lead director.

The chairperson and members of the following three committees of our board of directors will be entitled to the following additional annual cash retainers:

 

Board Committee

   Chairperson Fee      Member Fee  

Audit Committee

   $ 15,000      $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee

     10,000        5,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     8,000        4,000  

All annual cash retainers will be payable in equal quarterly installments in arrears, on the last day of each fiscal quarter for which the service occurred, pro-rated based on the number of days served in the applicable fiscal quarter, provided that for the fiscal quarter which includes the closing date of our initial public offering, the cash compensation amounts will be pro-rated based on the number of days served in such fiscal quarter commencing on the closing date of our initial public offering.

Each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors after our initial public offering will receive an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares subject to this option will vest on a monthly basis over 36 months commencing on the grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on each applicable vesting date. Such newly joining director will also receive a prorated initial annual option grant consisting of an option to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined by multiplying 20,000 by the percentage obtained by dividing the

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents

number of calendar days from the date such new director joins us to the date of the next scheduled annual stockholder meeting by the total number of calendar days scheduled to follow the date of the last annual stockholder meeting through the date of the next annual stockholder meeting. Such prorated initial annual option will vest in full on the date immediately preceding the date of next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through such vesting date.

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each continuing non-employee director will receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, vesting on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or the date immediately prior to the next annual stockholder meeting date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the applicable vesting date. The number of shares comprising the initial and annual stock option awards granted under the non-employee director compensation policy is subject to adjustment from time to time as may be determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee acting on its behalf.

The exercise price per share of each stock option granted under the non-employee director compensation policy will be the closing price of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant. Each stock option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of the non-employee director’s continuous service with us. Each stock option and other equity award granted to our non-employee directors is also entitled to immediate vesting acceleration upon a change in control if the non-employee director remains in our continued services through the date of such change in control.

Each non-employee director is subject to an annual director compensation limit. In any one-year period measured as commencing on the date of each annual meeting of shareholders that is held following the closing of our initial public offering and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders, the aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to each non-employee director may not exceed (i) $750,000 in total value or (ii) in the event such non-employee director is first appointed or elected during such annual period, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair market value for financial reporting purposes.

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020, consisting of all persons serving as our principal executive officer in 2020 and our two other most highly compensated officers serving at the end of such year, were:

 

   

Robert Azelby, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Erin M. Lavelle, our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D., our Executive Vice President, R&D and Chief Scientific Officer; and

 

   

Andrew Levin, our former Chief Executive Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Name

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Robert Azelby(3)

     2020        150,000        75,000        —          3,000 (4)      228,000  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                

Erin M. Lavelle(5)

     2020        112,500        50,625        —          2,250 (4)      165,375  

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

                

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D. (6)

     2020        324,128        141,561        408,223        31,458 (7)      905,460  

Executive Vice President, R&D and Chief Scientific Officer

                

Andrew Levin

     2020        —          —          —          —         —    

Former Chief Executive Officer(8)

                

 

(1)

Represents discretionary bonus amounts earned in 2020, which were paid in 2021, based upon our board of directors’ assessment of the achievement of 2020 corporate goals and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Azelby and Ms. Lavelle were each entitled to 100% of their target bonuses, respectively, prorated to reflect a partial year of service. Dr. Morisset does not have a target bonus and her amount was determined at the discretion of our board of directors.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the named executive officer. Instead, the amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value which includes the incremental fair value of the stock option granted to Dr. Morisset including those deemed to have been modified during 2020, under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, which is described in further detail below under “Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2019 Equity Incentive Plan,” computed in accordance with ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Mr. Azelby joined us in October 2020, and the amount reflects payment for a partial year of service.

(4)

Represents the amount of safe-harbor matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

(5)

Ms. Lavelle joined us in October 2020, and the amount reflects payment for a partial year of service.

(6)

Dr. Morisset is employed and compensated by our wholly owned subsidiary, Eliem Therapeutics (UK) Ltd. The dollar amounts shown in this table, except the amounts in the column titled “Option Awards,” reflect the US$ equivalent of the amounts paid to Dr. Morisset in British Pounds. The amounts were converted to U.S. dollars from British Pound using the yearly average exchange rate. Applying this formula, £1.00 was equal to US$1.284.

(7)

Represents the amount of company contributions to a defined contribution pension plan maintained for our employees in the United Kingdom.

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents
(8)

Dr. Levin served as our Chief Executive Officer until October 2020, but he was not our employee during this period and he did not receive any compensation from us during 2020.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020

The following table presents the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2020. All awards were granted under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

                   Option Awards  
     Grant
Date
     Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)(1)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Robert Azelby

     —          —          —         —          —          —    

Erin M. Lavelle

     —          —          —         —          —          —    

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D.

     2/4/2020        4/1/2019        108,604 (2)      152,046      $ 0.002        2/4/2030  

 

(1)

Dr. Morisset’s option award was granted with a per share exercise price equal to the par value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Dr. Morisset was initially granted an option to purchase 68,192 shares of our common stock on September 1, 2019 with an exercise price of $0.0002 per share, but this option was subsequently cancelled and replaced with the option granted on February 4, 2020 that is reflected on this table.

(2)

Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to Dr. Morisset’s option vested on April 1, 2020, with 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months, subject to Dr. Morisset’s continued service with us through each applicable vesting date.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). As an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Pension and Defined Benefit Plan Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any defined benefit retirement plan sponsored by us during 2020.

Health and Welfare Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers. We had no health and welfare benefit plans in place for our U.S.-based employees in 2020.

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Pension Plan

We currently maintain a pension plan for our U.K.-based employees. We have historically contributed 8% of each employee’s annual basic salary as an employer contribution, and in April 2021, we increased this amount to 9%. Employees may choose to also make additional contributions, which, if elected, are deducted from their salaries. We also give back the 13.8% employer National Insurance savings into each employee’s pension plan as an additional contribution. The pension plan is subject to an annual management charge of 0.36% and, in addition to our contributions and any employee contributions, accepts transfers from other schemes.

Employment Arrangements

The employment agreements with our named executive officers generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary, annual target bonus and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans. The key terms of these agreements are described below. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed our standard confidential information, invention assignment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement.

Robert Azelby

In October 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Azelby, which governs the terms of his employment with us. For 2020, Mr. Azelby was entitled to an annual base salary of $600,000, and was eligible to receive a discretionary annual performance bonus with a target amount of 50% of his annual base salary, payable based on the actual achievement of applicable individual and corporate performance goals, as determined by our Board of Directors, and subject to his continued employment in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year. For 2020, Mr. Azelby was eligible for a pro-rated portion of the annual performance bonus, based on his partial year of service. There was no change to Mr. Azelby’s salary for 2021.

In February 2021, pursuant to his employment agreement Mr. Azelby was granted an option to purchase 783,968 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.32 per share. This option vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting in October 2021 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months, subject in each case to Mr. Azelby’s continued employment with us. In April 2021, in accordance with his employment agreement, Mr. Azelby was granted an option to purchase 406,494 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share. This option vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting in April 2022 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months. In the event that our successor in a change of control does not assume or continue the unvested portion of Mr. Azelby’s equity awards and the unvested awards will otherwise terminate, then the unvested portion of Mr. Azelby’s equity awards shall vest in full and become exercisable.

Mr. Azelby is also entitled to receive certain severance benefits under his employment agreement, subject to his execution of a release of claims and continued compliance with the restrictive covenants to which he is bound. If we terminate Mr. Azelby’s employment without cause (as defined in his employment agreement) and other than as a result of his death or disability or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), in each case, prior to our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control (as defined in his employment agreement), then he will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1)

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

12 months of his base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the 12 months following his separation from service; (2) an amount equal to his pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (3) up to 12 months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA; and (4) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based vesting equity awards held by Mr. Azelby that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the 12-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Mr. Azelby’s employment without cause (as defined in his employment) and other than as a result of his death or disability or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), in each case, following our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control, then he will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 24 months of his base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the 24 months following his separation from service; (2) an amount equal to his pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (3) up to 24 months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under COBRA; and (4) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based vesting equity awards held by Mr. Azelby that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the 18-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Mr. Azelby’s employment without cause (as defined in his employment) and other than as a result of his death or disability or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), in each case, in the period commencing three months prior to and ending 12 months following a change in control, then he will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 24 months of his base salary and annual bonus, based on the target amount, paid in a lump sum following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (2) up to 24 months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under COBRA; and (3) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time-based, performance-based or service-based equity awards held by Mr. Azelby will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

Erin M. Lavelle

In October 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Lavelle, which governs the terms of her employment with us. For 2020, Ms. Lavelle was entitled to an annual base salary of $450,000, and is eligible to receive a discretionary annual performance bonus with a target amount of 45% of her annual base salary, payable based on the actual achievement of applicable individual and corporate performance goals, as determined by our Board of Directors, and subject to her continued employment in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year. For 2020, Ms. Lavelle was eligible for a pro-rated portion of the annual performance bonus, based on her partial year of service. There was no change to Ms. Lavelle’s salary for 2021.

In February 2021, pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Lavelle was granted an option to purchase 235,190 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.32 per share. This option vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting in October 2021 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months, subject in each case to Ms. Lavelle’s continued employment with us. In April 2021, in accordance with her employment agreement, Ms. Lavelle was granted an option to purchase 121,948 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share. This option vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting in April 2022 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months. In the event that our successor in a change of control does not assume or continue the unvested portion of Ms. Lavelle’s equity awards and the unvested awards will otherwise terminate, then the unvested portion of Ms. Lavelle’s equity awards shall vest in full and become exercisable.

Ms. Lavelle is also entitled to receive certain severance benefits under her employment agreement, subject to her execution of a release of claims and continued compliance with the restrictive covenants to which she is

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents

bound. If we terminate Ms. Lavelle’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment agreement) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, prior to our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control (as defined in her employment agreement), then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) nine months of her base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the nine months following her separation from service; (2) an amount equal to her pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (3) up to nine months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under COBRA; and (4) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based equity awards held by Ms. Lavelle that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the nine-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Ms. Lavelle’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, following our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control, then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 18 months of her base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the 18 months following her separation from service; (2) an amount equal to her pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (3) up to 18 months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under COBRA; and (4) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based equity awards held by Ms. Lavelle that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the 12-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Ms. Lavelle’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, in the period commencing three months prior to and ending 12 months following a change in control, then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 18 months of her base salary and annual bonus, based on the target amount, paid in a lump sum following the effectiveness of the release of claims; (2) up to 18 months of company paid premiums for continued health benefits under COBRA; and (3) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time-based, performance-based or service-based equity awards held by Ms. Lavelle will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D.

In May 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Morisset, which governs the terms of her employment with us. For 2021, Dr. Morisset is entitled to an annual base salary of £252,350. We will also make annual contributions to the pension scheme offered by the Company for Dr. Morisset’s benefit in an amount equal to 10% of her base salary.

In February 2021, Dr. Morisset was granted an option to purchase 122,381 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.0002 per share. This option vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting in February 2022 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months, subject in each case to Dr. Morisset’s continued employment with us. In June 2021, Dr. Morisset was issued 150,322 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award at a price of $0.0002 per share. This grant vests over a four-year period with 25% of the shares subject to the grant vesting in April 2022 and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months. In the event that our successor in a change of control does not assume or continue the unvested portion of Dr. Morisset’s equity awards and the unvested awards will otherwise terminate, then the unvested portion of Dr. Morisset’s equity awards shall vest in full and become exercisable.

Throughout the term of her employment, Dr. Morisset is also entitled to receive six months’ notice prior to the termination of her employment. If we terminate Dr. Morisset’s employment in our discretion with less than

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents

six months’ notice, Dr. Morisset is entitled to receive a sum equal to her base salary, bonus (if awarded by the board of directors) and the cost to us of any benefits that she would have received during the notice period.

If we terminate Dr. Morisset’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment agreement) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, prior to our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control (as defined in her employment agreement), then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) nine months of her base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the nine months following her separation from service; (2) an amount equal to her pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; and (3) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based equity awards held by Dr. Morisset that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the nine-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Dr. Morisset’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, following our initial public offering and not in connection with a change in control, then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 18 months of her base salary, paid in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the 18 months following her separation from service; (2) an amount equal to her pro rata annual performance bonus, based on the target amount, for the calendar year in which termination occurs, payable on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the effectiveness of the release of claims; and (3) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time or service-based equity awards held by Dr. Morisset that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable in the 12-month period following the termination date will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

If we terminate Dr. Morisset’s employment without cause (as defined in her employment) and other than as a result of her death or disability or if she resigns for good reason (as defined in her employment agreement), in each case, in the period commencing three months prior to and ending 12 months following a change in control, then she will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 18 months of her base salary and annual bonus, based on the target amount, paid in a lump sum following the effectiveness of the release of claims; and (2) the vesting of the unvested portion of any time-based, performance-based or service-based equity awards held by Dr. Morisset will be accelerated and immediately vested as of the termination date.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Our compensation committee adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, in July 2021, and our stockholders approved the 2021 Plan in July 2021. The 2021 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2021 Plan will be the successor to our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2019 Plan, which is described below. Once the 2021 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2019 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based awards and other awards, or collectively, awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards may be granted to our employees, including our officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2021 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed a number of shares equal to 10% of the number of shares

 

- 161 -


Table of Contents

outstanding on the date of the initial public offering plus any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2019 Plan that, on or after our 2021 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are settled in cash; are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price in accordance with the terms of our 2019 Plan. In addition, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2022, and continuing through and including January 1, 2031, by 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board prior to the applicable January 1st. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2021 Plan is the same as the overall share reserve for the 2021 Plan.

Shares issued under our 2021 Plan will be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. Shares subject to awards granted under our 2021 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2021 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under our 2021 Plan.

The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2021 Plan or otherwise during any period commencing on the date of the company’s annual meeting of stockholders for a particular year and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the company’s annual meeting of stockholders for the next subsequent year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director during such period for service on the board of directors, will not exceed $750,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the period in which a non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors, $1,000,000.

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee of our board, may administer our 2021 Plan. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2021 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. We sometimes refer to the board, or the applicable committee with the power to administer our equity incentive Plans, as the administrator. The administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified awards, and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such awards.

The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2021 Plan.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2021 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2021 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement by the administrator.

 

- 162 -


Table of Contents

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that either an exercise of the option or an immediate sale of shares acquired upon exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Options may not be transferred to third-party financial institutions for value. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations, unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, services rendered to us or our affiliates or any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant.

 

- 163 -


Table of Contents

Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2021 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, the compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles.

Other Awards. The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and

 

- 164 -


Table of Contents

maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan; (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2021 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the administrator at the time of grant. Under the 2021 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

In the event of a corporate transaction, the administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (B) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2021 Plan, awards granted under our 2021 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer awards under our 2021 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2021 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2021 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our compensation committee adopted our 2021 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2021 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board and stockholders adopted the 2019 Plan in September 2019. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock awards and stock grants to our employees, consultants, officers or directors. ISOs may be granted only to our employees or employees of our affiliates.

The 2019 Plan will be terminated on the date the 2021 Plan becomes effective. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2019 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan and the applicable award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms.

 

- 165 -


Table of Contents

Authorized Shares. Upon the effective date of the 2021 Plan, we will no longer grant awards under our 2019 Plan. As of March 31, 2021, options to purchase 1,930,474 shares were outstanding and 1,142,082 shares of common stock remained available for future grants under our 2019 Plan. The options outstanding as of March 31, 2021 had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.96 per share.

Plan Administration. Our board or a duly authorized committee of our board administers our 2019 Plan and the awards granted under it.

Acquisitions or Other Combinations of the Company.

In the event we are subject to a change of control, the committee has the discretion to provide for one or more of the following treatments with respect to 2019 Plan awards:

 

   

the assumption, continuation or substitution of the outstanding options;

 

   

acceleration, in whole or in part, of the vesting or exercisability of unvested options or lapse of the risk of forfeiture with respect to awards of restricted stock, to become effective at the time of the transaction or at such time after that the participant’s employment terminates, or at any other time determined by the committee; or

 

   

termination of options that remain outstanding at the time of the transaction; provided that, with respect to any vested options, the committee must provide at least five (5) days written notice of such potential termination, or otherwise provide consideration to the holders of vested options equal to the consideration received in the transaction per share over the exercise price of the option.

Transferability. Except as otherwise permitted by the administrator and the 2019 Plan terms, a participant may not transfer awards under our 2019 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution.

Plan Amendment or Termination. The board of directors has the authority to terminate our 2019 Plan at any time, provided that outstanding awards will survive such termination unless the holder agrees in writing to terminate the award. The board of directors also has the authority to amend our 2019 Plan, subject to certain limitations, and provided that certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders. As described above, our 2019 Plan will be terminated upon the effective date of the 2021 Plan so that no future awards will be granted under the 2019 Plan following the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our compensation committee and our stockholders adopted our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) in July 2021. The ESPP will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow our eligible U.S. employees to purchase common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. In addition, purchase rights may be granted under a component that does not qualify for such favorable tax treatment when necessary or appropriate to permit participation by our eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is equal to 1% of the number of shares outstanding on the date of our initial public offering. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2022 and continuing through and including January 1, 2031, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year or (2) a number of shares determined by our board. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

 

- 166 -


Table of Contents

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our ESPP to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings with specific terms approved by the administrator and under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of common stock will be purchased for our eligible employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the initial offering will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of common stock, or (2) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. The administrator has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any

 

- 167 -


Table of Contents

outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan,

 

- 168 -


Table of Contents

a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the end of the 180th day after the date of execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering (subject to potential early release or termination without notice), the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with SVB Leerink LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. on behalf of the underwriters.

 

- 169 -


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2018, to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Preferred Stock Financings

In February 2019, we issued an aggregate of 2,040,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $12.2 million. In October 2019, we issued an additional 677,082 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.00 per share, for aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.1 million.

In October 2019, we issued 1,282,051 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $7.80, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. In October 2020, we issued an aggregate of 641,024 shares of our Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.80 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million. In March 2021, we issued 4,358,972 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.80 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $34.0 million. In May 2021, we issued 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $15.60 per share, for an aggregate purchase amount of approximately $60.0 million.

The following table summarizes the Series A, Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, their affiliated entities and our directors. None of our executive officers purchased shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Series A-1
Preferred
Stock
     Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

AI ETI LLC(1)

     —          3,568,375        641,025      $ 37,833,323  

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (RAH)(2)

     1,036,250        1,415,002        673,076      $ 27,254,516  

LifeArc(3)

     1,333,333        —          128,205      $ 9,999,999  

ICG Life Sciences SCSp(3)

     —          614,025        961,538      $ 19,999,999  

RA Capital Nexus Fund, L.P. (RACN)(2)

     83,333        518,164        —        $ 4,541,684  

RA Capital Nexus Fund II, L.P. (RACN II)(2)

     —          —          288,461      $ 4,499,999  

Blackwell Partners LLC–Series A (BP)(2)

     213,750        139,481        —        $ 2,370,456  

 

(1)

Liam Ratcliffe, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of AI ETI LLC.

(2)

Andrew Levin, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of RA Capital Management, L.P. (RACM), the investment manager for RAH, RACN and RACN II. RACM is also the investment manager for BP, a separately managed account.

(3)

Simon Tate, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Intermediate Capital Group plc. Prior to his affiliation with Intermediate Capital Group plc, Mr. Tate was an affiliate of LifeArc.

Upon the closing of this offering, each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. For a description of the material rights and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, see Note 5 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 170 -


Table of Contents

Investor Rights Agreement

In October 2020, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or IRA, as amended in March 2021, with certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, including entities affiliated with our directors. The IRA provides the holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Simon Tate, Andrew Levin and Liam Ratcliffe are affiliated with Intermediate Capital Group plc, RA Capital Management, L.P. and AI ETI LLC, respectively. The IRA also provides these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of this offering. After the closing of this offering, the holders of 18,345,278 shares of common stock issuable on conversion of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act under this agreement. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Relationship with Carnot, LLC

In October 2018, we entered into a services agreement with Carnot, LLC (along with its successor agreements, the Carnot Agreement). Under the terms of the Carnot Agreement, Carnot Pharma, LLC provides research and services related to our drug discovery, research and development programs and we compensate Carnot Pharma, LLC for the time its personnel devote to such efforts. The Carnot Agreement is terminable by either party without cause on thirty days’ written notice. Carnot, LLC was subsequently dissolved and the services agreement transitioned to its successor Carnot Pharma, LLC. During 2018, 2019, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, we made payments to Carnot, LLC and Carnot Pharma, LLC of $0.6 million, $1.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for research and development expenses. RACM is the manager of the members of Carnot Pharma, LLC and Andrew Levin, our former CEO and a member of our board of directors, is the President of Carnot Pharma, LLC. Adam Rosenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner at Carnot Pharma, LLC, dba RA Ventures.

Asset Acquisitions with Related Parties

In February 2019, we acquired 100% of the share capital of NeoKera, LLC for 83,333 shares of common stock valued at $1.50 per share. In June 2020, we determined to discontinue further development and dissolve NeoKera, LLC. Concurrent with the acquisition of NeoKera in February 2019, we acquired in process research and development from Carnot, LLC related to ETX-810. We issued 1.75 million shares of common stock, valued at $1.50 per share, to acquire the assets. At the time of these acquisitions, RACM was a manager of the members of NeoKera, LLC and Carnot, LLC, and Andrew Levin, a member of our board or directors, was our Chief Executive Officer and was the President of Carnot, LLC.

In October 2020, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc. for a one-for-one exchange of outstanding preferred and common stock. As a result, we issued a total of 2.5 million Series A preferred shares and 1.55 million shares of common stock, valued at $5.80 per share and $1.32 per share, respectively. The IPR&D acquired in this transaction will enable us to develop ETX-155. RAH, RACN and BP were greater than 5% stockholders of Athenen prior to the acquisition.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements and offer letters with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements.”

 

- 171 -


Table of Contents

Equity Grants

We have granted options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the options granted to our directors and named executive officers, see the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board.

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares (the reserved shares) offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our executive officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. In addition, the transfer restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and in “Underwriting” apply to any reserved shares purchased in the directed share program by our executive officers and current securityholders, and other participants in the directed share program will also be required to enter into a 180 day lock-up agreement relating to the reserved shares so purchased. Any reserved shares that are not purchased through the directed share program will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and a related person were or will be participants and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness and guarantees of indebtedness. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances as appropriate, such as the purpose of the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction, management’s recommendation with respect to the proposed related person transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

- 172 -


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2021, for:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 18,916,351 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2021, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares in full. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2021. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares. The percentage ownership information does not reflect any potential purchases pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise of any shares of common stock in this offering by the beneficial owners identified in the table below.

 

- 173 -


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Eliem Therapeutics, 23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125, Redmond, WA 98053. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before Offering     After Offering  

5% Stockholders

       

Entities affiliated with RA Capital(1)

     9,950,849        52.6                           

LifeArc(2)

     1,461,538        7.7  

AI ETI LLC(3)

     4,209,400        22.3  

ICG Life Sciences SCSp(4)

     1,602,563        8.5  

Directors and Executive Officers

       

Robert Azelby

     —          *    

Erin M. Lavelle

     —          *    

Valerie Morisset, Ph.D. (5)

     293,231        1.5  

Andrew Levin, M.D., Ph.D.

     —          *    

Judith Dunn, Ph.D.

     —          *    

Leone Patterson

     —          *    

Liam Ratcliffe, M.D., Ph.D.

     —          *    

Adam Rosenberg(6)

     178,100        *    

Simon Tate

     —          *    

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)(7)

     471,331        2.5  

 

 *

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of: (i) 7,594,804 shares of common stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (RA Healthcare); (ii) 1,226,497 shares of common stock held by RA Capital Nexus Fund, L.P. (Nexus Fund); (iii) 841,087 shares of common stock, held by Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A (Blackwell) and (iv) 288,461 shares of common stock held by RA Capital Nexus Fund II, L.P. (Nexus Fund II). RA Capital Management, L.P. (RACM) is the investment manager for RA Healthcare, Nexus Fund, Blackwell, and Nexus Fund II. The general partner of RACM is RA Capital Management GP, LLC. The general partner of RA Healthcare is RA Capital Healthcare Fund GP, LLC. The general partner of Nexus Fund is RA Capital Nexus Fund GP, LLC. The general partner of Nexus Fund II is RA Capital Nexus Fund II GP, LLC. Peter Kolchinsky and Rajeev Shah are the managing members of RA Capital Management GP, LLC, RA Capital Healthcare Fund GP, LLC, RA Capital Nexus Fund GP, LLC, and RA Capital Nexus Fund II GP, LLC and have the power to vote or dispose of the shares held by RA Healthcare, Nexus Fund, Blackwell and Nexus Fund II. The address of the persons and entities listed above is 200 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(2)

Consists of 1,461,538 shares of common stock held by LifeArc. The board of trustees are responsible for the general control and management of the administration of LifeArc, including the exercise of any voting or other rights attaching to its shares in Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. The board of trustees of LifeArc are John Stageman, Daniel Morgan, David Zahn, Paul Mussenden, Aisling Burnand, Mike Romanos, Melanie Lee, Les Hughes, Lynne Robb, Andrew Mercieca and Jo Pisani. The address of LifeArc is Lynton House, 7-12 Tavistock Square, London, WC1H 9LT United Kingdom.

(3)

Consists of 4,209,400 shares of common stock owned directly by AI ETI LLC and that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Access Industries Holdings LLC (“AIH”), Access Industries Management, LLC (“AIM”) and Len Blavatnik because (i) AIH indirectly controls all of the outstanding voting interests in AI ETI LLC, (ii) AIM controls AIH and (iii) Mr. Blavatnik controls AIM and holds a majority of the outstanding voting interests in AIH. Liam Ratcliffe, a member of our board of directors, is Head of Biotechnology at Access Industries, Inc., which is an affiliate of AI ETI LLC. Each of AIM, AIH, Mr. Blavatnik and Mr. Ratcliffe, and each of their affiliated entities and the officers, partners, members and managers thereof, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by AI ETI LLC. The address of AI ETI LLC is c/o Access Industries, Inc., 40 West 57th Street, 28th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(4)

Consist of 1,602,563 shares of stock held by ICG Life Sciences SCSp (ICG). ICG is indirectly, wholly owned by Intermediate Capital Group PLC which is deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record of ICG. The address of the entities listed above is Procession House, 55 Ludgate Hill, London EC4M 7JW.

 

- 174 -


Table of Contents
(5)

Consists of 293,231 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2021.

(6)

Consists of 178,100 shares of common stock held directly.

(7)

Consists of: (i) 178,100 shares of common stock directly or indirectly held by all current executive officers and directors as a group; and (ii) 293,231 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2021.

 

- 175 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of March 31, 2021, there were 3,612,947 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held by 21 stockholders of record.

As of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to the conversion of all 15,345,279 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, into an equal number of shares of common stock, there would have been 18,958,226 shares of common stock outstanding, held by 25 stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

 

- 176 -


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2021, there were 15,345,279 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, which includes 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021. Upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. Any issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. No shares of preferred stock will be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2021, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,930,474 shares of common stock were outstanding. As of March 31, 2021, 1,142,082 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Registration Rights

We are party to the IRA which provides various rights to certain holders of shares of common stock, including those shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the IRA and are described in additional detail below. We, along with AI ETI LLC, RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., RA Capital Nexus Fund, L.P., Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A and Intermediate Group PLC, as well as other stockholders, are parties to the IRA. We entered into the IRA in connection with the issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in October 2020. The following summary discusses certain material provisions of the IRA and is qualified by the full text of the agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Certain stockholders who are party to the IRA have waived their registration rights and the registration rights of the other stockholders who are party to the IRA, in each case, with respect to this offering.

The registration of shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, if we determine in good faith in consultation with the underwriters, we have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate on the date five years following the closing of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2021, the holders of an aggregate of 18,345,278 shares of common stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, including common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred

 

- 177 -


Table of Contents

stock upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, upon the written request of the holders of more than 75% of our registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would exceed $15.0 million we are obligated to register the sale of all registrable securities that the holders may request in writing to be registered. We are required to effect no more than two registration statements that are declared or ordered effective. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days twice in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be materially detrimental to us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2021, the holders of an aggregate of 18,345,278 shares of common stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, including common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for public sale, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, we will also have to register all registrable securities that the holders of such securities request in writing be registered. This piggyback registration right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our stock plans, stock purchase or similar plan, a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities. We, based on consultation with the underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if the underwriters determine that including all registrable securities will jeopardize the success of the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2021, the holders of an aggregate of 18,345,278 shares of common stock, which includes the conversion of the 3,846,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in May 2021, including common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain registration rights on Form S-3. The holders of these shares, constituting more than 10% of our registrable securities then outstanding, can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is in excess of $5.0 million. We are required to effect no more than two Form S-3 registration statements that are declared or ordered effective in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days not more than twice in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be materially detrimental to us. The foregoing Form S-3 rights are subject to a number of additional exceptions and limitations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons

 

- 178 -


Table of Contents
 

who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to Be in Effect upon the Closing of This Offering

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

 

   

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

- 179 -


Table of Contents
   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (5) any action as to which the Delaware General Corporate Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Such provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, employees and agents, including the underwriters and any other professional or entity who has prepared or certified any part of this prospectus. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provisions described above, it is possible that a court could find one or more of these provisions inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable. Further, notwithstanding anything in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and regulations thereunder. The choice of forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

- 180 -


Table of Contents

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope described above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a Foreign Action), in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims or make such lawsuits more costly for stockholders, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ELYM.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon the closing of this offering will be the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and the telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

- 181 -


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely impact the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 (including shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have an aggregate of 23,458,226 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market stand-off provisions in agreements with us. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up and market stand-off agreements described below.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may also be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition, investment or other transaction.

In addition, shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements described below, and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below. Beginning 90 days

 

- 182 -


Table of Contents

after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 234,582 shares immediately after this offering based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021;

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale; or

 

   

provided in each case that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below and in “Underwriting.”

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under the 2019 Plan, the 2021 Plan and the ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions as detailed further in “Underwriting” below, we or they will not, except with the prior written consent of SVB Leerink LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C., offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. All of our optionholders are subject to a market stand-off agreement with us which imposes similar restrictions.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

- 183 -


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up and market stand-off restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2021, holders of an aggregate of 18,345,278 shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, or their transferees, 2,999,999 shares of common stock already outstanding, are entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares subsequently purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

- 184 -


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, and does not address foreign, state and local tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or the treatment of person subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, or U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, estate and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

- 185 -


Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under such treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant income tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of an income tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The Non-U.S. Holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and does not timely file the required certification, the Non-U.S. Holder may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net-income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our interests in U.S. real property interests comprise at least half of the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our worldwide real property interests. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real

 

- 186 -


Table of Contents

property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market as defined for purposes of applicable Treasury Regulations. There can be no assurance that our common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on a Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and such Non-U.S. Holder’s ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, the Non-U.S. Holder will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the relevant provisions under any applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Gain described in (b) above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any distributions we pay on our common stock (even if the payments are exempt from withholding), including the amount of any such distributions, the name and address of the recipient and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the Non-U.S. Holder to whom any such distributions are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%). U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-ECI (as applicable), or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payer has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the beneficial owner is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

- 187 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify those requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.

The withholding provisions described above currently apply to payments of dividends. The U.S. Treasury Department has released proposed Treasury Regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

- 188 -


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

SVB Leerink LLC, Evercore Group L.L.C., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Guggenheim Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

SVB Leerink LLC

                           

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Guggenheim Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts and Commissions

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     Without Option      With Option  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $2,750,000. We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $50,000.

 

- 189 -


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 675,000 additional shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of SVB Leerink LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The lock-up provisions apply to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the lock-up agreement or for which the person executing the lock-up agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares (the reserved shares) offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our executive officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. In addition, the transfer restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters referred to above apply to any reserved shares purchased in the directed share program by our executive officers and current securityholders, and other participants in the directed share program will also be required to enter into a 180 day lock-up agreement relating to the reserved shares so purchased. Any reserved shares that are not purchased through the directed share program will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ELYM.”

 

- 190 -


Table of Contents

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares granted to them under the underwriting agreement described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

- 191 -


Table of Contents

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

 

  i.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  ii.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  iii.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

 

- 192 -


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  i.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  ii.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  iii.

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the (FSMA),

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

- 193 -


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Seattle, Washington. Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have submitted with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.eliemtx.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

- 194 -


Table of Contents

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-27  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-28  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-29  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-30  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-31  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

May 12, 2021, except for the effects of the reverse stock split discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is August 2, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Assets

    

Cash

   $ 21,223     $ 20,487  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     60       1,511  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     21,283       21,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term assets

     112       2,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 21,395     $ 24,631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 647     $ 1,086  

Accounts payable, related party

     64       207  

Accrued expenses

     72       1,219  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     —         551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     783       3,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     783       3,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 3,999,135 and 12,909,389 shares authorized, 3,999,133 and 7,140,157 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $27,444 and $49,891 at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     26,174       46,551  

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 13,100,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized and 1,852,797 and 3,418,751 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,905       3,152  

Accumulated deficit

     (7,468     (28,136
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (5,562     (24,983
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 21,395     $ 24,631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 2,517     $ 8,769  

Research and development, related party

     1,502       573  

In-process research and development

     2,750       9,158  

General and administrative

     677       2,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,446       20,925  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,446     (20,925
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     914       —    

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     (15     257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     899       257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (6,547   $ (20,668

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value and cumulative preferred stock dividends

     (844     (2,285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,391   $ (22,953
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.45   $ (10.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     1,660,984       2,187,813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —       $ (921   $ (921

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of tranche liability of $1,510

    2,717,082       14,793       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $59

    1,282,051       9,941       —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability upon settlement

    —         596       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of in-process research and development from a related party

    —         —         1,833,332       1       2,749       —         2,750  

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    —         —         19,465       —         —         —         —    

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         844       —         —         (844       (844

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (6,547     (6,547
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    3,999,133     $ 26,174       1,852,797     $ 1     $ 1,905     $ (7,468   $ (5,562
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock for the acquisition of in-process research and development from a related party

    2,500,000       14,500       1,527,528       —         2,043       —         2,043  

Issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $75 and preferred stock tranche liability of $551

    641,024       4,374       —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         1,503       —         —         (1,503     —         (1,503

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    —         —         38,426       —         —         —         —    

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         707       —         707  

Net loss

          —         —         —         (20,668     (20,668
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

    7,140,157     $ 46,551       3,418,751     $ 1     $ 3,152     $ (28,136   $ (24,983
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     As of December 31,  
        2019           2020     

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (6,547   $ (20,668

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     —         707  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     (914     —    

Non-cash acquisition of in-process research and development

     2,750       9,158  

Foreign currency loss (gain) from remeasurement

     12       (359

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (61     (1,352

Long term assets

     (108     (2,524

Accounts payable

     568       (167

Accounts payable, related party

     (551     143  

Accrued liabilities

     (157     964  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (5,008   $ (14,098

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Assets acquired in asset acquisition including cash

     —         8,279  

Cash used for purchase of in-process research and development from a related party

     —         (201
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

   $ —       $ 8,078  

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and related tranche rights, net of issuance costs

     26,243       4,925  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 26,243     $ 4,925  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (12     359  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     21,223       (736

Cash at beginning of period

     —         21,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $   21,223     $ 20,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock accretion

   $ 844     $ 1,503  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for neuronal excitability disorders to address unmet needs in chronic pain, neuropsychiatry, epilepsy and other disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems. Headquartered in Redmond, Washington, the Company was incorporated on October 18, 2018 as a Delaware corporation.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred net losses of $6.5 million and $20.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $7.5 million and $28.1 million, respectively. To date, none of the Company’s product candidates have been approved for sale and therefore the Company has not generated any revenue from product sales. The Company’s operations have been funded primarily through issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the Company has experienced negative cash flows. The Company will need to finance operations by obtaining additional capital through debt or equity financing or other capital sources, which could include income from collaborations, strategic partnerships or other strategic arrangements. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing or other capital sources on terms acceptable to the Company.

The Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after May 12, 2021, the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. Management believes the recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, and the fact that Management’s plans to obtain additional capital have not yet been completed, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Key management estimates include those related to the valuation of assets acquired, accrual of research and development expenses, the valuation of stock-based awards, the valuation of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liabilities. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. The Company’s cash are held by one financial institution in the United States (U.S.) and one financial institution in the United Kingdom (U.K.). The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships. The Company’s deposits held in the U.S. and U.K. may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation and Financial Services Compensation Scheme, respectively, insured limits.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, development by competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, dependence on key personnel, reliance on single-source vendors and collaborators, availability of raw materials, patentability of the Company’s products and processes and clinical efficacy and safety of the Company’s products under development, compliance with government regulations and the need to obtain additional financing to fund operations. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical studies, clinical trials and regulatory approval, prior to commercialization. These efforts will require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel infrastructure and extensive compliance and reporting.

There can be no assurance that the Company’s research and development will be successfully completed, that adequate protection for the Company’s intellectual property will be obtained or maintained, that any products developed will obtain necessary government regulatory approval or that any approved products will be commercially viable. Even if the Company’s product development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will generate revenue from product sales. The Company operates in an environment of rapid technological change and substantial competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. In addition, the Company is dependent upon the services of its employees, consultants and other third parties.

Moreover, the current COVID-19 pandemic, which is impacting worldwide economic activity, poses risk that the Company or its employees, contractors, suppliers, and other partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time which may delay the start-up and conduct of the Company’s clinical trials, and negatively impact manufacturing and testing activities performed by third parties. Any significant delays may impact the use and sufficiency of the Company’s existing cash reserves, and the Company may be required to raise additional capital earlier than it had previously planned. The Company may be unable to raise additional capital if and when needed, which may result in delays or suspension of its development plans. The extent to which the pandemic will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

Segments

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (the CODM). The Company’s CODM is its chief executive officer who reviews financial information together with certain operating metrics principally to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance. Management has determined that the Company operates as a single operating and reportable segment. The Company’s CODM evaluates financial information on a consolidated basis. As the Company operates as one operating segment, all required segment financial information is found in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less from the purchase date to be cash equivalents. All funds are held in cash accounts and the Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Asset Acquisitions

In accordance with the guidance in Topic 805, Business Combinations, in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), the Company evaluates acquisitions of assets and related liabilities and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen test is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen test is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not the Company has acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the requirements of a business.

The Company accounts for an asset acquisition by recognizing net assets based on the cost to the acquiring entity on a relative fair value basis, which includes transaction costs in addition to consideration given. Goodwill is not recognized in an asset acquisition; any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated to the non-monetary identifiable assets and liabilities assumed based on relative fair values. In-process research and development acquired in an asset acquisition is expensed provided there is no alternative future use.

Fair Value Measurement

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company measures fair value based on a three-tier hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1—   Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2—   Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the assets or liabilities. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 for any of the periods presented.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurements at         
  

 

     December 31, 2020 Using:         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 551      $ 551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ 551      $ 551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs consist primarily of research and development services and, to a lesser extent, salaries, benefits, and other personnel related costs, including stock-based compensation, professional service fees and facility and other related costs partially offset by fully refundable research and development tax credits and a federal grant received. The Company recognizes the benefit of refundable research and development tax credits as a reduction of research and development expenses when there is reasonable assurance that the amount claimed will be recovered.

Research and development expenses includes estimates of the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. Management estimates accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known at that time. At the end of each period, the accuracy of these estimates is confirmed with the service providers and make adjustments, if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include those related to fees paid to:

 

   

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities;

 

   

Contract research organizations (CROs) in connection with preclinical studies and clinical trials; and

 

   

Contract development and manufacturing organizations (CDMOs) in connection with the production of preclinical and clinical trial materials.

All research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred, based on the estimates of the services received and efforts expended considering a number of factors, including, progress towards completion of the research, development and manufacturing activities, invoicing to date under the contracts, communication from the CROs, CDMOs and other companies of any actual costs incurred during the period that have not yet been invoiced and the costs included in the contracts and purchase orders. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which advance payments are made or payments made to vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred and include employee-related expenses including salaries, benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation for the Company’s personnel in executive, finance and accounting, and other administrative functions, as well as fees paid for legal, accounting and tax services, and consulting fees not otherwise included in research and development expense. Legal costs include general corporate legal fees and patent costs.

Accretion and Classification of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets because the holders of such shares have liquidation rights in the event of a deemed liquidation

 

F-10


Table of Contents

that, in certain situations, are not solely within the control of the Company and would require the redemption of the then-outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock had the option to redeem their shares beginning in October 2026. As a result, these shares were considered probable of becoming redeemable since the redemption option depends solely on the passage of time. The Company accreted changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of October 2026. In October 2020, the Company amended the terms of its Certificate of Incorporation to remove the redemption option of their Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, which was accounted for as a modification, and the Company ceased accretion.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The Company’s Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock includes tranche rights that were determined to be freestanding financial instruments that should be accounted for as a liability at fair value (Note 6). This redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is revalued at each reporting period until settlement with changes in the fair value recorded as a change in redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Upon the closing of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, the redeemable convertible preferred stock purchase rights liability is extinguished, and the mark-to-market fair value of the liability is included in the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock issued.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards granted to employees, non-employee directors, consultants and independent advisors based on the estimated grant date fair value of the awards. For awards with only service conditions, including stock options and restricted stock awards, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. For awards that include performance conditions, compensation expense is not recognized until the performance condition is probable to occur. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgements about the variables used in the calculations, including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. As the stock-based compensation is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced by forfeitures, which the Company accounts for as they occur.

Fair Value of Common Stock

As there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock to date, the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock has been determined by the board of directors as of the date of each option grant with input from management, considering the most recently available third-party valuation of common stock, and the board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. Management believes that the board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine fair value of the common stock. Third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Management has considered numerous factors in determining the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including the following:

 

   

valuations performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

   

the Company’s operating results, financial position, and capital resources;

 

   

the Company’s stage of development and material risks related to its business;

 

F-11


Table of Contents
   

the progress of the Company’s research and development programs;

 

   

business conditions and projects;

 

   

the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock and its redeemable convertible preferred stock as a private company;

 

   

the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of the Company’s common stock;

 

   

the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biotechnology industry;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for securityholders, such as an initial public offering or a sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel and the experience of management;

 

   

trends and developments in the industry; and

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

For valuations performed in 2019 and 2020, in accordance with the Practice Aid, the Company determined that the option pricing method (OPM) was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of its common stock based on its stage of development and other relevant factors.

The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the enterprise value. Total enterprise value is allocated to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes closed form option pricing model is employed in this analysis, with an option term assumption that is consistent with the expected time to a liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimates, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if the Company had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of its common stock and stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts or existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of enactment. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities, based on the merits of the position. The

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. To date, there have been no interest or penalties charged in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities resulting from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured in the functional currency at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and income items and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. Exchange gains and losses resulting from remeasurement and foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net loss.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed using the two-class method required for multiple classes of common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period has been distributed. The two-class method requires loss available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in undistributed earnings as if all loss for the period had been distributed. The Company’s participating securities include the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock, as the holders are entitled to receive dividends on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses of the Company, and therefore during periods of loss there is no allocation required under the two-class method. Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, adjusted for outstanding shares that are subject to repurchase.

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method based on the nature of such securities. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to avail itself of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity and to improve financial reporting for nonemployee share-based payments. The standard expands

 

F-13


Table of Contents

the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees is substantially aligned. The Company has issued stock options to both employees and non-employee consultants. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption was permitted, but no earlier than a company’s adoption date of Topic 606, Revenue Recognition. The Company early adopted the standard on January 1, 2019.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement—Disclosure Framework (Topic 820) (ASU 2018-13). The standard modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and is effective for all companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any removed or modified disclosures. Adoption of ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2019, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement disclosures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), related to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring the recognition of right-of-use (ROU) assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities on the balance sheet. Most prominent among the changes in the standard is the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases. Under the standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of consolidated financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The effective date of this update for nonpublic companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods therein. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets, including accounts and notes receivables. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model, under which companies will recognize allowances based on expected rather than incurred losses. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The effective date of this update for non-public companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods therein. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also improves consistent application by clarifying and amending existing guidance. The effective date of this update for non-public companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is assessing the impact of this guidance and is continuing to evaluate the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)—Accounting For Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The standard simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, which will permit more equity contracts to qualify for it. The standard also simplifies the diluted net income per share calculation in certain areas. The effective date of this update for non-public companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim

 

F-14


Table of Contents

periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods therein. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Asset Acquisitions with Related Parties

In February 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of NeoKera, LLC (the NeoKera Acquisition) for 83,333 shares of common stock valued at $0.1 million, or $1.50 per share. The in-process research and development (IPR&D) acquired in this acquisition was intended to continue the development of the compound acquired; however, in June 2020, the Company determined to discontinue further development and dissolve NeoKera, LLC. The NeoKera acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Since the acquired IPR&D did not have an alternative future use at the time of its acquisition, the Company recognized a charge of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the acquisition which is included in in-process research and development expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Concurrent with the NeoKera Acquisition, the Company acquired IPR&D from Carnot, LLC, a related party, related to ETX-810. The Company issued 1.75 million shares of common stock, valued at $1.50 per share, to acquire the IPR&D. Since the acquired IPR&D did not have an alternative future use at the time of its acquisition, the Company recognized a charge of $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, which is included in in-process research and development expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

At the time of these acquisitions, RA Capital Management, L.P. was a manager of the members of NeoKera, LLC and Carnot, LLC and Andrew Levin, our CEO and a member of our board of directors, was the President of Carnot Pharma, LLC.

In October 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Athenen Therapeutics, Inc. (the Athenen Acquisition) for a one-for-one exchange of outstanding preferred stock and common stock. As a result, the Company issued a total of 2.5 million Series A preferred shares and 1,550,000 shares of common stock, valued at $5.80 per share and $1.32 per share, respectively, for total purchase consideration of $16.5 million. Additionally, the Company incurred $0.2 million in legal fees related to the acquisition which was included in the value of the IPR&D asset acquired. The IPR&D acquired in this acquisition will enable the Company to develop ETX-155. The Athenen acquisition is accounted for as an asset acquisition, as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset. Since the IPR&D did not have an alternative future use at the time of its acquisition, the Company recognized a charge of $9.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 which is included in in-process research and development expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. RA Capital Healthcare Fund L.P. was a greater than 10% owner of the Company and Athenen prior to the acquisition.

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in Athenen Acquisition (in thousands)

  

In-process research and development

   $ 9,158  

Cash

     8,279  

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (694
  

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

   $ 16,743  
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 4. Other Financial Statement Information

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Prepaid research and development expenses

   $ 25      $ 1,500  

Other assets

     35        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 60      $ 1,511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Accrued research and development expenses

   $ 47      $ 627  

Other accrued expenses

     25        592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 72      $ 1,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following balances (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 6.00        2,717,084        2,717,082      $ 16,126      $ 17,262  

Series A-1

   $ 7.80        1,282,051        1,282,051      $ 10,048      $ 10,182  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        3,999,135        3,999,133      $ 26,174      $ 27,444  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 6.00        2,717,084        2,717,082      $ 17,074      $ 18,569  

Series A (Athenen Acquisition)

   $ 5.80        2,500,000        2,500,000      $ 14,500      $ 15,253  

Series A-1

   $ 7.80        7,692,305        1,923,075      $ 14,977      $ 16,069  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        12,909,389        7,140,157      $ 46,551      $ 49,891  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In February 2019, the Company issued 2,040,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $6.00 per share. The fair value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock was $5.26 and included a tranche liability valued at $0.74 per share (see Note 6). In conjunction with the issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in October 2019, the Series A preferred shareholders exercised their tranche rights. As a result, the Company issued an additional 677,082 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. Total gross proceeds to the Company for 2019 Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issuances were $16.3 million. In October 2020, the Company issued 2,500,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock as part of the Athenen Acquisition (see Note 3).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In October 2019, the Company issued 1,282,051 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $7.80, payable in cash. Gross proceeds to the Company were $10.0 million. In October 2020, the Company issued an additional 641,024 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, payable in cash. The issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares included a tranche liability valued at $0.86 per share (see Note 6). Gross proceeds to the Company were $5.0 million.

The holders of the Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation, and conversion.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation event, either voluntarily or involuntary, the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the applicable liquidation preference specified for each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of common stock. Liquidation preference is $6.00 for Series A and $7.80 for Series A-1, each adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on each such share.

If upon the liquidation event, the assets distributed among the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full liquidation preference for their shares, then the holders of shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to their respective amounts, which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid the full preferential amount.

After the payment to the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock of the full preferential amount specified above, any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata among all shareholders of the preferred and common stock.

A liquidation event requires approval by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Optional Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the stockholder’s option. The converted shares will be determined by dividing the original issue price for each series by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect at the date of conversion. The conversion price for each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is initially equal to the original issuance price applicable to such share, with the exception of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issued related to the Athenen Acquisition, which are convertible at any time after the date of issuance into common stock at the original issue price of the original Series A of $6.00. The conversion ratio shall be subject to appropriate adjustments for anti-dilution provisions, including stock splits, stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations, recapitalization events or similar events.

Automatic Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock at initial conversion rates described under the Optional Conversion heading above, subject to adjustments based on certain antidilution provisions, including stock splits, stock dividends, subdivision, combinations, recapitalization or similar events, as provided by the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Further, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically convert into common stock upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock or upon the closing of a firm-commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock with gross aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $50.0 million.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 8% per annum of the original issuance price on each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The dividends are payable in cash, out of the assets at the time legally available thereof, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, on an equal basis according to the number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holders, prior and in preference to the common stock. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had total dividends in arrears for the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock of $2.5 million, or $0.48 per share, and for Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock of $1.1 million, or $0.56 per share.

Redemption

Under certain circumstances, subsequent to the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, defined as a majority of the holders of the then outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock can require the Company to redeem their shares at a price per share equal to the liquidation amount, to the extent that sufficient funds are available. Additionally, holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock had the option to redeem their shares beginning in October 2026. As a result, these shares were considered probable of becoming redeemable since redemption is solely dependent on the passage of time. As such, the Company adjusted the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock by accreting changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of October 2026. In October 2020, the Company amended the terms of their Certificate of Incorporation to remove the redemption option of their Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, as a result the Company ceased recording adjustments to the carrying value of its outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock for accretion to redemption value. There was no change in value as a result of this modification. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, accretion to redemption value was recorded in the amounts of $0.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as a deemed liquidation event was considered probable.

Voting

The holders of the Company’s Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the Series directors), provided that the number of Series directors shall be reduced to the extent any holder loses its rights to designate a Series director. The holders of the shares of common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the preferred stock), voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the Company’s directors.

Stockholder Rights

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have protective provisions that require preferred stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class (on an as-converted basis), to consent to specific actions including the following: changes in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws that would affect, alter or change the preference or rights of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, changes in the authorized number of shares, declaration or payment of dividends, repurchase of shares, changes in the size of the Board of Directors, creation of a new class or series of stock, or taking any action that would cause a liquidation event.

Note 6. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The purchasers of Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock also received tranche rights, which provided them the right to purchase additional shares of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in two additional future tranches. The first tranche was for the purchase of additional shares of Series A and was valued based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The second tranche was for the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

purchase of Series A-1 and was valued based upon the Company achieving certain future milestones and utilized a valuation model that reflected both potential outcomes of success or failure to meet the milestone.

Upon issuance in October 2020, the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability was valued at $0.86 per share. There was no change in value from the date of issuance and December 31, 2020.

The Company utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which incorporated assumptions and estimates, to estimate the fair value of the Series A Tranche Rights. The Company estimated the fair value of the Series A-1 Tranche Rights using a probability-weighted present value model that considered the probability of triggering the Series A-1 Tranche Rights through achievement of the clinical development milestones specified in the Series A-1 Purchase Agreement. These estimates were based, in part, on subjective assumptions. Changes to these assumptions could have had a significant impact on the reported fair value of the Series A and Series A-1 Tranche Rights.

The following reflects the significant quantitative inputs used in the valuation of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability:

 

     Series A
Tranche Call
Option
    Series A-1
Tranche
Call Option
 

Estimated fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 5.26–$6.88     $ 6.94  

Discount rate

     2.53     0.10

Dividend yield

     0     0

Expected term (years)

     2.0       0.25–0.45  

Expected volatility

     85     N/A  

Probability of milestone achievement

     N/A       80

Strike price

   $ 6.00     $ 7.80  

Fair value of each tranche feature

   $ 0.74–$0.88     $ 0.86  

The Series A redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability was settled on October 9, 2019 upon the closing of the second tranche of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the liability was remeasured prior to settlement, resulting in the Company recognizing a loss in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Immediately thereafter, the balance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability of $0.6 million was reclassified to Series A convertible preferred stock.

A rollforward of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ —    

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 1,510  

Change in fair value

     (914

Settlement upon issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (596
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ —    

Issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     551  

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 551  
  

 

 

 

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $23,000 and $51,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were $47,000, the terms of which all expire in 2021.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and that such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless, and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those arising from third-party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has never incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification provisions. The Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware corporate law. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that reduces its exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is immaterial.

Note 8. Stock-Based Compensation

In 2019, the Company adopted the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2019 Plan). The 2019 Plan provides for the Company to grant qualified stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock awards to employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company under terms and provisions established by the board of directors. Under the terms of the 2019 Plan, options are granted at an exercise price no less than fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, except in certain cases related to employees outside of the U.S. However, for any employee who is a 10% or greater stockholder, options are granted at an exercise price no less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. Option awards granted typically have 10-year terms measured from the option grant date. However, if any employee is a 10% or greater stockholder, the awards have 5-year terms measured from the option grant date. Awards with vesting conditions typically include vesting 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date with the remainder vesting monthly over the following three years. As of December 31, 2020, the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2019 Plan was 2,342,743.

Additionally, as part of the Athenen Acquisition, 229,815 restricted stock awards and 70,716 options were converted 1:1 to the Company’s restricted stock and options.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes option activity under the 2019 Plan:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
(in thousands)
 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     68,192      $ —          9.67      $ 134  

Options granted

     437,217      $ 0.54        

Options cancelled and forfeited

     (70,067    $ 0.04        

Options exercised

     —          —          
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Balance, December 31, 2020

     435,342      $ 0.52        9.19      $ 415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2020

     435,342      $ 0.52        9.19      $ 415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020

     182,920      $ 0.58        9.23      $ 167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed in the above table is based on the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective period-end dates. There were no stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020, was $1.94 per share.

In 2019, the Company granted 34,096 stock options with a performance condition which vest upon the Company’s initiation of a registrational clinical trial to study the efficacy of ETX-810 or another proprietary compound. The probability of achieving performance conditions was assessed at December 31, 2019 and deemed not probable. The Company has recognized no stock-based compensation expense relating to these performance awards. This award was cancelled in February 2020 and is no longer outstanding.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model for employee and nonemployee stock options incorporates the following assumptions:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock—Described in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Fair Value of Common Stock.

 

   

Volatility—The expected stock price volatilities are estimated based on the historical and implied volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies as the Company does not have sufficient history of trading its common stock.

 

   

Risk-free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rates are based on US Treasury yields in effect at the grant date for notes with comparable terms as the awards.

 

   

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term).

 

   

Dividend Yield—The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the year ended December 31:

 

     2020  

Expected term (in years)

     5.70–6.12  

Expected volatility

     76.58%–78.53

Risk-free interest rate

     0.36%–1.47

Expected dividend yield

     0.00

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

Prior to 2019, the Company granted 223,497 restricted stock awards to its founders, of which 111,747 included a service condition and 111,750 included a performance condition. Awards with a service condition vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and monthly thereafter. Awards with a performance condition will vest upon the Company’s initiation of a registrational clinical trial to study the efficacy of ETX-810. The probability of achieving performance conditions is assessed each reporting period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, this performance condition was assessed and deemed not probable, and the Company has recognized no stock-based compensation expense relating to these performance awards. The Company also granted restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees that are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price in the event that the award recipient’s employment or relationship is terminated prior to the shares vesting.

The activity for restricted stock awards is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2018

     223,497      $ —    

Vested

     (19,465      —    

Forfeited

     (90,000      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2019(1)

     114,032      $ —    

Granted

     36,075      $ 1.90  

Vested

     (38,426    $ 0.06  

Forfeited

     (45,000      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2020(1)

     66,681      $ 1.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 66,750 and 21,747 restricted stock awards granted in 2018 and still outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, subject to only performance conditions.

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation for stock options, restricted stock awards, and performance awards included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     2020  

Research and development expense

   $ 334  

General and administrative expense

     373  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 707  
  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2019 was not material.

As of December 31, 2020, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock awards granted, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.69 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 9. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Net loss

   $ (6,547    $ (20,668
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value and cumulative preferred stock dividends

     (844      (2,285
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (7,391      (22,953

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     1,660,984        2,187,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.45    $ (10.49
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,999,133        7,140,157  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     —          3,717,947  

Common stock options

     —          435,342  

Unvested restricted stock awards

     114,032        66,681  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total potentially dilutive shares

     4,113,165        11,360,127  

Note 10. Income Taxes

The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax computed at the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the total provision for income taxes (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2019              2020      

U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate

   $ (1,374    $ (4,340

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     —          1  

Foreign rate differential

     1        215  

Non-deductible expenses

     192        —    

Research credit addback

     46        1,530  

Refundable tax credit

     —          (510

In-process research and development

     —          1,923  

Stock-based compensation

     —          71  

Tax credits

     (186      (72

Change in valuation allowance

     1,321        1,182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2019              2020      

Deferred tax assets:

     

Stock-based compensation

   $ —        $ 77  

Intangible asset

     —          1,384  

Accrued bonus

     —          58  

Accrued payroll taxes

     —          4  

Net operating losses

     1,329        2,652  

Research credits

     253        450  

Unrealized gain or loss

     15        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     1,597        4,625  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Unrealized gain or loss

     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     (1,597      (4,624
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Due to the uncertainty of the business in which the Company operates, projections of future profitability are difficult and past profitability is not necessarily indicative of future profitability. The Company does not believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized, and accordingly, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1.6 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had net operating loss carryforward of approximately $8.7 million for federal income tax purposes, $3.6 million for foreign income tax purposes and $2.1 million for state income tax purposes. These may be used to offset future taxable income. The federal net operation loss carryforward can be carried forward indefinitely while the state net operating loss carryforward will begin to expire in varying amounts in 2038. The Company also has research and development credits of approximately $0.4 million and $0.1 million for federal and state income taxes purposes, respectively. The federal credits may be used to offset future taxable income and will begin to expire in varying amounts in 2038. The state credits may be used to offset future taxable income and will begin to expire in varying amounts in 2038.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits net operating loss carryforwards generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2021, and 80% of taxable income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020. The CARES Act does not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S., various state jurisdictions and the U.K., in conjunction with our transactions and activities. Currently, no historical years are under examination. The Company’s tax years starting in December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2020 are open and subject to examination by the U.S., state and the U.K. taxing authorities due to the carryforward of utilized net operating losses and research and development credits.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Uncertain tax positions are recorded when it is more likely than not that a given tax position would not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax positions, is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company does not have any uncertain tax positions.

The Company has not completed a Section 382 study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since the Company’s formation. Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from the deferred tax asset schedule with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

Services Provided by Related Parties

The Company has a services agreement with Carnot, LLC. Carnot, LLC was subsequently dissolved and the services agreement transitioned to its successor Carnot Pharma, LLC. The Company reimburses Carnot Pharma, LLC for research and development expenses incurred on its behalf. RA Capital Management, L.P. is the manager of the members of Carnot, LLC and Andrew Levin, a member of our board of directors and former CEO, is the President of Carnot Pharma, LLC. Adam Rosenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner at Carnot Pharma, LLC dba RA Ventures. Amounts invoiced and reimbursed for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were approximately $1.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. See Note 3 for assets acquired from related parties.

Note 12. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company began sponsoring a 401(k) defined contribution plan in 2020. Participation in the plan is available to substantially all US-based employees. Company contributions to the plan are discretionary. The Company made matching contributions of up to 4% of each participating employee’s eligible compensation. Total expense recognized from the 401(k) matching contributions for the year ended December 31, 2020 was approximately $20,000.

The Company also has a workplace pension contribution scheme for U.K.-based employees. The Company made discretionary contributions of approximately $42,000 in excess of the minimum statutory requirements.

Note 13. Subsequent Events

For purposes of the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through May 12, 2021, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and through August 2, 2021, the date the revised consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock—Second Tranche

The Company issued an additional 4.35 million shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for $34.0 million in proceeds. In connection with the issuance, the shareholders of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock exercised their option to purchase 3.7 million additional shares at $7.80 per share. The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured prior to settlement, resulting in the Company recognizing a loss in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss of $11.7 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2021. The increase in valuation was driven primarily by the

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Phase 1 results of ETX-155, as well as, an increased likelihood of future financing events. Immediately thereafter, the balance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability of $12.3 million was reclassified to Series A-1 convertible preferred stock.

Grants of Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards under 2019 Plan

In the first quarter of 2021, the Company granted additional options for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,560,848 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $1.32 per share, to employees including executive management and directors. Additionally, the Company granted 26,174 restricted stock awards to employees. The fair market value of the grants on the grant dates was determined by using straight-line interpolation between the value of common stock derived from valuations performed by independent third-party specialists on December 31, 2020 and March 9, 2021. The aggregate grant-date fair value of these awards was $7.5 million, which is expected to be recognized as stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

Additionally, on April 27, 2021, the Company granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 714,544 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $6.10, to employees including executive management and directors. The Company also granted 244,375 restricted stock awards to employees. The Company is evaluating the impact to the consolidated financial statements.

Reverse Stock Split

In July 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-2 basis, which was effected on July 29, 2021 (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The number of authorized shares and the par values of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. In connection with the Reverse Stock Split, the number of authorized shares, outstanding shares, preferred stock tranche rights and the conversion ratio for the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock was proportionately adjusted such that the common stock issuable upon conversion of such preferred stock was decreased in proportion to the Reverse Stock Split. All references to common stock and options to purchase common stock share data, per share data, and related information contained in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

Assets

   December 31, 2020     March 31, 2021  

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 20,487     $ 47,911  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,511       4,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

   $ 21,998     $ 52,537  

Long-term assets

     2,633       1,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 24,631     $ 53,686  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     1,086       2,003  

Accounts payable, related party

     207       126  

Accrued expenses

     1,219       1,941  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     551       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 3,063     $ 4,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3,063     $ 4,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 12,909,389 and 12,909,389 shares authorized, 7,140,157 and 11,499,129 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $49,891 and $84,968 at December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively

     46,551       92,798  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized; 3,418,751 and 3,482,798 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,152       3,554  

Accumulated deficit

     (28,136     (46,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (24,983     (43,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 24,631     $ 53,686  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2020     2021  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 1,389     $ 4,273  

Research and development, related party

     234       388  

General and administrative

     328       2,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,951       6,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,951     (6,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     —         (11,718

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     35       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     35       (11,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     $(1,916)       $(18,601)  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value and cumulative preferred stock dividends

     (439)       (1,085)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     $(2,355)       $(19,686)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     $(1.27)       $(5.70)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     1,855,532       3,455,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    3,999,133     $ 26,174       1,852,797     $ 1     $ 1,905     $ (7,468   $ (5,562

Accretion of Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock

    —         439       —           (439     —         (439

Release of restricted stock awards

    —         —         4,170       —         —         —         —    

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         134       —         134  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (1,916     (1,916
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2020

    3,999,133     $ 26,613       1,856,967     $ 1     $ 1,600     $ (9,384   $ (7,783
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

    7,140,157     $ 46,551       3,418,751       1     $ 3,152     $ (28,136   $ (24,983

Series A-1 Preferred Stock Issuance (net of issuance costs of $22)

    4,358,972       33,978       —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability upon settlement

    —         12,269       —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of stock options and release of restricted stock awards

    —         —         64,047       —         105       —         105  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         297       —         297  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (18,601     (18,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021

    11,499,129     $ 92,798       3,482,798     $ 1     $ 3,554     $ (46,737   $ (43,182
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2021  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net Loss

   $ (1,916   $ (18,601

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     134       297  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     —          11,718  

Foreign currency gain from remeasurement

     (83     (81

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (210     (481

Long-term assets

     (337     (1,149

Accounts payable

     41       917  

Accrued liabilities

     41       637  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, related party

     5       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,325     (6,740

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     —         33,978  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

     —         105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         34,083  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     83       81  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     (2,242     27,424  

Cash at beginning of period

     21,223       20,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 18,981     $ 47,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock accretion

   $ 439     $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

1. Description of Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for neuronal excitability disorders to address unmet needs in chronic pain, neuropsychiatry, epilepsy and other disorders of the peripheral and central nervous systems. Headquartered in Redmond, Washington, the Company was incorporated on October 18, 2018 as a Delaware corporation.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021, and condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, and condensed consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, are unaudited. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 was derived from the audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited annual financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2021, and the condensed results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 are also unaudited. The condensed results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021 or any other period. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Key management estimates include those related to the valuation of assets acquired, accrual of research and development expenses, the valuation of stock-based awards, the valuation of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liabilities. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. The Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the United States (U.S.) and one financial institution in the United Kingdom (U.K.). The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships. The Company’s deposits held in the U.S. and U.K. may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation and Financial Services Compensation Scheme, respectively, insured limits.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, development by competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, dependence on key personnel, reliance on single-source vendors and collaborators, availability of raw materials, patentability of the Company’s products and processes and clinical efficacy and safety of the Company’s products under development, compliance with government regulations and the need to obtain additional financing to fund operations. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical studies, clinical trials, and regulatory approval, prior to commercialization. These efforts will require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel infrastructure and extensive compliance and reporting.

There can be no assurance that the Company’s research and development will be successfully completed, that adequate protection for the Company’s intellectual property will be obtained or maintained, that any products developed will obtain necessary government regulatory approval or that any approved products will be commercially viable. Even if the Company’s product development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will generate revenue from product sales. The Company operates in an environment of rapid technological change and substantial competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. In addition, the Company is dependent upon the services of its employees, consultants and other third parties.

Moreover, the current COVID-19 pandemic, which is impacting worldwide economic activity, poses risk that the Company or its employees, contractors, suppliers, and other partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time which may delay the start-up and conduct of the Company’s clinical trials, and negatively impact manufacturing and testing activities performed by third parties. Any significant delays may impact the use and sufficiency of the Company’s existing cash reserves, and the Company may be required to raise additional capital earlier than it had previously planned. The Company may be unable to raise additional capital if and when needed, which may result in delays or suspension of its development plans. The extent to which the pandemic will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As disclosed in the audited financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus, management concluded that there was substantial doubt existed about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from May 12, 2021, the date the financial statements were issued. On May 21, 2021, the Company received $60 million in gross proceeds from the issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company estimates the available cash as of March 31, 2021, together with the proceeds received from the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance, will be sufficient to meet its projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months from the filing date of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. As a result of these conditions and events, management has concluded the substantial doubt of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern no longer exists. The Company will need to obtain substantial additional funding to develop and commercialize our clinical programs as currently contemplated. The Company expects to finance future cash needs through equity financings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing and distribution arrangements, but there are no assurances that the Company will be able to raise sufficient amounts of funding in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.

These condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

Segments

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (the CODM). The Company’s

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CODM is its chief executive officer who reviews financial information together with certain operating metrics principally to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance. Management has determined that the Company operates as a single operating and reportable segment. The Company’s CODM evaluates financial information on a consolidated basis. As the Company operates as one operating segment, all required segment financial information is found in the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurement

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company measures fair value based on a three-tier hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1—   Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2—   Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the assets or liabilities. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 for any of the periods presented.

The Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 2020 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 551      $ 551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 551      $ 551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was settled as of March 31, 2021.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fair Value of Common Stock

As there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock to date, the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock has been determined by the board of directors as of the date of each option grant with input from management, considering the most recently available third-party valuation of common stock, and the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. Management believes that the board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine fair value of the common stock. Third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Management has considered numerous factors in determining the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including the following:

 

   

valuations performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

   

the Company’s operating results, financial position, and capital resources;

 

   

the Company’s stage of development and material risks related to its business; the progress of the Company’s research and development programs;

 

   

business conditions and projects;

 

   

the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock and its redeemable convertible preferred stock as a private company;

 

   

the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of the Company’s common stock;

 

   

the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biotechnology industry;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for securityholders, such as an initial public offering or a sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel and the experience of management;

 

   

trends and developments in the industry; and

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

For valuations performed in the first quarter of 2021, in accordance with the Practice Aid, the Company determined that the Hybrid Method, was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of its common stock based on its stage of development and other relevant factors.

The Hybrid Method is a combination of an Option Pricing Method (OPM) scenario and one or more scenarios using a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM). The Hybrid Method estimates the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios, and uses the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. Weighting allocations are assigned to the OPM and PWERM methods factoring possible future liquidity events. The Company applied the Hybrid Method when it considered both an IPO and trade sale scenarios.

The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the enterprise value. Total stockholders’ deficit value is allocated to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes closed form option pricing model is employed in this analysis, with an option term assumption that is consistent with the expected time to a liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term.

The PWERM values each class of equity based on an analysis of the range of potential future enterprise values of the company and the manner in which those values would accrue to the owners of the different classes

 

F-34


Table of Contents

of equity. This method involves estimating the overall value of the subject company under various liquidity event scenarios and allocating the value to the various share classes based on their respective claim on the proceeds as of the date of each event. These different scenarios typically include an initial public offering, an acquisition, or a liquidation of the business, each resulting in a different value. For each scenario, the future value of each share class is calculated and discounted to a present value. The results of each scenario are then probability weighted in order to arrive at an estimate of fair value for each share class as of a current date.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimates, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if the Company had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of its common stock and stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

There have been no other significant changes in the Company’s accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

2. Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2020      March 31, 2021  
Recoverable research and development tax credits    $ —        $ 2,535  
Prepaid research and development expenses      1,500        1,483  
Other assets      11        608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,511      $ 4,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2020      March 31, 2021  
Accrued research and development expenses    $ 627      $ 1,079  
Accrued payroll      592        524  
Other accrued expenses      —          338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 1,219      $ 1,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following balance (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 6.00        2,717,084        2,717,082      $ 17,074      $ 18,569  

Series A (Athenen Acquisition)

   $ 5.80        2,500,000        2,500,000      $ 14,500      $ 15,253  

Series A-1

   $ 7.80        7,692,305        1,923,075      $ 14,977      $ 16,069  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

        12,909,389        7,140,157      $ 46,551      $ 49,891  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2021  
     Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 6.00        2,717,084        2,717,082      $ 17,074      $ 18,891  

Series A (Athenen Acquisition)

   $ 5.80        2,500,000        2,500,000      $ 14,500      $ 15,549  

Series A-1

   $ 7.80        7,692,305        6,282,047      $ 61,224      $ 50,528  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

        12,909,389        11,499,129      $ 92,798      $ 84,968  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2021, Series A-1 preferred shareholders exercised their tranche rights in connection with milestone achievements related to Phase 1 results of ETX-155. As a result, the Company issued an additional 4,358,972 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares for proceeds of approximately $34.0 million. Upon exercise of the tranche rights, the Company reclassified the $12.3 million in preferred stock tranche liability to Series A-1 convertible preferred stock on the interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021.

The holders of the Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation, and conversion.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation event, either voluntarily or involuntary, the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the applicable liquidation preference specified for each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of common stock. Liquidation preference is $6.00 for Series A and $7.80 for Series A-1, each adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on each such share.

If upon the liquidation event, the assets distributed among the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full liquidation preference for their shares, then the holders of shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to their respective amounts, which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid the full preferential amount.

After the payment to the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock of the full preferential amount specified above, any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata among all shareholders of the preferred and common stock.

A liquidation event requires approval by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Optional Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the stockholder’s option. The converted shares will be determined by dividing the original issue price for each series by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect at the date of conversion. The conversion price for each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is initially equal to the original issuance price applicable to such share, with the exception of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issued related to the Athenen Acquisition, which are convertible at any time after the date of issuance into common stock at the original issue price of the original Series A of $6.00. The conversion ratio shall be subject to appropriate adjustments for anti-dilution provisions, including stock splits, stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations, recapitalization events or similar events.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Automatic Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock at initial conversion rates described under the Optional Conversion heading above, subject to adjustments based on certain antidilution provisions, including stock splits, stock dividends, subdivision, combinations, recapitalization or similar events, as provided by the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Further, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converts into common stock upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock or upon the closing of a firm-commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock with gross aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $50.0 million.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 8% per annum of the original issuance price on each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The dividends are payable in cash, out of the assets at the time legally available thereof, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, on an equal basis according to the number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holders, prior and in preference to the common stock. As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, the Company had total dividends in arrears for the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock of $2.5 million and $3.1 million, or $0.48 and $0.60 per share, respectively, and for Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock of $1.1 million and $1.5 million, or $0.56 and $0.24 per share.

Redemption

Under certain circumstances, subsequent to the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, defined as a majority of the holders of the then outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock can require the Company to redeem their shares at a price per share equal to the liquidation amount, to the extent that sufficient funds are available. Additionally, holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock had the option to redeem their shares beginning in October 2026. As a result, these shares were considered probable of becoming redeemable since redemption is solely dependent on the passage of time. As such, the Company adjusted the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock by accreting changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of October 2026. In October 2020, the Company amended the terms of their Certificate of Incorporation to remove the redemption option of their Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, as a result the Company ceased recording adjustments to the carrying value of its outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock for accretion to redemption value. There was no change in value as a result of this modification. As of December 31, 2020, accretion to redemption value was recorded in the amount of $1.5 million as a deemed liquidation event was considered probable. As a result of the exercise of the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, as mentioned above, there was no accretion to redemption value recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

Voting

The holders of the Company’s Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the Series directors), provided that the number of Series directors shall be reduced to the extent any holder loses its rights to designate a Series director. The holders of the shares of common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the preferred stock), voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the Company’s directors.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Stockholder Rights

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have protective provisions that require preferred stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class (on an as-converted basis), to consent to specific actions including the following: changes in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws that would affect, alter or change the preference or rights of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, changes in the authorized number of shares, declaration or payment of dividends, repurchase of shares, changes in the size of the Board of Directors, creation of a new class or series of stock, or taking any action that would cause a liquidation event.

4. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The purchasers of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock also received tranche rights, which provided them the right to purchase additional shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in an additional future tranche. This tranche was for the purchase of Series A-1 and was valued based upon the Company achieving certain future milestones and utilized a valuation model that reflected both potential outcomes of success or failure to meet the milestone.

Upon issuance in October 2020, the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability was valued at $0.86 per share. There was no change in value from the date of issuance and December 31, 2020.

The Company estimated the fair value of the Series A-1 Tranche Rights using a probability-weighted present value model that considered the probability of triggering the Series A-1 Tranche Rights through achievement of the clinical development milestones specified in the Series A-1 Purchase Agreement. These estimates were based, in part, on subjective assumptions. Changes to these assumptions could have had a significant impact on the reported fair value of the Series A-1 Tranche Rights.

The following reflects the significant quantitative inputs used in the valuation of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability:

 

     Series A-1
Tranche Call
Option
 

Estimated fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 6.94–$11.10  

Discount rate

     0.10%  

Dividend yield

     0%  

Expected term (years)

     0.25–0.45  

Expected volatility

     N/A  

Probability of milestone achievement

     80%–100%  

Strike price

   $ 7.80  

Fair value of each tranche feature

   $ 0.86–$3.32  

The Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability was settled on March 9, 2021 with the achievement of milestones set forth in the Series A-1 stock purchase agreement. The fair value of the liability was remeasured prior to settlement, resulting in the Company recognizing a loss in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss of $11.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021. Immediately thereafter, the balance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability of $12.3 million was reclassified to Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

A rollforward of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 551  

Change in fair value

     11,718  

Settlement upon issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (12,269
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Total rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 was $13,000 and $14,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were $37,000, the terms of which all expire in 2021.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and that such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless, and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those arising from third-party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has never incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification provisions. The Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware corporate law. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that reduces its exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is immaterial.

6. Stock-Based Compensation

In 2019, the Company adopted the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2019 Plan). The 2019 Plan provides for the Company to grant qualified stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock awards to employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company under terms and provisions established by the board of directors. Under the terms of the 2019 Plan, options are granted at an exercise price no less than fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, except in certain cases related to employees outside of the U.S. However, for any employee who is a 10% or greater stockholder, options are granted at an exercise price no less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. Option awards granted typically have 10-year terms measured from the option grant date. However, if any employee is a 10% or greater stockholder, the awards have 5-year terms measured from the option grant date. Awards with vesting conditions

 

F-39


Table of Contents

typically include vesting 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date with the remainder vesting monthly over the following three years. As of March 31, 2021, the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2019 Plan was 3,116,643.

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract
Terms
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Values
(in thousands)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     435,342      $ 0.52        9.19      $ 415  

Options granted

     1,560,848      $ 1.12        

Options cancelled and forfeited

     (9,375    $ 1.86        

Options exercised

     (56,341    $ 1.86        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Balance as of March 31, 2021

     1,930,474      $ 0.96        9.71      $ 9,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, March 31, 2021

     1,930,474      $ 0.96        9.71      $ 9,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of March 31, 2021

     162,233      $ 0.20        8.87      $ 958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed in the above table is based on the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective period-end dates. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2021, was $4.74 per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised, determined as of the date of option exercise, for the three month period ended March 31, 2021 was $0.1 million.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model for employee stock options incorporates the following assumptions:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock—Described in Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Fair Value of Common Stock. The fair market value of the grants for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 was determined by using straight-line interpolation between the value of common stock derived from valuations performed by independent third party specialists on December 31, 2020 and March 9, 2021.

 

   

Volatility—The expected stock price volatilities are estimated based on the historical and implied volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies as the Company does not have sufficient history of trading its common stock.

 

   

Risk-free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rates are based on US Treasury yields in effect at the grant date for notes with comparable terms as the awards.

 

   

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term).

 

   

Dividend Yield—The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black- Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the three months ended March 31:

 

     2021  

Expected term (in years)

     5.95–6.12  

Expected volatility

     78.81%–79.08%  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.94%–1.05%  

Expected dividend yield

     0.00%  

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

The Company has restricted stock awards with service and performance conditions. Awards with a service condition vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and monthly thereafter. Awards with a performance condition will vest upon the Company’s initiation of a registrational clinical trial to study the efficacy of ETX-810. The probability of achieving performance conditions is assessed each reporting period. As of March 31, 2021, this performance condition was assessed and deemed not probable, and the Company has recognized no stock-based compensation expense relating to these performance awards. The Company also granted restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees that are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price in the event that the award recipient’s employment or relationship is terminated prior to the shares vesting.

The activity for restricted stock awards is as follows:

 

     Number
of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2020

     66,681      $ 1.00  

Granted

     26,174      $ 5.32  

Vested

     (7,706    $ 1.52  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at March 31, 2021

     85,149      $ 2.28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 21,747 restricted stock awards granted in 2018 and still outstanding for the period ended March 31, 2021, subject to only performance conditions.

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation for stock options, restricted stock awards, and performance awards included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):

 

     2020      2021  

Research and development expense

   $ 131      $ 78  

General and administrative expense

     3        219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 134      $ 297  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2021, there was $7.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock awards granted, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.34 years.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

7. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020      2021  

Net loss

   $ (1,916    $ (18,601
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value and cumulative preferred stock dividends

     (439      (1,085
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,355    $ (19,686

Weighted-average common shares used in computed net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     1,855,532        3,455,979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.27    $ (5.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020      2021  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,999,133        11,499,129  

Common stock options

     315,179        1,930,474  

Unvested restricted stock awards

     125,900        85,149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total potentially dilutive shares

     4,440,212        13,514,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Related Party Transactions

Services Provided by Related Parties

The Company has a services agreement with Carnot, LLC. Carnot, LLC was subsequently dissolved and the services agreement transitioned to its successor Carnot Pharma, LLC. The Company reimburses Carnot Pharma, LLC for research and development expenses incurred on its behalf. RA Capital Management, L.P. is the manager of the members of Carnot, LLC and Andrew Levin, a member of our board of directors and former CEO, is the President of Carnot Pharma, LLC. Adam Rosenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner at Carnot Pharma, LLC dba RA Ventures. Amounts invoiced and reimbursed for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 were approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

9. Subsequent Events

For purposes of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021 and the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through June 21, 2021, the date the interim condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and August 2, 2021, the date the revised interim condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Grants of Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards under 2019 Plan

Subsequent to March 31, 2021, the Company granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 717,889 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $6.10, to employees including executive management and directors. The Company also granted 271,550 restricted stock awards to employees. The Company is evaluating the impact to the consolidated financial statements.

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock

On May 21, 2021, the Company issued 3.85 million shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for $60.0 million in gross proceeds.

Reverse Stock Split

In July 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-2 basis, which was effected on July 29, 2021 (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The number of authorized shares and the par values of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. In connection with the Reverse Stock Split, the number of authorized shares, outstanding shares, preferred stock tranche rights and the conversion ratio for the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock was proportionately adjusted such that the common stock issuable upon conversion of such preferred stock was decreased in proportion to the Reverse Stock Split. All references to common stock and options to purchase common stock share data, per share data, and related information contained in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

 

4,500,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

SVB Leerink

Evercore ISI

Stifel

Guggenheim Securities

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,728  

FINRA filing fee

     15,249  

Exchange listing fee

     150,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     600,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,200,000  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     4,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     350,000  

Miscellaneous

     420,023  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 2,750,000  
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers and our directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2018.

 

  (1)

In October 2018, we issued an aggregate of 223,497 shares of common stock to nine accredited investors at a purchase price of $0.0002 per share, for an aggregate purchase price approximately $45.

 

  (2)

In February 2019 and October 2019, we issued an aggregate of 2,717,082 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to six accredited investors at a purchase price of $6.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price approximately $16.3 million.

 

  (3)

In February 2019, we issued an aggregate of 83,333 shares of common stock to two accredited investors as consideration pursuant to an acquisition.

 

  (4)

In February 2019, we issued an aggregate of 1,750,000 shares of common stock to one accredited investor as consideration pursuant to an acquisition.

 

  (5)

In October 2019, October 2020 and March 2021, we issued an aggregate of 6,282,047 shares of our Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to five accredited investors at a purchase price of $7.80 per share, for an aggregate purchase price approximately $49.0 million.

 

  (6)

In October 2020, we issued an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and 1,547,565 shares of common stock to one non-accredited and 12 accredited investors as consideration pursuant to an acquisition.

 

  (7)

In May 2021, we issued an aggregate of 3,846,150 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to nine accredited investors at a purchase price of $15.60 per share, for an aggregate purchase price approximately $60.0 million.

 

  (8)

From September 2019 through July 30, 2021, we granted to certain employees, consultants, and directors options to purchase an aggregate of 2,745,028 shares of our common stock under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.0002 to $10.06 per share.

 

  (9)

In October 2020, we assumed options to purchase an aggregate of 68,841 shares of our common stock which had previously been granted under the Athenen Therapeutics, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan to certain employees and consultants, each with an exercise price of $1.86 per share.

 

  (10)

From February 2020 through July 16, 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 373,228 shares of our common stock pursuant to restricted stock purchase awards or upon the exercise of options under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan or the Athenen Plan, at prices ranging from $0.0002 to $1.86 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $110,670.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1#    Unit Transfer Agreement, dated February 4, 2019, by and between the Registrant and the Members of NeoKera, LLC.
  2.2#    Asset Contribution Agreement, dated February 4, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Carnot, LLC.
  2.3#    Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated October 15, 2020, by and among the Registrant, Athena Merger Sub Inc., Athenen Therapeutics, Inc., AI ETI LLC, as Eliem Representative and Adam Rosenberg, as Athenen Representative.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  3.3#    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1#    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated May  21, 2021, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
10.2+#    2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.3+    Forms of Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+    2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+    Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+    Forms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7+    2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8    Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.9+    Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Bob Azelby, effective October 1, 2021, as amended.
10.10+    Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Erin M. Lavelle, effective October 1, 2021, as amended.
10.11+#    Executive Employment Agreement by and between Eliem Therapeutics (UK) Ltd. and Valerie Morisset, Ph.D., effective January 1, 2021.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see signature page to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory Plan.

#

Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redmond, State of Washington, on August 2, 2021.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   

/s/ Robert Azelby

  Robert Azelby
 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert Azelby

Robert Azelby

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  August 2, 2021

/s/ Erin M. Lavelle

Erin M. Lavelle

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  August 2, 2021

*

Andrew Levin, M.D., Ph.D.

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   August 2, 2021

*

Judith Dunn, Ph.D.

   Director   August 2, 2021

*

Leone Patterson

   Director   August 2, 2021

*

Liam Ratcliffe, M.D., Ph.D.

   Director   August 2, 2021

*

Adam Rosenberg

   Director   August 2, 2021

*

Simon Tate

   Director   August 2, 2021
*By:   /s/ Robert Azelby
  Robert Azelby
  Attorney-in Fact

 

II-5

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●] , 2021

SVB Leerink LLC

Evercore Group L.L.C.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

Guggenheim Securities LLC

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o SVB Leerink LLC

255 California Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

c/o Evercore Group L.L.C.

55 East 52nd Street

New York, New York 10055

c/o Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

787 7th Ave., 11th Floor

New York, NY 10019

c/o Guggenheim Securities LLC

330 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with SVB Leerink LLC (“SVB Leerink”), Evercore Group L.L.C. (“Evercore”), Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel”) and Guggenheim Securities LLC (“Guggenheim”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for which SVB Leerink, Evercore, Stifel and Guggenheim are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [•] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [•] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [•] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”


The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed and delivered.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that up to [•] shares of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by the Underwriters. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-257980), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [__:00 [P./A.]M.], New York City time, on [•], 2021 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

2


“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses. Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued by the Commission under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by the Commission or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

 

3


The Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and the filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in [•] in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B-2 hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any issuer free writing prospectus.

 

4


(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any individual or entity authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

(vii) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

(viii) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, comply as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiary (as defined below) at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiary for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, which are subject to normal year end audit adjustments and exclude certain footnotes as permitted by applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K, to the extent applicable.

 

5


(ix) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

(x) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiary (as defined below) considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or its Subsidiary, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiary considered as one enterprise, (C) there have been no material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, entered into by the Company or its Subsidiary and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xi) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xii) Good Standing of the Company’s Subsidiary. The subsidiary of the Company (the “Subsidiary”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through the Subsidiary, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only Subsidiary of the Company is listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

 

6


(xiii) Capitalization. The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) pursuant to the conversion of convertible securities or exercise of options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiv) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xv) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms, in all material respects, to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

(xvi) Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

(xvii) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which either of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiary or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or

 

7


Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or its Subsidiary or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiary.

(xviii) Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

(xix) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or its Subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or the European Medicines Agency (the “EMA”)) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or its Subsidiary, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such Subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxi) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xxii) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

(xxiii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its Subsidiary possess such permits, licenses, approvals, clearances, registrations, exemptions, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them (including, without limitation, all such Governmental Licenses required by the FDA, the EMA, or any other federal, state, local or

 

8


foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of clinical or preclinical studies, pharmaceuticals, biologics, biohazardous substances or activities related to the business now operated by the Company and its Subsidiary), except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiary are and have been in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, has fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to the Governmental Licenses and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a holder of any permit, except where the failure to so fulfill or perform, or the occurrence of such event, would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiv) Title to Property. The Company and its Subsidiary have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiary; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiary, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or its Subsidiary holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such Subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxv) Title to Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiary own or have valid, binding and enforceable licenses or other rights under the patents, patent applications, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property necessary for, or used in the conduct, or the proposed conduct, of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); the patents, trademarks, and copyrights, if any, included within the Intellectual Property are valid, enforceable, and subsisting; other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company and its Subsidiary are not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Intellectual Property, (B) the Company and its Subsidiary have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other conflict regarding any asserted rights of others with respect to any of the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s drug candidates, technologies, processes or Intellectual Property, (C) to the knowledge

 

9


of the Company, neither the sale nor use of any of the drug candidates, technologies, or processes of the Company or its Subsidiary referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus do or will, to the knowledge of the Company, infringe, misappropriate or violate any right or valid patent claim of any third party, (D) to the knowledge of the Company, none of the technology employed by the Company or its Subsidiary has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its Subsidiary in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or its Subsidiary or, to the Company’s knowledge, upon any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, (E) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company and its Subsidiary, other than any co-owner of any patent constituting Intellectual Property who is listed on the records of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) and any co-owner of any patent application constituting Intellectual Property who is named in such patent application, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property in any field of use that is exclusively licensed to the Company or its Subsidiary, other than any licensor to the Company or its Subsidiary of such Intellectual Property, (F) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no material infringement, misappropriation, dilution, or other violation by third parties of any Intellectual Property, (G) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and (H) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Intellectual Property.

(xxvi) Patents and Patent Applications. All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company and its Subsidiary or under which the Company and its Subsidiary have rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such patent applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO in connection with such applications; and the Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO that were not disclosed to the USPTO and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications. To the Company’s knowledge, all patents and patent applications owned by the Company and its Subsidiary and filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “Company Patent Rights”) and all patents and patent applications in-licensed by the Company and its Subsidiary and filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “In-licensed Patent Rights”) have been duly and properly filed; the Company believes it has complied with its duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO for the Company Patent Rights and, to the Company’s knowledge, the licensors of the In-licensed Patent Rights have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO for the In-licensed Patent Rights.

(xxvii) FDA Compliance. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company: (A) is and at all times has been in material compliance with all statutes, rules or regulations of the FDA and other comparable Governmental Entities applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, marketing, labeling, promotion, sale, offer for sale, storage, import, export or disposal of any product under development, manufactured or distributed by the Company (“Applicable Laws”); (B) has not received any FDA Form 483, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from the FDA or any Governmental Authority alleging or asserting material noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, exemptions, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws (“Authorizations”); (C) possesses all

 

10


material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received written notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received written notice that the FDA or any Governmental Authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

(xxviii) Compliance with Health Care Laws. The Company has operated and currently is in compliance with all applicable health care laws, rules and regulations (except where such failure to operate or non-compliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), including, without limitation, (i) the Federal, Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and foreign healthcare related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286, 287 and 1349 and the healthcare fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), the exclusions law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the Medicare statute (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), the Medicaid statute (Title XIX of the Social Security Act) and any other laws related to a government healthcare program; (iii) HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.); (iv) the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and (v) any other similar local, state, federal, or foreign laws (collectively, the “Health Care Laws”). Neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have engaged in activities which are, as applicable, cause for false claims liability, civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, or any other state or federal healthcare program. The Company has not received written notice or other correspondence of any claim, action, suit, audit, survey, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action (“Action”) from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in violation of any Health Care Laws, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action is threatened. The Company is not a party to and does not have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred or non-prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, plan of correction or similar agreement imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, none of the Company, any of its employees, officers or directors or, to the Company’s knowledge, agents, has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. state or federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

 

11


(xxix) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its Subsidiary have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any Subsidiary and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxx) Accounting Controls. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiary maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxxi) Tests and Preclinical and Clinical Trials. The studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted by or, to the Company’s knowledge, on behalf of the Company were and, if still ongoing, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to accepted professional scientific standards and all Authorizations and Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58 and 312 (collectively, “FFDCA”); the descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and trials contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies, tests and trials; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any studies, tests or trials, the results of which call into question the study, test, or trial results described or referred to

 

12


in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus when viewed in the context in which such results are described and the clinical state of development; and, except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not received any notices or correspondence from the FDA or any Governmental Entity requiring the termination or suspension of any studies, tests or preclinical or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such trials, copies of which communications have been made available to you.

(xxxii) Payment of Taxes. All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its Subsidiary required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company have been settled and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company and its Subsidiary have filed all other material tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its Subsidiary, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are, in conformity with GAAP, adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxiii) Insurance. The Company and its Subsidiary carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or its Subsidiary will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Company nor its Subsidiary has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxxiv) Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

(xxxv) Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

13


(xxxvi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company, its Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiary is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxxvii) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiary are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxviii) OFAC. None of the Company, its Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or its Subsidiary is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxix) Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xl) Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xli) Maintenance of Rating. The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

 

14


(xlii) Privacy and Data Protection. The Company and its Subsidiary have operated their business in a manner compliant in all material respects with all United States federal, state, local and non-United States privacy, data security and data protection laws and regulations (“Privacy Laws”), policies and procedures, contractual obligations and applicable industry standards applicable to the Company’s collection, use, transfer, protection, disposal, disclosure, handling, storage and analysis of personal data (collectively, the “Data Protection Requirements”). The Company and its Subsidiary have implemented and maintained policies and procedures designed to ensure the integrity and security of the data collected, handled or stored in connection with its business in accordance with the Privacy Laws; the Company and its Subsidiary have been and are in compliance in all material respects with internal policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the Health Care Laws that govern privacy and data security and take, and have taken reasonably appropriate steps designed to assure compliance with such policies and procedures, except where such non-compliance or the failure to take such steps would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiary have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of its personally identifiable information, protected health information, consumer information and other sensitive, confidential or regulated information of the Company, its Subsidiary and any third parties in its possession (“Company Data”). The information technology systems (including computers, screens, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, networks, data communications lines, technical data and hardware), software and telecommunications systems used or held for use by the Company and its Subsidiary (the “Company IT Assets”) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required for the business of the Company and its Subsidiary as currently operated and as proposed to be conducted as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and in accordance with their documentation and functional specifications. The Company IT Assets are free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company and its Subsidiary have established and maintained, commercially reasonable disaster recovery and security plans, procedures, safeguards and facilities for the business consistent with industry standards and practices in all material respects, including, without limitation, for the Company IT Assets and data held or used by or for the Company and its Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiary have not suffered any security breaches or incidents, unauthorized access or disclosure, or compromises with respect to any Company IT Asset or Company Data, except where such breaches, incidents, access, disclosure or compromises would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and to the Company’s knowledge there has been no unauthorized or illegal use of or access to any Company IT Asset or Company Data by any unauthorized third party. The Company and its Subsidiary have not been notified of, have not been required to notify any individual or governmental or regulatory authority of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that could result in, any information security breach, compromise or incident involving Company Data. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) has received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Data Protection Requirement, and has no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (ii) is currently conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation, or other corrective action pursuant to any Data Protection Requirement, or (iii) is a party to any order, decree, or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability by any governmental or regulatory authority under any Data Protection Requirement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other agreement referred to in this Agreement will not result in a breach of any Data Protection Requirement.

 

15


(xliii) No Broker Fees. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby.

(b) Officer’s Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or its Subsidiary delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.

(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

16


Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for their account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of SVB Leerink, Evercore, Stifel and Guggenheim, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the

 

17


Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earning statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

18


(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of SVB Leerink and Evercore, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clauses (i) and (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a convertible security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; or (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto.

(j) Lock-Up Release or Waiver. If SVB Leerink and Evercore, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any road show that is a “written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433,

 

19


and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement which has not been superseded or modified, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(m) Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners. The Company will deliver to the Representatives, on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certification.

(n) Compliance with FINRA Rules. The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

(o) Testing-the-Waters Materials. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(p) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.

(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the

 

20


Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show; provided, however, that (A) the Underwriters shall pay their direct costs and expenses associated with the road show and (B) the Underwriters shall pay 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters (such fees, together with any fees incurred pursuant to this clause (v) not to exceed $50,000) in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Market, (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii) and (xi) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees.

(b) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i), Section 9(a)(iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or its Subsidiary delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and the negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinions of Brown Rudnick LLP and Sagittarius Intellectual Property LLP, special counsels for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

21


(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its Subsidiary and certificates of public officials.

(d) Officers’ Certificate. At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Approval of Listing. At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h) No Objection. FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by all of the Company’s directors, officers and securityholders.

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and its Subsidiary hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

22


(i) Officers’ Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion, and negative assurance letter, of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Brown Rudnick LLP and Sagittarius Intellectual Property LLP, special counsels for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion, and negative assurance letter, of Latham & Watkins LLP counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. If requested by the Representatives, a letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(k) Additional Documents. At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any), counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such other documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(l) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

23


(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

24


(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(e) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(e) Indemnification for Reserved Securities. In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus wrapper or other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of the Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities.

 

25


SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violations of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

26


SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or its Subsidiary submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

(a) Termination. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in U.S. or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (ii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Market, or (iii) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

27


(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to SVB Leerink at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10019, attention of Stuart R. Nayman; Evercore Group L.L.C., 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, attention of Kenneth Masotti; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 787 7th Ave., 11th Floor, New York, New York 10019, attention of Michael Chien; and Guggenheim Securities LLC, 330 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, attention of Alexander Sheers.

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, its Subsidiary or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or its Subsidiary on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

28


SECTION 13. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

For purposes of this Agreement, (A) “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k); (B) “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b); (C) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable; and (D) “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 14. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 15. Waiver of Trial by Jury. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 17. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the

 

29


exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 18. TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 19. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

SECTION 21. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED
    As of the date first above written:
SVB LEERINK LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
EVERCORE GROUP L.L.C.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[•].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[•], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[•] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities
 

SVB Leerink LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Guggenheim Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [•] shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[•].


SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]


SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]


Exhibit A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

2


Lock-Up Agreement

                         , 2021

SVB Leerink LLC

Evercore Group L.L.C.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

Guggenheim Securities LLC

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o SVB Leerink LLC

255 California Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

c/o Evercore Group L.L.C.

55 East 52nd Street

New York, New York 10055

c/o Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

787 7th Ave., 11th Floor

New York, NY 10019

c/o Guggenheim Securities LLC

330 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

  Re:

Proposed Public Offering by Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a stockholder, officer and/or director of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that SVB Leerink LLC (“SVB Leerink”), Evercore Group L.L.C. (“Evercore”), Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Guggenheim Securities LLC propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares (the “Securities”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of SVB Leerink and Evercore, on behalf of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration


statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) SVB Leerink and Evercore, on behalf of the Underwriters, agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, SVB Leerink and Evercore, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by SVB Leerink and Evercore on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of SVB Leerink and Evercore, provided, in each case, that (1) SVB Leerink and Evercore receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i)-(iii) and (v)-(vi) below, any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period):

 

  (i)

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

  (ii)

to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this letter, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  (iii)

as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

  (iv)

to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

  (v)

pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

  (vi)

by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned; or

 

  (vii)

to the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation.

 

-2-


Furthermore, no provision in this letter shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s services to the Company or in connection with the repurchase of securities issued pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan and repurchased pursuant to such plan, provided that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (1); (2) the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case for cash or on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement; provided, however, that the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter and that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such exercise or exchange shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (2) and (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person; (3) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter; (4) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter and (5) the transfer or disposition of shares of Common Stock purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Public Offering; provided, that such transfer or disposition is not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the undersigned does not otherwise effect any voluntary or required public filing or report regarding such transfer or disposition (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Trading Plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under any such 10b5-1 Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities Exchange Commission, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan.

This letter may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Shares and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

 

-3-


The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This letter shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) October 15, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-4-


Very truly yours,

 

Name of Security Holder (Print exact name)
By:  

 

  Signature
If not signing in an individual capacity:

 

Name of Authorized Signatory (Print)

 

Title of Authorized Signatory (Print)
(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]


Exhibit B

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

[Date]

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that SVB Leerink LLC, Evercore Group L.L.C., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Guggenheim Securities LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [•] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [DATE], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.    

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on October 18, 2018. This corporation’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated on February 4, 2019, October 10, 2019, October 14, 2020 and May 20, 2021.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 19808 County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 46,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 15,345,286 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 


Effective immediately upon the filing of this this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”):

(i) each two outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined and reconstituted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Common Stock;

(ii) each two outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be combined and reconstituted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock;

(iii) each two outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be combined and reconstituted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series A-1 Preferred Stock;

(iv) each two outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be combined and reconstituted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock ((i)-(iv), collectively, the “Reverse Stock Split”).

The Reverse Stock Split shall be effected for each class or series of Common Stock and Preferred Stock on a stock certificate by stock certificate basis. No fractional shares of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock shall be issued upon the combination of any such shares in the Reverse Stock Split. If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) of one share of Common Stock or such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, as of the Effective Time (after giving effect to the foregoing Reverse Stock Split), rounded up to the nearest whole cent.

The Reverse Stock Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent.

Unless otherwise specifically noted in this Restated Certificate, all share numbers and prices per share have been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, if also approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in Subsection 3.2)), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

2


B. PREFERRED STOCK

5,217,084 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, 6,282,049 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”, and 3,846,153 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock”, each having the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations given them in this certificate of incorporation. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends.

From and after the date of the issuance of any share of a series of Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) applicable to such series of Preferred Stock shall accrue on such shares of such series of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such series of Preferred Stock) (the “Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however, that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Subsection 2.1, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of Common Stock or such other class or series of capital stock determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such other class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price; provided that if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend, Series A-1 Preferred Stock dividend and Series B Preferred Stock dividend. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $6.00 per share, the “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $7.80 per share, and the “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $15.60 per share, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such series of Preferred Stock. Each of the Series A Original Issue Price, the Series A-1 Original Issue Price and the Series B Original Issue Price is an “Original Issue Price”.

 

3


2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or the Available Proceeds (as defined below), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or the Available Proceeds (as defined below), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price or the Series A-1 Original Issue Price, as applicable, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.2, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution, after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1, in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.3 Distribution of Remaining Assets. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 and Subsection 2.2, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 and Subsection 2.2 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred

 

4


Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or such Deemed Liquidation Event, as the case may be. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.3 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Liquidation Amount”, the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.2 and 2.3 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”, and the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.2 and 2.3 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount”. Each of the Series B Liquidation Amount, Series A Liquidation Amount and the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount is a “Liquidation Amount”.

2.4 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.4.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of (i) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (together, the “Requisite Holders”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b) (1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or (2) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

5


2.4.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(ii) or 2.4.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice (a “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the following clause; and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Each Redemption Notice shall state: (1) the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem; (2) the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) and the amount to be paid to such holder; and (3) for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed. On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Available Proceeds for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.4.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event.

2.4.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in Subsection 3.2).

 

6


2.4.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.4.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting.

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A Directors” and collectively with the Series B Director, the “Preferred Directors”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock fail to elect a director to fill the directorship for which they are entitled to elect a director, voting together as a class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting together as a class, pursuant to the second sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of

 

7


directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.

3.3.1 At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a) amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation; which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the addition of new provisions to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation that do not amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation;

(b) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(c) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, shares of any class or series of capital stock (including, without limitation, the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock), except with respect to the issue or creation of the obligation to issue Common Stock (and the same has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors), or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock), except with respect to the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock (and the same has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(d) (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with a series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to a series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

 

8


(e) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at no greater than the original purchase price thereof;

(f) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money, except that the foregoing provisions of this Subsection 3.3.1(f) shall not be applicable to the creation or issuance of any such debt security, the creation of any such lien or security interest, the incurrence of any such other indebtedness for borrowed money if, after giving effect to any such action, the aggregate indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively, shall not exceed $500,000 and the lien or security interest so created is granted over bank accounts, real property or equipment (and not intellectual property rights, interests in contracts or other intangible rights);

(g) create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or permit any subsidiary to create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

(h) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

(i) enter into or be a party to any transaction with any holder of shares of Preferred Stock or any affiliate or “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any such holder, except for (i) transactions in which substantially the same terms per share of a series of Preferred Stock are offered or made available to all holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock, (ii) transactions contemplated by any of the investment documents or agreements entered into by the Corporation and holders of shares of Preferred Stock in connection with the sale or issuance by the Corporation of shares of Preferred Stock to such holders, or (iii) transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Corporation’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

3.4 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.

3.4.1 At any time when shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

9


(a) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

(b) pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock;

(c) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing is such transaction would result in proceeds of less than $17.16 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits and the like);

(d) (i) sell shares of Common Stock to the public at a price less than $17.16 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or (ii) enter into a transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Corporation is merged into, or otherwise combines with, a special purpose acquisition company, or a subsidiary thereof, listed on a national securities exchange (a “SPAC Entity”) at a value less than $17.16 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) and the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or combination are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of the SPAC Entity; or

(e) amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock; which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the addition of new provisions to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation that do not amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation.

3.5 Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.

3.5.1 At any time when shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

10


(a) amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock; which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the addition of new provisions to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation that do not amend, alter or repeal any existing provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation; or

(b) (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $15.60, the “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $6.00, and the “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $7.80. Each of the Series B Conversion Price, Series A Conversion Price and the Series A-1 Conversion Price is a “Conversion Price”. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, Series A Conversion Price and Series A-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

11


4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion, and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, and any series thereof, accordingly.

 

12


4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to a Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the applicable series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (i)

as to any series of Preferred Stock shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on such series of Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors; or

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

13


(b) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(c) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Series B Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series B Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

14


(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series B Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, the Series B Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

15


For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP2” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP1” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

16


  (i)

The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series B Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period). For the purpose of this Section 4.4.6, in the case of transactions that provide for multiple closings, where each such closing is subject to one or more unique, substantive terms and conditions which differ between closings, such multiple closings shall be treated as separate transactions.

 

  Adjustment

for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which the first share of a series of Preferred Stock was issued (the “Original Issue Date” for such series) effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

17


If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after an Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.5 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after an Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.6 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

18


4.7 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series B Conversion Price, Series A Conversion Price and Series A-1 Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

4.8 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series B Conversion Price, Series A Conversion Price and/or Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series B Conversion Price, Series A Conversion Price and/or Series A-1 Preferred Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable.

4.9 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

19


(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

5.1 Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $17.16 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $80,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender

 

20


any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

7. Waiver. Subject always to Subsection 3.4, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the various series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders.

8. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that, so long as any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Preferred Director, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors shall be required for the authorization by the Board of Directors of any of the matters set forth in Section 5.4 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2021, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

21


NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification or (b) increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any

 

22


provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 24th day of July, 2021.

 

By:  

/s/ Robert Azelby

  Robert Azelby
  Chief Executive Officer
EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

ONE: The name of this corporation is Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. The date of filing of the original certificate of incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 18, 2018.

TWO: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL. Stockholder approval of the adoption of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was effected by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

THREE: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation of this corporation, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 19808 County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 260,000,000 shares, consisting of 250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares for each such series and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and filed in accordance with the DGCL.

 

1


C. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding plus, if applicable, the number of shares of such class or series reserved for issuance) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to law or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and stockholders, or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Management of the Business. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B. Board of Directors.

1. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of a number of directors equal to one-third of the number of members of the Board of Directors authorized as provided in Section A of this Article V. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

2


2. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by such series of Preferred Stock, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause so long as the Board of Directors is classified and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors considered for purposes of this Section C of Article V as one class. For purposes of this Section C of Article V, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any director, (x) the willful failure by such director to perform, or the gross negligence of such director in performing, the duties of a director, (y) the engaging by such director in willful or serious misconduct that is injurious to the Corporation or (z) the conviction of such director of, or the entering by such director of a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony.

D. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors or fill vacancies in respect of such directors, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors or by the sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

E. Bylaw Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”). Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

F. STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS.

1. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

2. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

 

3


3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. In furtherance thereof, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing two sentences shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not adversely affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any person under this Article VI as in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

A. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following claims or causes of action under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the Corporation; (2) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (3) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; (4) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (5) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (6) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the Corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This Section A of Article VIII shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the 1933 Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

4


B. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the 1933 Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its officers and directors, the underwriters for any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.

VIII.

A. Any person or entity holding, owning, or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal, at any time and from time to time, any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph C. of this Article IX, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon the stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to this reservation.

C. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

The Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this ____ day of _________, 2021.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:    
  Name: Robert Azelby
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

5

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

[___________], 2021

 

1


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “Board of Directors”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and Section 14 below.

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and proposals of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i)

 

2


pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Bylaws”), and only such nominations shall be made and such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures below.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of capital stock of the corporation that are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) all other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the corporation’s proxy statement and associated proxy card as a nominee of the stockholder and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) all of the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation (as such term is used in any applicable stock exchange listing requirements or applicable law) or on any committee or sub-committee of the Board of Directors under any applicable stock exchange listing requirements or applicable law, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for

 

3


conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that (A) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation or (B) the corporation did not have an annual meeting in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Sections 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, including, if applicable, such name and address as they appear on the corporation’s books and records; (B) the class, series and number of shares of each class or series of the capital stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) by each Proponent (provided, that for purposes of this Section 5(b)(iv), such Proponent shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own all shares of any class or series of capital stock of the corporation as to which such Proponent has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future); (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal (and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the corporation) between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation at the time of giving notice, will be entitled to vote at the meeting, and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

(c) A stockholder providing the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the

 

4


determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) the date that is five Business Days (as defined below) prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five Business Days after the later of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting or the public announcement of such record date. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class (as defined below) to be elected to the Board of Directors at the next annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 5(b)(iii) and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming all of the nominees for the Expiring Class or specifying the size of the increased Expiring Class at least 100 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and that complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting, unless the person is nominated in accordance with either clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(b), Section 5(c), and Section 5(d), as applicable. Only such business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) of Section 5(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), as applicable. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii). Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

5


(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i)affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

(ii)Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are closed in New York City, New York;

(iii)close of business” means 6:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day;

(iv)Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(A) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation;

(B) that otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation;

(C) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in value or price with respect to any securities of the corporation; or

(D) that provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation or similar right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member;

(v)public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, GlobeNewswire or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act or by such other means reasonably designed to inform the public or security holders in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the corporation’s investor relations website.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

6


(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Sections 5(b)(i) and 5(b)(iv). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Sections 5(b)(i) and 5(b)(iv) shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than 120 days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or the tenth day following the day on which the corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at the special meeting unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 6(c). Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or if the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c).

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings,

 

7


the purpose or purposes of the meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such record date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. Such notice may be given by personal delivery, mail, or with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or electronic transmission. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If sent via electronic transmission, notice is given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address appearing in the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders (to the extent required) may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum and Vote Required. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by the Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat and entitled to vote thereon, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstention and broker non-votes) on such matter shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote

 

8


thereon. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or adjournment thereof, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in Section 217(b) of the DGCL. If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The corporation shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect all of the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by applicable law.

 

9


Section 13. Action without Meeting.

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders duly called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

Section 14. Remote Communication. For the purposes of the Bylaws, if authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

Section 15. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed, is absent or refuses to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent or refuses to act, the President, or, if the President is absent or refuses to act, a chairperson of the meeting designated by the Board of Directors, or, if the Board of Directors does not designate such chairperson, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and

 

10


time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 16. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 17. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

Section 18. Classes of Directors. The directors shall be divided into classes as and to the extent provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 19. Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 20. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of delivery of the notice or at any later time specified therein. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 21. Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed only in the manner specified in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 22. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

11


(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware as designated and called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place, if any, of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be transmitted orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting.

(e) Waiver of Notice. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 23. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 46 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the total number of directors then serving on the Board of Directors or, if greater, one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. At any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 24. Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. Such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

12


(a) Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, a fixed sum and reimbursement of expenses incurred, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors, as well as reimbursement for other reasonable expenses incurred with respect to duties as a member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by applicable law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in the Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 26 shall be held at such times and places, if any, as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice

 

13


of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at such place, if any, that has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place, if any, of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place, if any, of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27. Lead Independent Director. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director, if any, will preside over meetings of the independent directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Board of Directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 29. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate or necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors or by a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility.

 

14


Section 30. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors or by a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility or, if so authorized by the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer or another officer of the corporation.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless a Chairperson of the Board of Directors or Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the corporation as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, Lead Independent Director, or Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the corporation as are customarily associated with the position of President. The President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors (or the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer and President are not the same person and the Board of Directors has delegated the designation of the President’s duties to the Chief Executive Officer) shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant (unless the duties of the President are being filled by the Chief Executive Officer). A Vice President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts, votes and proceedings thereof in the minute books of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with the Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in the Bylaws and other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

15


(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.

(g) Duties of Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation, shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Treasurer or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 31. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 32. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 33. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, or by any committee thereof or any superior officer upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

16


ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 34. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute, sign or endorse on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by applicable law or the Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall from time to time authorize so to do.

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by applicable law, the execution, signing or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document may be effected manually, by facsimile or (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 35. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of or interests in other corporations or entities owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 36. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by any two authorized officers of the corporation, certifying the number, and the class or series, of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 37. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be

 

17


lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 38. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 39. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 39(a).

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 40. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

18


Section 41. Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting, the powers set forth in the Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 42. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 43. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 44. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, determines proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board of Directors shall determine to be conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

19


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 45. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 46. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted under and in any manner permitted under the DGCL or any other applicable law, any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter, a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall be those persons designated by the corporation as (a) executive officers for purposes of the disclosures required in the corporation’s proxy and periodic reports or (b) officers for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act) of the corporation, or while serving as a director or executive officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (collectively, “Another Enterprise”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines (including ERISA excise taxes or penalties) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by applicable law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d) of this Section 46.

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify (including the power to advance expenses in a manner consistent with subsection (c) of this Section 46) its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of Another Enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses (including attorneys’

 

20


fees) incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such Proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 46 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 46, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 46 shall be deemed to be contractual rights, shall vest when the person becomes a director or executive officer of the corporation, shall continue as vested contract rights even if such person ceases to be a director or executive officer of the corporation, and shall be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 46 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 46 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

21


(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 46 shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 46.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 46 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Section 46 as in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Article XI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Article XI that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Article XI shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions and Construction of Terms. For the purposes of Article XI of the Bylaws, the following definitions and rules of construction shall apply:

(i) The term “Proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any Proceeding.

(iii) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 46 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

22


(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “Another Enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Section 46.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 47. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by applicable law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in the Bylaws (including by any of the means specified in Section 22(d)), or by overnight delivery service. Any notice sent by overnight delivery service or U.S. mail shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that

 

23


shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 48. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 46(h) or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 49. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

24

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

CUSIP 28658R 10 6 INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND LEGENDS This certifies that is the record holder of FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER SECRETARY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (BROOKLYN, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   –   as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT  –   .....................   Custodian   .....................
TEN ENT   –   as tenants by the entireties               (Cust)           (Minor)
JT TEN   –   as joint tenants with right of         under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 

   survivorship and not as tenants

      Act....................................................
     in common           (State)  
COM PROP   –   as community property       UNIF TRF MIN ACT  –   ........... Custodian (until age.............)
          (Cust)    
          ................. under Uniform Transfers
                (Minor)  
          to Minors Act...................................
                  (State)  

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _____________________________________________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

     
          

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

    

    

 

    

 

shares

 

of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

     attorney-in-fact

 

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                                                                 

 

  
   X             
   X             

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:        

    

 

NOTICE:

  

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

    

 

By                                                                                                          

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

 
EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

August 2, 2021

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125

Redmond, WA 98053

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-257980) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 5,175,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Shares”) (including up to 675,000 Shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares to be granted to the underwriters).

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws, each as currently in effect, (c) the forms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibits 3.2 and 3.4, to the Registration Statement, respectively, each of which is to be in effect immediately prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and (d) originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below and (ii) assumed that the Shares will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the accuracy, completeness and authenticity of the certificates of public officials and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by all persons other than by the Company where due authorization, execution and delivery are prerequisites to the effectiveness thereof. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not independently verified such matters.

Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion to the extent that any other laws are applicable to the subject matter hereof and express no opinion and provide no assurance as to compliance with any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation.

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Cooley LLP    1700 Seventh Avenue    Suite 1900    Seattle, WA    98101-1355

t: (206) 452-8700    f: (206) 452-8800    cooley.com


August 2, 2021

Page Two

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,

 

Cooley LLP

By:   /s/ Alan D. Hambelton
  Alan D. Hambelton

 

Cooley LLP    1700 Seventh Avenue    Suite 1900    Seattle, WA    98101-1355

t: (206) 452-8700    f: (206) 452-8800    cooley.com

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is between Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and the individual identified in paragraph 1 below, currently residing at the address set out at the end of this Agreement (the “Optionee”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the respective meaning ascribed to such capitalized terms in the Plan (as defined below).

1. Grant of Option. Pursuant and subject to the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”), the Company grants to you, the Optionee identified in the table below, an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Company all or any part of a total of the number of shares identified in the table below (the “Optioned Shares”) of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in the Company (the “Stock”), at the exercise price per share set out in the table below. If, at any time, the Company uses an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta or Shareworks) and the fields below are blank or the information is otherwise provided in an electronic format, then such information is incorporated herein and shall control, and the blank fields and other information (including the exercise schedule and type of grant) shall be deemed to come from the electronic capitalization system and shall be considered part of this Agreement.

 

Optionee    
Number of Shares    
Exercise Price Per Share    
Grant Date    
Expiration Date    
Type of Option    
Vesting Schedule    

2. [Reserved].

3. Expiration of Option. This Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m. EST on the Expiration Date or, if earlier, the earliest of the dates specified in whichever of the following applies:

(a) If the termination of your employment with, and/or other association as an officer, director, consultant or advisor of, any and all of the Company and its Affiliates is on account of your death or disability, the first anniversary of the date such employment and/or other association ends.

(b) If the termination of your employment with, and/or other association as an officer, director, consultant or advisor of, any and all of the Company and its Affiliates is due to any other reason, three (3) months after such employment and/or other association ends.

4. Exercise of Option.

(a) You may exercise this Option, in full or in part and at any time prior to the date this Option expires, as to the number of Optioned Shares for which this Option shall have become exercisable (the “Vested Shares”) pursuant Section 4(b) below. However, during any period that this Option remains outstanding after the end of your association with the Company and its Affiliates in any and all capacities as an officer, director, employee,


consultant and/or advisor of the Company and its Affiliates, you may exercise it only to the extent of any remaining Vested Shares determined as of the effective time of the end of such association. The procedure for exercising this Option is described in Section 7.1(g) of the Plan; provided that in no event shall a fraction of a share of Stock be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 4(a) above, this Option shall become exercisable for the Optioned Shares as set forth in the table above.

5. Transfer of Option. Except if and to the extent otherwise provided under the Plan in the event that this Option is not an Incentive Option, you may not transfer this Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during your lifetime, only you may exercise this Option.

6. Incorporation of Plan Terms. This Option is granted subject to all of the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the limitations on the Company’s obligation to deliver Optioned Shares upon exercise set forth in Section 9 therein.

7. Tax Consequences. The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the tax treatment to you of your receipt or exercise of this Option or upon your sale or other disposition of the Optioned Shares. You should rely on your own tax advisors for such advice.

8. Treatment as Wages or Compensation. No amounts paid or payable in connection with this Option shall constitute wages or compensation for purposes of any applicable law, if ever, prior to the date on which such amount has been earned, vested and become payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan. No such amount shall be treated as wages or compensation for purposes of any employee or other benefit plan of the Company and its Affiliates except to the extent and at the time provided in the respective employee or other benefit plan.

9. Acknowledgements. You acknowledge that you have reviewed and understand the Plan, this Agreement, and the Notice of Exercise (the “Plan Documents”) in their entirety, and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement. You acknowledge and agree that the Option is governed by the Plan Documents and, by executing this Agreement on the signature page hereto or by electronic means authorized by the Company, you agree to the terms of each of the Plan Documents. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. You acknowledge and agree that this Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except with the express written consent of the Optionee and a duly authorized officer of the Company. By accepting this Option, Optionee consents to receive the Plan Documents and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company in the Company’s sole discretion.

10. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Company and any executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, or other legal representative of you. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned under the Plan. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which together shall constitute but one instrument. In making proof of this Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Signature page to follow.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.     OPTIONEE
By:  

 

   

 

Name:  

 

    Signature of Optionee
Title:  

 

   
      Optionee’s Address:
     

 


ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.    
23515 NE Novelty Hill Road, Suite B221 #125    
Redmond, WA 98053     Date of Exercise:                         

This constitutes notice to ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC. (the “Company”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ☐      Nonstatutory ☐  

Stock option dated:

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certificates to be issued in name of:

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exercise price:

   $                           $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise1)

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Value of                  Shares delivered herewith2:

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two years after the date of grant of this option or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option. I further agree that this Notice of Exercise may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

1 

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option agreement.

2 

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.


I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I hereby represent and warrant that (1) I have been furnished with all information which I deem necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the purchase of the Shares; (2) I have had the opportunity to ask questions concerning the Shares and the Company and all questions posed have been answered to my satisfaction; (3) I have been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information I deem necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Shares and the Company; and (4) I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that I am able to evaluate the merits and risks of purchasing the Shares and to make an informed investment decision relating thereto

I understand that because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, I must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite time and the Shares cannot be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered under applicable federal and state securities laws or an exemption from such registration requirements is available.

I agree that I will in no event sell or distribute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Shares unless (1) there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Shares or (2) the Company receives an opinion of my legal counsel (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or the Company othe1wise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration.

I have considered the Federal, state and local income tax implications of the exercise of my stock option and the purchase and subsequent sale of the Shares.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least 90 days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge and agree that I will be party to and deemed a “Key Holder” under the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement with the Company (as amended from time to time), a copy of which is included hereto as Exhibit A (the “Voting Agreement”).

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the 2019 Plan, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of 180 days


following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

(Signature)

 
 
 

 

Name (Please Print)

Address of Record:  

 

 

 

Email:  

 


EXHIBIT A

VOTING AGREEMENT

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [•], 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [•], 2021

1. GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; (ii) any Returning Shares will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan (except to the extent such outstanding awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(d) Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed [•]1 shares, which is the sum of: (i) [•] new shares, plus (ii) up to [•] Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will automatically increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding year; provided, however, that the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

 

1 

NTD: Share reserve to equal 10% of the number of shares outstanding at the time of IPO.

 

1


(b) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is [•]2 shares.

(c) Share Reserve Operation.

(i) Limit Applies to Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(ii) Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued; (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Common Stock); (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; or (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(iii) Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Specific Award Limitations.

(i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

 

 

2 

NTD: ISO limit to equal share reserve.

 

2


(ii) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(iii) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (1) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (2) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

(iv) Limitations on Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants unless the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(c) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

(d) Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any calendar year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (1) $750,000 in total value or (2) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such calendar year, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case, calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes. The limitations in this Section 3(d) shall apply commencing with the first calendar year that begins following the Effective Date.

4. OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated or if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical;

 

3


provided, however, that each Option Agreement and SAR Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Option Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Option Agreement:

(i) by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the

 

4


date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

(v) in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the SAR Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the SAR Agreement.

(e) Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(f) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

5


(g) Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(h) Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i) three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii) 12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii) 18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv) 18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the terminated Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Award or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

(i) Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last 30 days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period: (i) the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law, or (ii) the immediate sale of any shares of Common

 

6


Stock issued upon such exercise would violate the Company’s Trading Policy, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions); provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

(j) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(k) Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock or their equivalents.

5. AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement and RSU Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Form of Award.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (A) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (B) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2) RSU Awards: An RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of an RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any,

 

7


to issue shares of Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any RSU Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

(ii) Consideration.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(2) RSU Awards: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, an RSU Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the RSU Award, or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the RSU Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the RSU Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(iii) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (1) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the Restricted Stock Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award or any consideration in respect of the Restricted Stock Award and (2) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the RSU Award, the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSU Award or any consideration in respect of the RSU Award.

(v) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

 

8


(vi) Settlement of RSU Awards. An RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the RSU Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

(b) Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c) Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof, may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

6. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class and maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a); (ii) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(b); and (iii) the class and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an appropriate equivalent benefit, if any, for any fractional shares or rights to fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

9


(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction, except as set forth in Section 11, unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.

(i) Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

(ii) Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of Performance Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and that have multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the vesting of such Performance Awards will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction in which the Awards are not assumed, continued or substituted in accordance with Section 6(c)(i). With respect to the vesting of Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction or such later date as required to comply with Section 409A.

(iii) Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar

 

10


awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Award may not exercise such Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under the Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

(e) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

7. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an

 

11


issuance of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

12


(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Award Agreements.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

(d) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

13


(e) Delegation to an Officer. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, other types of Awards) and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the resolutions or charter adopted by the Board or any Committee evidencing such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

8. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including), any sums required to satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance contribution withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law, the Company has no duty or obligation to any holder of an Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers,

 

14


Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

(d) Withholding Indemnification. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(c) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(d) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

 

15


(e) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(f) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(h) Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

16


(i) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(j) Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

(k) Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of Restricted Stock and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(l) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

(m) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(n) Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award

 

17


Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(o) CHOICE OF LAW. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

10. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed to be necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

11. ADDITIONAL RULES FOR AWARDS SUBJECT TO SECTION 409A.

(a) Application. Unless the provisions of this Section of the Plan are expressly superseded by the provisions in the form of Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Award Agreement for a Non-Exempt Award.

(b) Non-Exempt Awards Subject to Non-Exempt Severance Arrangements. To the extent a Non-Exempt Award is subject to Section 409A due to application of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, the following provisions of this subsection (b) apply.

(i) If the Non-Exempt Award vests in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement, and does not accelerate vesting under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, in no event will the shares be issued in respect of such Non-Exempt Award any later than the later of: (i) December 31st of the calendar year that includes the applicable vesting date, or (ii) the 60th day that follows the applicable vesting date.

 

18


(ii) If vesting of the Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award as of the date of grant, then the shares will be earlier issued in settlement of such Non-Exempt Award upon the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, but in no event later than the 60th day that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued the Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iii) If vesting of a Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were not in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are not a part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award on the date of grant, then such acceleration of vesting of the Non-Exempt Award shall not accelerate the issuance date of the shares, but the shares shall instead be issued on the same schedule as set forth in the Grant Notice as if they had vested in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service, notwithstanding the vesting acceleration of the Non-Exempt Award. Such issuance schedule is intended to satisfy the requirements of payment on a specified date or pursuant to a fixed schedule, as provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(4).

(c) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Employees and Consultants. The provisions of this subsection (c) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of any Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction if the Participant was either an Employee or Consultant upon the applicable date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award.

(i) Vested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Vested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction:

(1) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the settlement of the Vested Non-Exempt Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Alternatively, the Company may instead provide that the Participant will receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control.

 

19


(2) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute each Vested Non-Exempt Award. The shares to be issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of the Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(ii) Unvested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Unvested Non-Exempt Award unless otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section:

(1) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Acquiring Entity shall assume, continue or substitute any Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(2) If the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue any Unvested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then such Award shall automatically terminate and be forfeited upon the Corporate Transaction with no consideration payable to any Participant in respect of such forfeited Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Board may in its discretion determine to elect to accelerate the vesting and settlement of the Unvested Non-Exempt Award upon the Corporate Transaction, or instead substitute a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant, as further provided in subsection (e)(ii) below. In the absence of such discretionary election by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration to the affected Participants if the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue the Unvested Non-Exempt Awards in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

 

20


(3) The foregoing treatment shall apply with respect to all Unvested Non-Exempt Awards upon any Corporate Transaction, and regardless of whether or not such Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control.

(d) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Non-Employee Directors. The following provisions of this subsection (d) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of a Non-Exempt Director Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(i) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the vesting and settlement of any Non-Exempt Director Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued to the Participant in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award. Alternatively, the Company may provide that the Participant will instead receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control pursuant to the preceding provision.

(ii) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Non-Exempt Director Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(e) If the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt Award, then the provisions in this Section 11(e) shall apply and supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement with respect to the permitted treatment of such Non-Exempt Award:

(i) Any exercise by the Board of discretion to accelerate the vesting of a Non-Exempt Award shall not result in any acceleration of the scheduled issuance dates for the shares in respect of the Non-Exempt Award unless earlier issuance of the shares upon the applicable vesting dates would be in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(ii) The Company explicitly reserves the right to earlier settle any Non-Exempt Award to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, including pursuant to any of the exemptions available in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

(iii) To the extent the terms of any Non-Exempt Award provide that it will be settled upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Change in Control or Corporate Transaction event triggering settlement must also constitute a Section 409A Change in Control. To the extent the terms of a Non-Exempt Award provides that it will be settled upon a termination of employment or termination of Continuous Service, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the termination event triggering settlement must also constitute a Separation From Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued to a Participant in connection with a “separation from service” such Participant is subject

 

21


to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iv) The provisions in this subsection (e) for delivery of the shares in respect of the settlement of an RSU Award that is a Non-Exempt Award are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that the delivery of the shares to the Participant in respect of such Non-Exempt Award will not trigger the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be so interpreted.

12. SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

13. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

14. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(b)Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Compensation Committee.

(c)Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(d)Applicable Law” means any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

22


(e)Award” means any right to receive Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, an RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(f)Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided, including through electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

(g)Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(h) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the date the Plan is adopted by the Compensation Committee without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(i)Cause has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between a Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Participant’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers, vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Participant’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the Participant’s failure to perform the Participant’s assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Participant by the Company; (iv) the Participant’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the Participant’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Participant and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

23


(j)Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the Acquiring Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the Acquiring Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Compensation Committee, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

24


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply, and (C) with respect to any nonqualified deferred compensation that becomes payable on account of the Change in Control, the transaction or event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control if required in order for the payment not to violate Section 409A.

(k)Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(l)Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(m)Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(n)Company” means Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(o)Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(p)Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(q)Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether

 

25


Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(r)Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Corporate Transaction shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the definition of Corporate Transaction (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Corporate Transaction or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply, and (C) with respect to any nonqualified deferred compensation that becomes payable on account of the Corporate Transaction, the transaction or event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control if required in order for the payment not to violate Section 409A.

(s)Director” means a member of the Board.

(t)determine” or “determined means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

 

26


(u)Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(v)Effective Date” means immediately prior to the IPO Date, provided that this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

(w)Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(x)Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate of the Company that employs the Participant.

(y)Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(z)Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(aa)Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(bb)Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

27


(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(cc)Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(dd)Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(ee)Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(ff)IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(gg)Materially Impair means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option or SAR that may be exercised; (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(hh)Non-Employee Director means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act

 

28


(“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(ii)Non-Exempt Award means any Award that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, including as the result of (i) a deferral of the issuance of the shares subject to the Award which is elected by the Participant or imposed by the Company, or (ii) the terms of any Non-Exempt Severance Agreement.

(jj)Non-Exempt Director Award” means a Non-Exempt Award granted to a Participant who was a Director but not an Employee on the applicable grant date.

(kk)Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement” means a severance arrangement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company that provides for acceleration of vesting of an Award and issuance of the shares in respect of such Award upon the Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) (“Separation from Service”) and such severance benefit does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise.

(ll)Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(mm)Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(nn)Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(oo)Option Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The Option Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Option and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Option and which is provided, including through electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(pp)Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(qq)Other Award” means an award valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) that is not an Incentive Stock Option, Nonstatutory Stock Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Performance Award.

 

29


(rr)Other Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Award grant. Each Other Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss)Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(tt)Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(uu)Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.

(vv)Performance Criteria” means one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee whether or not listed herein.

 

30


(ww)Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board may establish or provide for other adjustment items in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(xx)Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(yy)Plan” means this Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(zz)Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

 

31


(aaa)Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(bbb)Prior Plan” means the Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

(ccc)Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(ddd)Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Restricted Stock Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award and which is provided, including by electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(eee)Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(fff)RSU Award” or “RSU means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(ggg)RSU Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a holder of an RSU Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an RSU Award grant. The RSU Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the RSU Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the RSU Award and which is provided, including by electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each RSU Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hhh)Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(iii)Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(jjj)Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

 

32


(kkk)Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(lll)Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mmm)Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

(nnn)Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(ooo)SAR Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a holder of a SAR evidencing the terms and conditions of a SAR grant. The SAR Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the SAR and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the SAR and which is provided, including by electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each SAR Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ppp)Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(qqq)Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(rrr)Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

(sss)Unvested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had not vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of any Corporate Transaction.

(ttt)Vested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of a Corporate Transaction.

 

33

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Global Stock Option Grant Package

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has granted to you (“Optionholder) an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock set forth below (the “Option”). Your Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan, and the Stock Option Agreement (which includes, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., the general non-US terms and any special terms and conditions for your country, each set out in the attached appendix (the “Appendix”)) and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable.

 

Optionholder:

    

Date of Grant:

    

Vesting Commencement Date:

    

Number of Shares of Common Stock Subject to Option:

    

Exercise Price (Per Share) (US$):

    

Total Exercise Price (US$):

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant:    [Incentive Stock Option] OR [Nonstatutory Stock Option]
Exercise and Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each applicable vesting date, the Option will vest as follows:
   [_____________________________________________________________________________]

Optionholder Acknowledgements: By your signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, you understand and agree that:

 

   

The Option is governed by this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice”), and the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement (together, the “Option Agreement”) may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

   

If you are an employee of the Company and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted to you) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

   

You consent to receive this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, the Prospectus and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

1


   

You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise, or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

   

The Option Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of other equity awards previously granted to you and any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this Option.

 

   

Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:                                     
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement (including the Appendix), 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, Notice of Exercise

 

2


ATTACHMENT I

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

As reflected by your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”), Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice (the “Option”). Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable. The terms of your Option as specified in the Grant Notice and this Stock Option Agreement (which includes, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., the general non-US terms and any special terms and conditions for your country, each set out in the attached appendix (the “Appendix”)) constitute your Option Agreement.

The general terms and conditions applicable to your Option are as follows:

1. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions in:

(a) Section 6 regarding the impact of a Capitalization Adjustment, dissolution, liquidation, or Corporate Transaction on your Option;

(b) Section 9(e) regarding the Company’s retained rights to terminate your Continuous Service notwithstanding the grant of the Option; and

(c) Section 8 regarding the tax consequences of your Option.

Your Option is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

2. EXERCISE.

(a) You may generally exercise the vested portion of your Option for whole shares of Common Stock at any time during its term by delivery of payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes and other required documentation to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the exercise procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which may include an electronic submission. Please review Sections 4(i), 4(j) and 7(b)(v) of the Plan, which may restrict or prohibit your ability to exercise your Option during certain periods.

(b) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, you may pay your Option exercise price as follows:

(i) cash, check, bank draft or money order;

 

3


(ii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program as further described in Section 4(c)(ii) of the Plan if at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded;

(iii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock as further described in Section 4(c)(iii) of the Plan; or

(iv) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement as further described in Section 4(c)(iv) of the Plan.

3. TERM. You may not exercise your Option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your Option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die during your Continuous Service;

(e) immediately upon a Corporate Transaction if the Board has determined that the Option will terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction,

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c) above, the term of your Option shall not expire until the earlier of (i) 18 months after your death, (ii) upon any termination of the Option in connection with a Corporate Transaction, (iii) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or (iv) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. Additionally, the Post-Termination Exercise Period of your Option may be extended as provided in Section 4(i) of the Plan.

To obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your Option and ending on the day three months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. If the Company provides for the extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit, your Option will not necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you exercise your Option more than three months after the date your employment terminates.

4. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS. As further provided in Section 8 of the Plan: (a) you may not exercise your Option unless the applicable tax withholding obligations are satisfied, and (b) at the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed

 

4


under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your Option in accordance with the withholding procedures established by the Company. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to your Option, unless and until such obligations are satisfied. In the event that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation in connection with your Option was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

5. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION DISPOSITION REQUIREMENT. If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, you must notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two years after the date of your Option grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your Option.

6. LEAVE OF ABSENCE.

(a) During any Company-approved leave of absence (“LOA”), the vesting of your Option shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days (or such longer period as required by law). Vesting of your Option shall resume upon the termination of your LOA and return to service to the Company and/or its Affiliates. The vesting schedule of your Option shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

(b) You will be deemed to remain in Continuous Service during any LOA only through your Expected Return Date (as defined below), unless your Continuous Service is otherwise terminated for any reason prior to the Expected Return Date; provided, however, that if you notify the Company or the applicable Affiliate prior to the Expected Return Date (and prior to any earlier termination of Continuous Service) that you do not intend to resume employment or other eligible service with the Company or an Affiliate on or prior to the Expected Return Date (such notification, a “Notification”, and the date of such Notification, the “Notification Date”), then you will be deemed to remain in Continuous Service during the LOA only through the Notification Date. If you fail to report to work on the Expected Return Date, or if you provide a Notification prior to the Expected Return Date, then, on the Expected Return Date or the earlier Notification Date, as applicable, (i) your Continuous Service will be deemed terminated and (ii) vesting of your Option will cease immediately, in each case except to the extent required by applicable law. The first scheduled workday immediately following the Company-approved expiration date of the LOA or, if earlier, the date on which you actually return to employment or other eligible service with the Company or the applicable Affiliate is the “Expected Return Date”.

(c) The Board, Committee or the heads of the Company’s legal and human resources departments may make exceptions to the foregoing with respect to LOAs to comply with applicable laws, in cases where the application of the foregoing would not be in the interests of the Company or any Affiliate, or otherwise to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its discretion.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement will confer upon you any right to remain in Continuous Service (or any other service) for any duration or to interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate your Continuous Service (or any other service) at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as otherwise expressly set forth your employment or other service agreement with the Company or Affiliate, as applicable, or as required by applicable law.

 

5


7. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

8. CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your Option is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

9. NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the Option, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the Option or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Option and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, you acknowledge that the Option is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Additionally, as a condition to accepting the Option, you agree not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

10. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid

11. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Option.

12. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Trading Policy.

13. CHOICE OF LAW. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

14. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of your Option shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

6


15. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of your Option as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of your Option which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

16. APPENDIX. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., your Option shall be subject to the general non-US terms and the special terms and conditions for your country set forth in the Appendix attached hereto. Moreover, if you relocate outside the U.S. and/or to one of the countries included therein, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to you to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

17. QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your Option, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

* * * *

 

7


APPENDIX

This Appendix includes general terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to you under the Plan if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S. and specific terms and conditions that apply if you are resident, subject to tax or work in any country listed herein.

The information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and you are advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in your country may apply to your situation. If you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently working and/or residing, transfer employment and/or residency to another country after the date of grant, are a consultant, change employment status to a consultant position, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to you. References to your employer shall include any entity that engages your services.

GENERAL NON-U.S. TERMS

1. TAX. All references in the Option Agreement to tax shall, to the extent applicable, include social security.

2. TRANSFERABILITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement or the Plan, your Option is not transferable, except to your personal representative on your death, and is exercisable during your life only by you or by your personal representative after your death.

3. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your Option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate. By accepting your Option, you acknowledge, understand and agree that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted under the Plan;

(b) the grant of your Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options (whether on the same or different terms), or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) your Options and any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan on exercise of your Options, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

8


(d) the future value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(e) neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between your local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of your Options or of any amounts due to you pursuant to the exercise of your Option or the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock received;

(f) for the purposes of your Option, your Continuous Service will be considered terminated as of the date you are no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, your right to vest in or exercise the Option under the Plan, if any, and the Board shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether you may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence); and

(g) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of your Continuous Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this Option to which you are otherwise not entitled, you irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company or any Affiliate, waive your ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and release the Company and any Affiliate from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, you shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

4. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You should consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action.

5. DATA PRIVACY.

(a) You explicitly and unambiguously acknowledge and consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, your employer, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company, its Affiliates and your employer hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number (or other identification number), salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, in particular in the US, and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws providing less protections of your personal data than your country. You may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the stock plan administrator at the Company (the “Stock Plan Administrator”). You acknowledge that the recipients may receive, possess,

 

9


process, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of your Option. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting the Stock Plan Administrator in writing.

(b) For the purposes of operating the Plan in the European Union, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, the Company will collect and process information relating to you in accordance with the privacy notice from time to time in force.

6. LANGUAGE. You acknowledge that you are sufficiently proficient in the English language, or have consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in English, so as to allow you to understand the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement. If you have received this Option Agreement, or any other document related to your Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

7. FOREIGN ASSET/ACCOUNT, EXCHANGE CONTROL AND TAX REPORTING. You may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of shares of Common Stock or cash (including dividends and the proceeds arising from the sale of shares of Common Stock) derived from your participation in the Plan in, to and/or from a brokerage/bank account or legal entity located outside your country. The applicable laws in your country may require that you report such accounts, assets and balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in such country. You may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of your participation in the Plan to your country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and you are encouraged to consult with your personal legal advisor for any details.

COUNTRY SPECIFIC TERMS

[To be included]

 

10


ATTACHMENT II

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

11


ATTACHMENT III

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS INC.   

23515 NE NOVELTY HILL ROAD, SUITE B221 #125

REDMOND, WA 98053

  
(425) 276-2300    Date of Exercise:                             

This constitutes notice to Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) by exercising my Option for the price set forth below. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Notice of Exercise but defined in the Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement or 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement or Plan, as applicable. Use of certain payment methods is subject to Company and/or Committee consent and certain additional requirements set forth in the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

Type of option (check one):

   Incentive ☐    Nonstatutory ☐

Date of Grant:

   _______________   

Number of Shares as to which Option is exercised:

   _______________   

Certificates to be issued in name of:

   _______________   

Total exercise price:

   US$____________   

Cash, check, bank draft or money order delivered herewith:

   US$____________   

Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith:

   US$____________   

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)

   US$____________   

Value of _______ Shares pursuant to net exercise:

   US$____________   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement (including the Appendix thereto), (ii) to satisfy the tax and/or social security withholding obligations, if any, relating to

 

12


the exercise of this Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this Option.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

 

13

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Global RSU Grant Package

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

RSU AWARD GRANT NOTICE

(2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded to you (the “Participant”) the number of restricted stock units specified and on the terms set forth below in consideration of your services (the “RSU Award”). Your RSU Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Award Agreement including, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., the general non-US terms and any special terms and conditions for your country, each set out in the attached appendix (the “Appendix” and together, the “Agreement”), which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Participant:    
Date of Grant:    
Vesting Commencement Date:    

Number of Restricted Stock Units:

   

 

Vesting Schedule:   

[__________________________________________________________________________________________].

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, vesting shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Agreement for each restricted stock unit which vests.
Mandatory Sale to Cover Withholding Taxes:
     By accepting this RSU Award, to the fullest extent permitted under the Plan and applicable law, Participant is
electing to satisfy withholding taxes through the sale of a number of the shares subject to the RSU Award as
determined in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 4(b) of the Agreement (“Sell to Cover”).
The Company is authorized and directed by Participant to make payment from the cash proceeds of this sale
directly to the appropriate taxing authorities in an amount equal to the taxes required to be withheld. The
mandatory Sell to Cover is imposed by the Company on Participant in connection with the receipt of the RSU
Award, and it is intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i) under the Exchange Act and
be interpreted to meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).

Participant Acknowledgements: By your signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, you understand and agree that:

 

   

The RSU Award is governed by this RSU Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), and the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, all of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement (together, the “RSU Award Agreement”) may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

1


   

You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the RSU Award Agreement and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in the RSU Award Agreement, or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

   

The RSU Award Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of: (i) other equity awards previously granted to you, and (ii) any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this RSU Award.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.     PARTICIPANT:
By:                                     
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

ATTACHMENTS: Award Agreement (including the Appendix), 2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2


ATTACHMENT I

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AWARD AGREEMENT

(2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

As reflected by your RSU Award Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”), Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you a RSU Award under the Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of restricted stock units as indicated in your Grant Notice (the “RSU Award”). The terms of your RSU Award as specified in this Award Agreement for your RSU Award including, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., the general non-US terms and any special terms and conditions for your country, each set out in the attached appendix (the “Appendix” and together, this “Agreement”) and the Grant Notice constitute your “RSU Award Agreement”. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable.

The general terms applicable to your RSU Award are as follows:

1. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your RSU Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions in:

(a) Section 6 of the Plan regarding the impact of a Capitalization Adjustment, dissolution, liquidation, or Corporate Transaction on your RSU Award;

(b) Section 9(e) of the Plan regarding the Company’s retained rights to terminate your Continuous Service notwithstanding the grant of the RSU Award; and

(c) Section 8 of the Plan regarding the tax consequences of your RSU Award.

Your RSU Award is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the RSU Award Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

2. GRANT OF THE RSU AWARD. This RSU Award represents your right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units indicated in the Grant Notice as modified to reflect any Capitalization Adjustment and subject to your satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth therein (the “Restricted Stock Units”). Any additional Restricted Stock Units that become subject to the RSU Award pursuant to Capitalization Adjustments as set forth in the Plan and the provisions of Section 3 below, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units covered by your RSU Award.

3. DIVIDENDS. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your RSU Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment; provided, however, that this sentence will not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your RSU Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

 

3


4. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision, including in cash, for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your RSU Award (the “Withholding Obligation”).

(b) By accepting your RSU Award as set forth in the Grant Notice, you hereby (i) acknowledge and agree that you have elected a Sell to Cover (as defined in the Grant Notice) to permit you to satisfy the Withholding Obligation and that the Withholding Obligation shall be satisfied pursuant to this Section 4(b) to the fullest extent not otherwise satisfied pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(c) and (ii) further acknowledge and agree to the following provisions:

(i) You hereby irrevocably appoint [•], or such other registered broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority as the Company may select, as your agent (the “Agent”), and you authorize and direct the Agent to:

(1) Sell on the open market at the then prevailing market price(s), on your behalf, as soon as practicable on or after the date on which the shares of Common Stock are delivered to you pursuant to Section 6 hereof in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the number (rounded up to the next whole number) of shares of Common Stock sufficient to generate proceeds to cover (A) the satisfaction of the Withholding Obligation arising from the vesting of those Restricted Stock Units and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock to you that is not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof and (B) all applicable fees and commissions due to, or required to be collected by, the Agent with respect thereto;

(2) Remit directly to the Company and/or any Affiliate the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Obligation;

(3) Retain the amount required to cover all applicable fees and commissions due to, or required to be collected by, the Agent, relating directly to the sale of the shares of Common Stock referred to in clause (1) above; and

(4) Remit any remaining funds to you.

(ii) You acknowledge that your Sell to Cover election and the corresponding authorization and instruction to the Agent set forth in this Section 4(b) to sell Common Stock to satisfy the Withholding Obligation is intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) under the Exchange Act and to be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act (your Sell to Cover election and the provisions of this Section 4(b), collectively, the “10b5-1 Plan”). You acknowledge that by accepting your RSU Award as set forth in the Grant Notice, you are adopting the 10b5-1 Plan to permit you to satisfy the Withholding Obligation. You hereby authorize the Company and the Agent to cooperate and communicate with one another to determine the number of shares of Common Stock that must be sold pursuant to Section 4(b)(i) to satisfy your obligations hereunder.

(iii) You acknowledge that the Agent is under no obligation to arrange for the sale of Common Stock at any particular price under this 10b5-1 Plan and that the Agent may effect sales as provided in this 10b5-1 Plan in one or more sales and that the average price for executions resulting from bunched orders may be assigned to your account. You further acknowledge that you will be responsible

 

4


for all brokerage fees and other costs of sale associated with this 10b5-1 Plan, and you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. In addition, you acknowledge that it may not be possible to sell shares of Common Stock as provided for in this 10b5-1 Plan due to (i) a legal or contractual restriction applicable to you or the Agent, (ii) a market disruption, (iii) a sale effected pursuant to this 10b5-1 Plan that would not comply (or in the reasonable opinion of the Agent’s counsel is likely not to comply) with the Securities Act, (iv) the Company’s determination that sales may not be effected under this 10b5-1 Plan or (v) rules governing order execution priority on the national exchange where the Common Stock may be traded. In the event of the Agent’s inability to sell shares of Common Stock, you will continue to be responsible for the timely payment to the Company of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required by applicable laws and regulations to be withheld.

(iv) You acknowledge that regardless of any other term or condition of this 10b5-1 Plan, the Agent will not be liable to you for (A) special, indirect, punitive, exemplary, or consequential damages, or incidental losses or damages of any kind, or (B) any failure to perform or for any delay in performance that results from a cause or circumstance that is beyond its reasonable control.

(v) You hereby agree to execute and deliver to the Agent any other agreements or documents as the Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this 10b5-1 Plan. The Agent is a third-party beneficiary of this Section 4(b) and the terms of this 10b5-1 Plan.

(vi) Your Sell to Cover election and to enter into this 10b5-1 Plan is irrevocable. You have elected to Sell to Cover and to enter into this 10b5-1 Plan, and you acknowledge that you may not change this election at any time in the future. This 10b5-1 Plan shall terminate not later than the date on which the Withholding Obligation arising from the vesting of your Restricted Stock Units and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock has been satisfied.

(c) Alternatively, or in addition to or in combination with the Sell to Cover provided for under Section 4(b), you authorize the Company, at its discretion, to satisfy the Withholding Obligation by the following means (or by a combination of the following means):

(i) Requiring you to pay to the Company any portion of the Withholding Obligation in cash;

(ii) Withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or any Affiliate; and/or

(iii) Withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the RSU Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of the Withholding Obligation; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Obligation using the maximum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income (or such other amount as may be permitted while still avoiding classification of the RSU Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); and provided, further, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Board or the Company’s Compensation Committee.

 

5


(d) Unless the Withholding Obligation is satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock or any other consideration pursuant to this RSU Award.

(e) In the event the Withholding Obligation arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Withholding Obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

5. TAX CONSEQUENCES. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this RSU Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this RSU Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this RSU Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the Withholding Obligation, if any, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above, and subject to any different provisions in the Grant Notice). Each issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as an “Original Issuance Date.”

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and

(ii) either (1) a Withholding Obligation does not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Obligation by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this RSU Award, and (B) not to permit you to satisfy your Withholding Obligation pursuant to your Sell to Cover election and (C) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Obligation in cash,

then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this RSU Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) To the extent the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt RSU Award, the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall apply.

 

6


7. LEAVE OF ABSENCE.

(a) During any Company-approved leave of absence (“LOA”), the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days (or such longer period as required by law). Vesting of the Restricted Stock Units shall resume upon the termination of your leave of absence and return to service to the Company and/or its Affiliates. The vesting schedule of the Restricted Stock Units shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

(b) You will be deemed to remain in Continuous Service during any LOA only through your Expected Return Date (as defined below), unless your Continuous Service is otherwise terminated for any reason prior to the Expected Return Date; provided, however, that if you notify the Company or the applicable Affiliate prior to the Expected Return Date (and prior to any earlier termination of Continuous Service) that you do not intend to resume employment or other eligible service with the Company or an Affiliate on or prior to the Expected Return Date (such notification, a “Notification”, and the date of such Notification, the “Notification Date”), then you will be deemed to remain in Continuous Service during the LOA only through the Notification Date. If you fail to report to work on the Expected Return Date, or if you provide a Notification prior to the Expected Return Date, then, on the Expected Return Date or the earlier Notification Date, as applicable, (i) your Continuous Service will be deemed terminated and (ii) vesting of your RSU Award will cease immediately, in each case except to the extent required by applicable law. The first scheduled workday immediately following the Company-approved expiration date of the LOA or, if earlier, the date on which you actually return to employment or other eligible service with the Company or the applicable Affiliate is the “Expected Return Date”.

(c) The Board, Committee or the heads of the Company’s legal and human resources departments may make exceptions to the foregoing with respect to LOAs to comply with applicable laws, in cases where the application of the foregoing would not be in the interests of the Company or any Affiliate, or otherwise to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its discretion.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement will confer upon you any right to remain in Continuous Service (or any other service) for any duration or to interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate your Continuous Service (or any other service) at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as otherwise expressly set forth your employment or other service agreement with the Company or Affiliate, as applicable, or as required by applicable law.

8. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, your RSU Award is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

9. CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your RSU Award is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

10. NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the RSU Award, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the RSU Award or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the RSU Award and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

7


11. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

12. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your RSU Award.

13. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Trading Policy.

14. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of your RSU Award shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

15. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the RSU Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the RSU Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

16. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This RSU Award is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, including but not limited to by reason of complying with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the RSU Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise not exempt from, and determined to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, this RSU Award shall comply with Section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly. If it is determined that the RSU Award is deferred compensation subject to Section 409A and you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of your separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

8


17. CHOICE OF LAW. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

18. APPENDIX. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S., your RSU Award shall be subject to the general non-US terms and the special terms and conditions for your country set forth in the Appendix attached hereto. Moreover, if you relocate outside the U.S. and/or to one of the countries included therein, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to you to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

19. QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your RSU Award, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

 

9


APPENDIX

This Appendix includes general terms and conditions that govern the RSU Award granted to you under the Plan if you are resident, subject to tax, or work outside the U.S. and specific terms and conditions that apply if you are resident, subject to tax or work in any country listed herein.

The information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and you are advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in your country may apply to your situation. If you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently working and/or residing, transfer employment and/or residency to another country after the date of grant, are a consultant, change employment status to a consultant position, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to you. References to your employer shall include any entity that engages your services.

GENERAL NON-U.S. TERMS

1. TAX. All references in the Agreement to tax shall, to the extent applicable, include social security.

2. DATE OF ISSUANCE. Section 6 of the Agreement (Date of Issuance) is deleted and replaced with the following:

(a) If you are subject to taxation in the United States, the issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the Withholding Obligation, if any, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above, and subject to any different provisions in the Grant Notice). Each issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as an “Original Issuance Date.”

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and

(ii) either (1) a Withholding Obligation does not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Obligation by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this RSU Award, and (B) not to permit you to satisfy your Withholding Obligation pursuant to your Sell to Cover election and (C) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Obligation in cash,

then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not

 

10


prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but, if you are subject to taxation in the United States, in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this RSU Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) To the extent the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt RSU Award, the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall apply.

3. AWARD NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. By accepting your RSU Award, you acknowledge, understand and agree that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted under the Plan;

(b) the grant of your RSU Award is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of awards (whether on the same or different terms), or benefits in lieu of awards, even if awards have been granted in the past;

(c) your RSU Award and any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(d) the future value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSU Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(e) neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between your local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of your RSU Award or of any amounts due to you pursuant to the vesting of your RSU Award or the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock received;

(f) for the purposes of your RSU Award, your Continuous Service will be considered terminated as of the date you are no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, your right to vest in the RSU Award under the Plan, if any, and the Board shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing services for purposes of the RSU Award (including whether you may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

(g) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this RSU Award resulting from the termination of your Continuous Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this RSU Award to which you are otherwise not entitled, you irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company or any Affiliate, waive your ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and release

 

11


the Company and any Affiliate from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, you shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

4. TRANSFERABILITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, your RSU Award is not transferable other than to your personal representative on your death.

5. DATA PRIVACY.

(a) You explicitly and unambiguously acknowledge and consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, your employer, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company, its Affiliates and your employer hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number (or other identification number), salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, in particular in the US, and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws providing less protections of your personal data than your country. You may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the stock plan administrator at the Company (the “Stock Plan Administrator”). You acknowledge that the recipients may receive, possess, process, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of your RSU Award. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting the Stock Plan Administrator in writing.

(b) For the purposes of operating the Plan in the European Union, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom, the Company will collect and process information relating to you in accordance with the privacy notice from time to time in force.

6. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You should consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

7. LANGUAGE. You acknowledge that you are sufficiently proficient in the English language, or have consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in English, so as to allow you to understand the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If you have received this Agreement, or any other document related to this RSU Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

12


8. FOREIGN ASSET/ACCOUNT, EXCHANGE CONTROL AND TAX REPORTING. You may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of shares of Common Stock or cash (including dividends and the proceeds arising from the sale of shares of Common Stock) derived from your participation in the Plan in, to and/or from a brokerage/bank account or legal entity located outside your country. The applicable laws in your country may require that you report such accounts, assets and balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in such country. You may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of your participation in the Plan to your country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and you are encouraged to consult with your personal legal advisor for any details.

9. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT. In Section 9(e) of the Plan, references to “at will” employment are deleted to the extent you are not employed “at-will”.

COUNTRY SPECIFIC TERMS

[To be included]

 

13


Attachment II

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

14

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [•], 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [•], 2021

1. GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan to the extent the Offering is made under the 423 Component), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

(c) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of Eligible Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Companies, (B) which Related Corporations or Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Companies, (C) which Affiliates or Related Corporations may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and (D) which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

 

1


(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Designated Non-423 Company, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan and any applicable Offering Document to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Further, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may, from time to time, delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to one or more officers of the Company or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [•]1 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January

 

1 

NTD: ESPP share reserve to equal 1% of the number of shares outstanding at the time of IPO.

 

2


1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company or a third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”): (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except

 

3


as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude from participation in the Plan or any Offering Employees who are “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company or a Related Corporation or a subset of such highly compensated employees.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the 423 Component if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

4


(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason.

6. PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage of earnings or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be specified by the Board prior to commencement of an Offering and will not be less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company or a Company Designee, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company or Company Designee. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or

 

5


increase his or her Contributions. If required under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering and to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by Applicable Law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

(e) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(f) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or as required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of

 

6


shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such next Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one (1) whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and, subject to Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission, agency or other Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so is not practical or would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

7


11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days (or such other period specified by the Board) prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to facilitate compliance with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Compensation Committee, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the

 

8


423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

13. TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

(b) Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation, to enable the Company or the Related Corporation to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satisfied in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company or a Related Corporation; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method deemed acceptable by the Board. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

(c) The 423 Component is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The Non-423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a participant or any other party if the option under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.

14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Compensation Committee.

15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

9


(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or amend a Participant’s employment contract, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

16. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b)Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, whether now or subsequently established, which is at the time of determination, a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c)Applicable Law” means shall mean the Code and any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(d)Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Compensation Committee without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

10


(f)Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g)Committee means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h)Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i)Company” means Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j)Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board .

(k) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions and, with respect to the 423 Component, to the extent permitted by Section 423.

(l)Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m)Designated 423 Company” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

(n)Designated Company means any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Company, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component shall not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

(o)Designated Non-423 Company” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

(p)Director means a member of the Board.

 

11


(q)Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(r)Employee means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation or solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(s)Employee Stock Purchase Plan means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(t)Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u)Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and regulations and, to the extent applicable as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(v)Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(w)IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

12


(x) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(y)Offering means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(z)Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(aa)Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(bb)Participant means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(cc)Plan means this Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(dd)Purchase Date means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(ee)Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(ff)Purchase Right means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(gg)Related Corporation means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(hh)Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii)Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

(jj)Trading Day means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

13

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

[AMENDED AND RESTATED] INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS [AMENDED AND RESTATED] INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                                          , 202         between Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [            ] (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as [directors and] officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]


WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified[.]

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Fund Indemnitor (as defined below) which Indemnitee and Fund Indemnitor intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer [and director] from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof.

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

2


2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

3


(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances under this Section 5 upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses by the Company Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and

 

4


information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal

 

5


counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this

 

6


Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

 

7


(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

8


(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [    ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in] [In] the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the] [The] Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the] [The] Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision[, provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above]; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, Indemnitee shall not be deemed for

 

9


purposes of this Section 9(c), to have initiated any Proceeding (or any part of a Proceeding) by reason of having asserted any affirmative defenses in connection with a claim not initiated by Indemnitee or having made any counterclaim (whether permissive or mandatory) in connection with any claim not initiated by Indemnitee; or

(d) if prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

10


(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting in his or her Corporate Status; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the

 

11


fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

 

                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
        Attention:                                                         

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

12


20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this [Amended and Restated] Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   
INDEMNITEE
 

Name:

   

 

    

 

Address:

   
     
     
     

 

14

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) by and between Robert W. Azelby (the “Executive”) and Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is effective as of October 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”).

The Company desires to employ the Executive and, in connection therewith, to compensate the Executive for Executive’s personal services to the Company; and

The Executive wishes to be employed by the Company and provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

1. EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY.

1.1 Position. Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to employ Executive in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive hereby accepts such employment. Executive shall also serve as a Director of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.

1.2 Duties. Executive will report to the Board. Executive will perform such duties as are normally associated with his position, as assigned from time to time by the Board. Executive shall perform his duties under this Agreement principally out of the Redmond, Washington area, or such other location as assigned. In addition, the Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

1.3 Company Policies and Benefits. The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during his employment. All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan. The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2. COMPENSATION.

2.1 Salary. Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered hereunder an initial annualized base salary of $600,000, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with Company’s standard payroll practices (“Base Salary”).

 

1


2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible for a discretionary annual fiscal year performance bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) with an annual target of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary (the “Target Amount”). Whether or not Executive is eligible for any Annual Bonus will be dependent upon the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable individual and corporate performance goals, as determined by the Board. No amount of any Annual Bonus is guaranteed at any time and may be greater or lesser than the Target Amount and may be zero. Executive must be an employee in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year to be eligible to earn an Annual Bonus, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6 below (under which Executive may be eligible for a pro-rata or full Annual Bonus as part of severance without being an employee in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year). Executive will be eligible for a pro-rated Annual Bonus for fiscal year 2020, subject to the eligibility criteria in this Section 2.2(a) and provided that any Annual Bonus awarded to Executive for fiscal year 2020 will be prorated based upon the number of days during which he was employed by the Company in fiscal year 2020. Any Annual Bonus, if awarded, will be paid in a single annual installment paid at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to other similarly-situated employees of the Company and in any event no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the Annual Bonus is applicable, and will be subject to deductions and withholdings. Executive’s eligibility for an Annual Bonus and the Target Amount, if any, is subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof).

2.3 Future Equity Awards. Subject in each case to approval by the Board, and provided that Executive remains continuously employed by the Company through each of the respective dates of grant described below, Executive will be eligible to receive separate stock option awards under the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”), upon the consummation of a preferred stock financing with entities affiliated with RA Capital and Access Industries for the purchase of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Financing”), as follows: (a) immediately following the receipt by the Company of the initial $5,000,000 tranche of funding at the time of the initial closing of the Financing, Executive will be granted an option (the “Initial Option”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company representing six percent (6%) of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Common Stock, as calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Initial Option, as determined by the Board in its discretion, and (b) prior to the receipt by the Company of each follow-on tranche of funding in connection with the Financing, if any, the Executive will be granted an additional option (each, a “Follow-on Option” and collectively with the Initial Option and each previously granted Follow-on Option, if any, the “Options”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that, when taken together with all of the Common Stock covered by the Initial Option and each previously granted Follow-on Option, if any, plus all other capital stock of the Company then owned by Executive (or his family) or then subject to any other outstanding equity awards held by Executive (or his family), represents six percent (6%) of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Common Stock, as calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Follow-on Option, as determined by the Board in its discretion.

 

2


The Options will vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to each Option on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant of each such Option, and thereafter will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the ensuing thirty-six (36) months, subject to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company as of each vesting date. The Options will be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code to the maximum extent permitted and otherwise will be non-qualified stock options. The terms and conditions of the Options will be as set forth in the Plan and the form of stock option agreement and grant notice, which Executive is required to sign. The term “fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis” means, as of the date it is being measured (and without duplication), the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to outstanding stock options (including the Options, if awarded) or other equity awards under the Plan, and any other equity incentive plan in effect on the date of measurement (“Other Plans”), plus the total available but unused share reserve under the Plan and the Other Plans, plus the number of shares of capital stock covered by warrants, if any, plus the number of shares of Common Stock into which the outstanding shares of preferred stock of the Company are then convertible. Executive is eligible to be considered for future equity awards as may be determined by the Board or a committee of the Board in its discretion in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

2.4 Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses with proper documentation and in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”): (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

3. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS, NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS. The parties hereto are entering into a Confidential Information, Inventions, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement. The Confidential Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES. Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise, including accepting any appointment to the board of directors of another company, that would interfere or conflict, either directly or indirectly, with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties (iii) appointment to the board of directors of another company, so long as (A) prior to accepting such appointment Executive has notified and provided the Board with an opportunity to review and comment on such appointment and (B) such appointment does not interfere or conflict with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance

 

3


of Executive’s duties hereunder, (iv) service on the board of directors of Clovis Oncology and Immunomedics, of which Executive is a member as of the Effective Date, so long as such service does not interfere or conflict with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, and (v) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board. This restriction shall not, however, preclude the Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company. As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

5. NO CONFLICT WITH EXISTING OBLIGATIONS. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an Executive of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services. Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause. The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

6.1 Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change in Control.

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6, without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.3(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement. A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 (upon Death or Disability) below is not a termination without Cause for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1.

(b) If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates his employment with the Company for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 6.1(h) below), in either case not in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), (ii) the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company occurs before the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “IPO”), and (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined in Section 6.1(e) below), and if Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(d) below (including but not limited to the Release (as defined in Section 6.1(d) below) requirement), Executive shall also be eligible to receive the following “Pre -IPO Severance Benefits:

 

4


(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for twelve (12) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Pre -IPO Severance”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(d) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter.

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) twelve (12) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Pre-IPO Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “Special Severance Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

(iii) The Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s pro rata Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs (i.e., for the period from January 1 through and including the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company), payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(iv) The vesting of the unvested portion of any equity awards then held by Executive that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based or service-based schedule in the twelve (12) month period immediately following the termination date shall be accelerated and shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule over the twelve (12) month period immediately following the termination date).

(c) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason not in connection with a Change in Control

 

5


but after the Company consummates an IPO, then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6.1(d) below, including but not limited to the Release requirement, then Executive will be eligible for the following “Post-IPO Severance Benefits:

(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for twenty-four (24) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Post-IPO Severance”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date, with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter.

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) twenty-four (24) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Post-IPO Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Post-IPO Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Post-IPO Payment Period, a Special Severance Payment for the remainder of the COBRA Post-IPO Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

(iii) The Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s pro rata Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs (i.e., for the period from January 1 through and including the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company), payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(iv) The vesting of the unvested portion of any equity awards then held by Executive that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based or service-based schedule in the eighteen (18) month period immediately following the termination date shall be accelerated and shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule over the eighteen (18) month period immediately following the termination date).

 

6


(d) Executive shall receive the Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c) of this Agreement, as applicable, if: (i) within the timeframe provided by the Company, which shall be no later than the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, he has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in the form presented by the Company (the “Release”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “Release Effective Date”); (ii) if he holds any other positions with the Company or any Affiliate, including a position on the Board, he resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) he returns all Company property; (iv) he complies with his post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement; and (v) he complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in the Release. To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination (paid within the timeframe required by applicable law), (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

(f) The Pre-IPO Severance Benefits and Post-IPO Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to Section 6.1 or the Change in Control Severance Benefits (as defined below) pursuant to Section 6.2 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

(g) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits and Post-IPO Severance Benefits or the Change in Control Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b), 6.1(c) or 6.2(a) in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

(h) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Target Amount, which the parties agree is a reduction of at least ten percent (10%) of Executive’s Base Salary or Target Amount as in effect immediately prior to the time such reduction occurs (unless pursuant to a salary reduction or target bonus reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated executive officers); (ii) a change in

 

7


Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or offices that, results in a material diminution of position, responsibilities, authority or offices, provided, however, that the Company’s hiring of personnel to handle duties that Executive was responsible for but which are not regularly associated with Executive’s position will not be a “material diminution” of position, responsibilities, authority or offices; (iii) a material breach by the Company or any successor entity of any employment-related contract between the Company and Executive; or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens his one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that he believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within sixty (60) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); (3) the Company has not, prior to receiving such notice from Executive, already informed Executive that his employment with the Company is being terminated; and (4) Executive voluntarily terminates his employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of clarity, a material reduction in Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or offices that occurs as a result of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Executive retains his position following a Change in Control, but not of the acquiring or successor corporation itself but of a subsidiary of the acquiring or successor company) shall constitute a Good Reason event under (ii), above.

6.2 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control.

(a) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason during the three (3) months prior to, as of, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (“Change in Control Termination Date”), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6.1(d), including but not limited to the Release requirement and Executive’s continued compliance with Executive’s obligations to the Company under Executive’s Confidential Information Agreement, then Executive will be eligible for the following “Change in Control Severance Benefits:

(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary and Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for eighteen (18) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Post-IPO Severance”), paid in a single lump sum on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) eighteen (18) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Change in Control Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health

 

8


insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Change in Control Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period, a Special Severance Payment for the remainder of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

(iii) Effective as of Executive’s Change in Control Termination Date, the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding unvested Company equity awards that are held by Executive as of immediately prior to the Change in Control Termination Date and are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based, performance-based or service-based schedule shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule immediately following the termination date).

(b)Change in Control” is defined at Exhibit A, which supersedes the any other definitions of Change in Control for all purposes related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including but not limited to equity incentive grants.

6.3 Termination by the Company for Cause.

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 6.6 of this Agreement.

(b)Cause” for termination means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) any indictment of Executive for a felony under applicable law; (ii) Executive’s commission of or participation in (A) a fraud or embezzlement against the Company or its affiliates or (B) act of dishonesty against the Company or its affiliates that results in (or would reasonably be expected to result in) material harm to the business of the Company; (iii) Executive’s material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company, any statutory or fiduciary duty Executive owes to the Company under applicable law, or any material Company policy; or (iv) Executive’s willful conduct that constitutes gross misconduct, insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or would reasonably be expected to result in) material harm to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the conduct described under clause (iii) or (iv) above, if deemed curable by the Board in its reasonable discretion, will only constitute Cause if such conduct is not cured within thirty (30) days after Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company or the Board specifying the particulars of the conduct that may constitute Cause.

 

9


(c) In the event Executive’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits, Post-IPO Severance Benefits, the Change in Control Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, consistent with the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

6.4 Resignation by Executive (other than for Good Reason).

(a) Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time by giving notice as described in Section 6.6.

(b) In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company (other than for Good Reason), Executive will not receive the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits, Post-IPO Severance Benefits, the Change in Control Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

6.5 Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive.

(a) In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, provide to the Executive’s legal representatives Executive’s Accrued Obligations.

(b) Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, to terminate this Agreement based on the Executive’s Disability (as defined below). Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because the Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of his position with or without reasonable accommodation for six (6) months in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period. This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on the Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive the Severance, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

6.6 Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

(a) Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

(i) immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless the Board deems such underlying

 

10


facts and circumstances curable in its reasonable discretion pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(iii) or Section 6.3(b)(iv) in which case thirty (30) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

(ii) immediately upon the Executive’s death;

(iii) thirty (30) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

(iv) thirty (30) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation not for Good Reason, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date. Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

(v) for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1(h).

(b) In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i) and (iii) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below. In the event of a termination for Cause, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause relied on to support the decision to terminate.

6.7 Cooperation With Company After Termination of Employment. Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of Executive’s pending work including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved, and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to such other employees as may be designated by the Company.

6.8 Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions apply to the extent severance benefits provided herein are subject to the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “Section 409A”). Severance shall not commence until the Executive has a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “separation from service”). Each installment of severance is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), and the severance is intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if such exemptions are not available and the Executive is, upon separation from service, a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax

 

11


consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) the Executive’s death. The parties acknowledge that the exemptions from application of Section 409A to severance benefits are fact specific, and any later amendment of this Agreement to alter the timing, amount or conditions that will trigger payment of severance benefits may preclude the ability of severance benefits provided under this Agreement to qualify for an exemption.

(b) It is intended that this Agreement shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and any ambiguity contained herein shall be interpreted in such manner so as to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be obligated to indemnify the Executive for any taxes or interest that may be assessed by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 409A of the Code to payments made pursuant to this Agreement.

7. ACCELERATION OF EQUITY AWARDS IN CONNECTION WITH CHANGE IN CONTROL WITHOUT TERMINATION. In the event that the Company’s successor or surviving entity in a Change in Control does not assume or continue the unvested portion of Executive’s equity awards, and the unvested awards will otherwise terminate, then effective immediately prior to such Change in Control, the unvested portion of the employee’s equity awards shall vest and (if applicable) become exercisable.

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

8.1 Notices. Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll or Executive’s company-provided email address, or at such other address as the Company or the Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

8.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

8.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, Executive or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

12


8.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company. The parties have entered into a separate Confidential Information Agreement and may also enter into separate stock agreements. Any such separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this agreement and are enforceable according to their terms without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

8.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

8.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

8.7 Successors and Assigns. The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to his estate upon his death.

8.8 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the State of Washington.

8.9 Resolution of Disputes. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution

 

13


provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Seattle, Washington area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The Company acknowledges that Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel of his choosing at any arbitration proceeding. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By electing arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in a Federal, State or local court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 8.9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:   /s/ Andrew Levin

Name:

 

Andrew Levin

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

Executive:

/s/ Robert Azelby

Robert W. Azelby

 

14


EXHIBIT A

CHANGE IN CONTROL

(a) In connection with the terms of Section 6.2(b) of the Employment Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) the Continuing Directors (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the


Board on the Effective Date or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board, is excluded from clause (iv)(B) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

(b) Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Employment Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Exhibit B.

(c) For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(ii)Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(iii)Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(iv)Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(v)Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

2


(vi)Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(vii)Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

3


AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of July 27, 2021, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Robert W. Azelby (“Executive”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2020 (the “Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Employment Agreement.

(a) Section 6.2(a)(i) of the Employment Agreement shall be struck in its entirety and the following shall be inserted as a new Section 6.2(a)(i) of the Employment Agreement:

(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary and Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for twenty-four (24) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Post-IPO Severance”), paid in a single lump sum on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(b) Section 6.2(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement shall be struck in its entirety and the following shall be inserted as a new Section 6.2(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement:

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) twenty-four (24) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Change in Control Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and


Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period, a Special Severance Payment for the remainder of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

(c) The following shall be inserted as a new Section 6.9 of the Employment Agreement:

6.9 Section 280G. If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Section 6.9 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (i) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (ii) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (iii) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

2


The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 6.9. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) above and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) above) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) above, Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(d) All other terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Amendment will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Amendment will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

3. Complete Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Amendment is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements; provided, however, that this Amendment modifies but does not supersede the Employment Agreement.

4. Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment will be governed by the law of the State of Washington.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Amendment each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ James B. Bucher

Name:   James B. Bucher
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Robert W. Azelby

Robert W. Azelby

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) by and between Erin M. Lavelle (the “Executive”) and Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is effective as of October 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”).

The Company desires to employ the Executive and, in connection therewith, to compensate the Executive for Executive’s personal services to the Company; and

The Executive wishes to be employed by the Company and provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

1. EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY.

1.1 Position. Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to employ Executive in the position of Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Executive hereby accepts such employment. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.

1.2 Duties. Executive will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Executive will perform such duties as are normally associated with her position, as assigned from time to time by the CEO. Executive shall perform her duties under this Agreement principally out of the Redmond, Washington area, or such other location as assigned. In addition, the Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

1.3 Company Policies and Benefits. The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during her employment. All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan. The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2. COMPENSATION.

2.1 Salary. Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered hereunder an initial annualized base salary of $450,000, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with Company’s standard payroll practices (“Base Salary”).

 

1


2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible for a discretionary annual fiscal year performance bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) with an annual target of forty-five percent (45%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary (the “Target Amount”). Whether or not Executive is eligible for any Annual Bonus will be dependent upon the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable individual and corporate performance goals, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). No amount of any Annual Bonus is guaranteed at any time and may be greater or lesser than the Target Amount and may be zero. Executive must be an employee in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year to be eligible to earn an Annual Bonus, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6 below (under which Executive may be eligible for a pro-rata or full Annual Bonus as part of severance without being an employee in good standing through the last day of the fiscal year). Executive will be eligible for a pro-rated Annual Bonus for fiscal year 2020, subject to the eligibility criteria in this Section 2.2(a) and provided that any Annual Bonus awarded to Executive for fiscal year 2020 will be prorated based upon the number of days during which she was employed by the Company in fiscal year 2020. Any Annual Bonus, if awarded, will be paid in a single annual installment paid at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to other similarly-situated employees of the Company and in any event no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the Annual Bonus is applicable, and will be subject to deductions and withholdings. Executive’s eligibility for an Annual Bonus and the Target Amount, if any, is subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof).

2.3 Future Equity Awards. Subject in each case to approval by the Board, and provided that Executive remains continuously employed by the Company through each of the respective dates of grant described below, Executive will be eligible to receive separate stock option awards under the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”), upon the consummation of a preferred stock financing with entities affiliated with RA Capital and Access Industries for the purchase of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Financing”), as follows: (a) immediately following the receipt by the Company of the initial $5,000,000 tranche of funding at the time of the initial closing of the Financing, Executive will be granted an option (the “Initial Option”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company representing 1.8% of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Common Stock, as calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Initial Option, as determined by the Board in its discretion, and (b) prior to the receipt by the Company of each follow-on tranche of funding in connection with the Financing, if any, the Executive will be granted an additional option (each, a “Follow-on Option” and collectively with the Initial Option and each previously granted Follow-on Option, if any, the “Options”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that, when taken together with all of the Common Stock covered by the Initial Option and each previously granted Follow-on Option, if any, plus all other capital stock of the Company then owned by Executive (or her family) or then subject to any other outstanding equity awards held by Executive (or her family), represents 1.8% of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Common Stock, as calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Follow-on Option, as determined by the Board in its discretion. The Options will vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to each Option on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant of each such Option, and thereafter will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the ensuing thirty-six (36)

 

2


months, subject to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company as of each vesting date. The Options will be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code to the maximum extent permitted and otherwise will be non-qualified stock options. The terms and conditions of the Options will be as set forth in the Plan and the form of stock option agreement and grant notice, which Executive is required to sign. The term “fully-diluted, as-converted to common stock basis” means, as of the date it is being measured (and without duplication), the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to outstanding stock options (including the Options, if awarded) or other equity awards under the Plan, and any other equity incentive plan in effect on the date of measurement (“Other Plans”), plus the total available but unused share reserve under the Plan and the Other Plans, plus the number of shares of capital stock covered by warrants, if any, plus the number of shares of Common Stock into which the outstanding shares of preferred stock of the Company are then convertible. Executive is eligible to be considered for future equity awards as may be determined by the Board or a committee of the Board in its discretion in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

2.4 Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses with proper documentation and in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”): (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

3. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS, NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS. The parties hereto are entering into a Confidential Information, Inventions, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement. The Confidential Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES. Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise, including accepting any appointment to the board of directors of another company, that would interfere or conflict, either directly or indirectly, with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties (iii) appointment to the board of directors of another company, so long as (A) prior to accepting such appointment Executive has notified and provided the Board with an opportunity to review and comment on such appointment and (B) such appointment does not interfere or conflict with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, (iv) service on the board of directors of Neoleukin Therapeutics, of which Executive is a member as of the Effective Date, so long as such service does not interfere or conflict with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder,

 

3


and (v) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board. This restriction shall not, however, preclude the Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company. As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

5. NO CONFLICT WITH EXISTING OBLIGATIONS. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an Executive of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services. Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause. The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

6.1 Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change in Control.

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6, without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.3(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement. A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 (upon Death or Disability) below is not a termination without Cause for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1.

(b) If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates her employment with the Company for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 6.1(h) below), in either case not in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), (ii) the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company occurs before the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “IPO”), and (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined in Section 6.1(e) below), and if Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(d) below (including but not limited to the Release (as defined in Section 6.1(d) below) requirement), Executive shall also be eligible to receive the following “Pre -IPO Severance Benefits:

(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for nine (9) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Pre -IPO Severance”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(d) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter.

 

4


(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) nine (9) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Pre-IPO Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “Special Severance Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Pre-IPO Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of her rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under her employment by the Company.

(iii) The Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s pro rata Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs (i.e., for the period from January 1 through and including the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company), payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(iv) The vesting of the unvested portion of any equity awards then held by Executive that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based or service-based schedule in the nine (9) month period immediately following the termination date shall be accelerated and shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule over the nine (9) month period immediately following the termination date).

(c) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason not in connection with a Change in Control but after the Company consummates an IPO, then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6.1(d) below, including but not limited to the Release requirement, then Executive will be eligible for the following “Post-IPO Severance Benefits:

 

5


(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for eighteen (18) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Post -IPO Severance”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date, with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter.

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) eighteen (18) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Post-IPO Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Post-IPO Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Post¬IPO Payment Period, a Special Severance Payment for the remainder of the COBRA Post¬IPO Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of her rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under her employment by the Company.

(iii) The Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s pro rata Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs (i.e., for the period from January 1 through and including the date of Executive’s separation of employment with the Company), payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(iv) The vesting of the unvested portion of any equity awards then held by Executive that are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based or service-based schedule in the twelve (12) month period immediately following the termination date shall be accelerated and shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule over the twelve (12) month period immediately following the termination date).

(d) Executive shall receive the Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c) of this Agreement, as applicable, if: (i) within the timeframe provided by the Company, which shall be no later than the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from

 

6


Service, she has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in the form presented by the Company (the “Release”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “Release Effective Date”); (ii) if she holds any other positions with the Company or any Affiliate, including a position on the Board, she resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) she returns all Company property; (iv) she complies with her post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement; and (v) she complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in the Release. To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination (paid within the timeframe required by applicable law), (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

(f) The Pre-IPO Severance Benefits and Post-IPO Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to Section 6.1 or the Change in Control Severance Benefits (as defined below) pursuant to Section 6.2 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

(g) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits and Post-IPO Severance Benefits or the Change in Control Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b), 6.1(c) or 6.2(a) in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

(h) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Target Amount, which the parties agree is a reduction of at least ten percent (10%) of Executive’s Base Salary or Target Amount as in effect immediately prior to the time such reduction occurs (unless pursuant to a salary reduction or target bonus reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated executive officers); (ii) a change in Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or offices that, results in a material diminution of position, responsibilities, authority or offices, provided, however, that the Company’s hiring of personnel to handle duties that Executive was responsible for but which are not regularly associated with Executive’s position will not be a “material diminution” of position, responsibilities, authority or offices; (iii) a material breach by the Company or any successor entity of any employment-related contract between the Company and Executive; or (iv) the relocation of

 

7


Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens her one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from her then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of her intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that she believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within sixty (60) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); (3) the Company has not, prior to receiving such notice from Executive, already informed Executive that her employment with the Company is being terminated; and (4) Executive voluntarily terminates her employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of clarity, a material reduction in Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or offices that occurs as a result of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Executive retains her position following a Change in Control, but not of the acquiring or successor corporation itself but of a subsidiary of the acquiring or successor company) shall constitute a Good Reason event under (ii), above.

6.2 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control.

(a) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason during the three (3) months prior to, as of, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (“Change in Control Termination Date”), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6.1(d), including but not limited to the Release requirement and Executive’s continued compliance with Executive’s obligations to the Company under Executive’s Confidential Information Agreement, then Executive will be eligible for the following “Change in Control Severance Benefits:

(i) The Company will pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary and Annual Bonus (based on the Target Amount) for eighteen (18) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Post-IPO Severance”), paid in a single lump sum on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

(ii) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums, to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date until the earliest of: (1) eighteen (18) months following the termination date (the “COBRA Change in Control Severance Period”); (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “COBRA Change in Control Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not

 

8


limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period, a Special Severance Payment for the remainder of the COBRA Change in Control Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of her rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under her employment by the Company.

(iii) Effective as of Executive’s Change in Control Termination Date, the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding unvested Company equity awards that are held by Executive as of immediately prior to the Change in Control Termination Date and are scheduled to vest and become exercisable under a time-based, performance-based or service-based schedule shall be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of Executive’s termination date (and, for clarity, if any unvested equity award is in the form of restricted stock that is subject to a share reacquisition or repurchase right on behalf of the Company, such reacquisition or repurchase right will lapse as to the shares of stock that are scheduled to vest under such time-based schedule immediately following the termination date).

(b)Change in Control” is defined at Exhibit A, which supersedes the any other definitions of Change in Control for all purposes related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including but not limited to equity incentive grants.

6.3 Termination by the Company for Cause.

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 6.6 of this Agreement.

(b)Cause” for termination means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) any indictment of Executive for a felony under applicable law; (ii) Executive’s commission of or participation in (A) a fraud or embezzlement against the Company or its affiliates or (B) act of dishonesty against the Company or its affiliates that results in (or would reasonably be expected to result in) material harm to the business of the Company; (iii) Executive’s material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company, any statutory or fiduciary duty Executive owes to the Company under applicable law, or any material Company policy; or (iv) Executive’s willful conduct that constitutes gross misconduct, insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or would reasonably be expected to result in) material harm to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the conduct described under clause (iii) or (iv) above, if deemed curable by the Board in its reasonable discretion, will only constitute Cause if such conduct is not cured within thirty (30) days after Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company or the Board specifying the particulars of the conduct that may constitute Cause.

(c) In the event Executive’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits, Post-IPO Severance Benefits, the Change in Control Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, consistent with the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

9


6.4 Resignation by Executive (other than for Good Reason).

(a) Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time by giving notice as described in Section 6.6.

(b) In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company (other than for Good Reason), Executive will not receive the Pre-IPO Severance Benefits, Post-IPO Severance Benefits, the Change in Control Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

6.5 Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive.

(a) In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, provide to the Executive’s legal representatives Executive’s Accrued Obligations.

(b) Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, to terminate this Agreement based on the Executive’s Disability (as defined below). Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because the Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of her position with or without reasonable accommodation for six (6) months in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period. This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on the Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive the Severance, or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

6.6 Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

(a) Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

(i) immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless the Board deems such underlying facts and circumstances curable in its reasonable discretion pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(iii) or Section 6.3(b)(iv) in which case thirty (30) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

(ii) immediately upon the Executive’s death;

 

10


(iii) thirty (30) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

(iv) thirty (30) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation not for Good Reason, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date. Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

(v) for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1(h).

(b) In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i) and (iii) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below. In the event of a termination for Cause, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause relied on to support the decision to terminate.

6.7 Cooperation With Company After Termination of Employment. Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of Executive’s pending work including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved, and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to such other employees as may be designated by the Company.

6.8 Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions apply to the extent severance benefits provided herein are subject to the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “Section 409A”). Severance shall not commence until the Executive has a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “separation from service”). Each installment of severance is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), and the severance is intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if such exemptions are not available and the Executive is, upon separation from service, a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) the Executive’s death. The parties acknowledge that the exemptions from application of Section 409A to severance benefits are fact specific, and any later amendment of this Agreement to alter the timing, amount or conditions that will trigger payment of severance benefits may preclude the ability of severance benefits provided under this Agreement to qualify for an exemption.

 

11


(b) It is intended that this Agreement shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and any ambiguity contained herein shall be interpreted in such manner so as to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be obligated to indemnify the Executive for any taxes or interest that may be assessed by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 409A of the Code to payments made pursuant to this Agreement.

7. ACCELERATION OF EQUITY AWARDS IN CONNECTION WITH CHANGE IN CONTROL WITHOUT TERMINATION. In the event that the Company’s successor or surviving entity in a Change in Control does not assume or continue the unvested portion of Executive’s equity awards, and the unvested awards will otherwise terminate, then effective immediately prior to such Change in Control, the unvested portion of the employee’s equity awards shall vest and (if applicable) become exercisable.

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

8.1 Notices. Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll or Executive’s company-provided email address, or at such other address as the Company or the Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

8.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

8.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, Executive or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

8.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company. The parties have entered into a separate Confidential Information Agreement and may also enter into separate stock agreements. Any such

 

12


separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this agreement and are enforceable according to their terms without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

8.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

8.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

8.7 Successors and Assigns. The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to her estate upon her death.

8.8 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the State of Washington.

8.9 Resolution of Disputes. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Seattle, Washington area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The Company acknowledges that Executive will have the right to be represented

 

13


by legal counsel of her choosing at any arbitration proceeding. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By electing arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in a Federal, State or local court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 8.9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Andrew Levin
Name:   Andrew Levin
Title:   Managing Director
Executive:
/s/ Erin M. Lavelle
Erin M. Lavelle

 

14


EXHIBIT A

CHANGE IN CONTROL

(a) In connection with the terms of Section 6.2(b) of the Employment Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) the Continuing Directors (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the


Board on the Effective Date or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board, is excluded from clause (iv)(B) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

(b) Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Employment Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Exhibit B.

(c) For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(ii)Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(iii)Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(iv)Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(v)Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

2


(vi)Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(vii)Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

3


AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of July 27, 2021, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Erin M. Lavelle (“Executive”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2020 (the “Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Employment Agreement. The following shall be inserted as a new Section 6.9 of the Employment Agreement:

6.9 Section 280G. If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Section 6.9 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (i) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (ii) as a second


priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (iii) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 6.9. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) above and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) above) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) above, Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) All other terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Amendment will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Amendment will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

3. Complete Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Amendment is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements; provided, however, that this Amendment modifies but does not supersede the Employment Agreement.

4. Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment will be governed by the law of the State of Washington.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Amendment each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

ELIEM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Azelby

Name:   Bob Azelby
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Erin M. Lavelle

Erin M. Lavelle

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc.

Eliem Therapeutics (UK) Ltd. (England and Wales)

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated May 12, 2021, except for the effects of the reverse stock split discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is August 2, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Eliem Therapeutics, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

August 2, 2021